妙法蓮華經玄義 釋名·行妙
因為行得再多,沒有智慧指路,也可能只是在原地忙碌。眼睛能看路,雙足才能抵達;只有眼而不走,所見不會成為生命,只有足而不看,走得越快反而可能離路越遠。
行妙因此不先問你做了多少,而先問每一行由什麼智慧引導。一法可以攝一切行,十法、百法也可以攝一切行;關鍵不是把清單越列越長,而是讓戒、定、慧與慈悲都向同一真實前進。智慧像利針,行像長線;線很長,仍須針帶它穿過布面。
戒像渡海時守住浮囊,一絲也不肯割讓;定像熱惱中的清涼池,使散動之心安穩;慧像發現寶珠一直在身,不再只盯著瘡口悲傷。三者不能互相代替,也不能彼此隔絕。真正的妙行,是持戒時不離智慧,入定時不忘眾生,觀空時仍肯走進具體因果。
慈悲又使修行不只向上。嬰兒哭時,父母可先用楊樹黃葉止哭;黃葉不是真金,卻能成為入道的微因。眾生病時,菩薩也能俯身同病,進入他能相遇的處境。方便不是終點,但若嫌它不究竟而拒絕伸手,真實便只剩遠處的名字。
所以次第與圓滿並不相敵。凡夫見思病重,仍須一步步扶持戒、定、慧;但每一步都不必被封成孤立階段。初心所觀與究竟所顯不是兩個真理,差別只在明暗與深淺。知道所向,次第便不拖延究竟;肯走每一步,圓滿也不會淪為一句漂亮話。
行妙的心要,是讓所懂的法長出雙足。今天守住一念不放逸,面對一境不取著,對一位眾生不捨慈悲;只要正智在前,每一小步都可通向一切行。妙不在事情驚人,而在這一步沒有離開所見的真實。
Why might someone cultivate a hundred practices and still not have advanced a single step? Because however many practices one performs, without wisdom to show the way one may merely be busy in place. Eyes can see the road, but only feet can arrive; with eyes alone and no walking, what one sees does not become one’s life, while with feet alone and no seeing, the faster one walks, the farther one may stray from the road.
The subtlety of practice therefore does not first ask how much you have done. It first asks what wisdom guides each practice. One dharma can encompass all practices, and ten or a hundred dharmas can also encompass all practices. The key is not to lengthen the list without end, but to let discipline, concentration, wisdom, and compassion all advance toward the same reality. Wisdom is like a sharp needle and practice like a long thread: however long the thread, it still needs the needle to carry it through the cloth.
Discipline is like guarding a flotation bladder while crossing the sea, unwilling to yield even a strand of it. Concentration is like a cool pool amid burning affliction, bringing the agitated mind to rest. Wisdom is like discovering that the jewel has always been within one’s body and no longer staring only at the wound in grief. The three cannot replace one another, nor can they be sealed apart. True wondrous practice means that wisdom is not left behind when one keeps discipline, sentient beings are not forgotten when one enters concentration, and one remains willing to enter concrete cause and effect when one contemplates emptiness.
Compassion also keeps cultivation from facing upward alone. When an infant cries, its parents may first quiet it with a yellow willow leaf. The leaf is not real gold, yet it can become a slight condition for entering the path. When sentient beings are ill, a bodhisattva can also stoop down and share their illness, entering circumstances in which they can meet. Skillful means is not the endpoint, but if one refuses to reach out because it is not ultimate, reality becomes only a distant name.
Thus sequence and completeness are not enemies. Ordinary beings gravely afflicted by views and thought still need the step-by-step support of discipline, concentration, and wisdom, but no step need be sealed into an isolated stage. What the beginner contemplates and what is revealed at the ultimate are not two truths; they differ only in clarity and obscurity, depth and shallowness. When the destination is known, sequence does not postpone the ultimate; when one is willing to take every step, completeness does not collapse into a beautiful phrase.
The heart of the subtlety of practice is to let the Dharma one understands grow feet. Today, guard one thought with vigilance, face one object without grasping, and refuse to abandon compassion for one sentient being. So long as right wisdom leads, each small step can open into all practices. The wondrous does not lie in an astonishing deed, but in this step’s never leaving the reality one has seen.
隋天台智者大師說《妙法蓮華經玄義》〔私記緣起=沙門灌頂述〕· 大正藏 T33n1716〔起 T33 0715b16〕。段/行首〔T33 …〕=大正藏頁·欄·行錨(換頁一枚)。
〔T33 0715b16〕○第三、行妙者,為二:一、通途增數行,二、約教增數行。 夫行名進趣,非智不前。智解導行,非境不正。智目行足,到清涼池。而解是行本,行能成智,故行滿而智圓。智能顯理,理窮則智息。如此相須者,則非妙行。妙行者,一行一切行。如經:「本從無數佛,具足行諸道。」又云:「無量諸佛所,而行深妙道。」又云:「盡行諸佛所有道法。」既具、復深、又盡。具即是廣,深即是高,盡即究竟。此之妙行,與前境、智,一而論三,三而論一。前境說如法相,法相亦具三,名祕密藏。前智是如法相解,解亦具三,如面上三目。今行是所行,如所說行,亦具三,名伊字三點。若三若一,皆無缺減,故稱妙行耳。前對境明智,今亦應對智明行。若直對一種智增數明行,則行若塵沙,說不可盡。況對諸智,各導眾行,則浩若虛空,得意亡言,不復可說。《釋論》云:「菩薩行般若時,以一法為行,攝一切行;或無量一法為行,攝一切行。或二法為行,攝一切行;或無量二法為行,攝一切行。乃至十法百法千萬億法為行,攝一切行;或無量十法百千萬億法為行,攝一切行。」行雖眾多,以智為本。智如導主,行若商人。智如利針,行如長線。智御行牛,車則安隱,能有所至。用此增數諸行,為前十如諦智所導,乃至一實諦智所導。若得此意,以正智導眾行入正境中,此義唯可懸知,不可載記〔云云〕。 二、約教增數者,若三藏增數明行,如《阿含》中,佛告比丘:「當修一行,我證汝等四沙門果,謂心不放逸。若能護心不放逸行,廣演廣布,則所作已辦,能得涅槃。」又告比丘:「當修一行,謂他物莫取。」比丘白佛:「我已知已。」佛言:「汝云何知?」比丘白佛:「他物謂:色、聲、香、味、觸、法。」佛言:「善哉!若能不取此六,即所作已辦,能得涅槃。」所言廣演廣布者,以不放逸心,歷一切法,謂三界、六塵皆不放逸,得至涅槃。 增二數明行者,《阿含》云:「阿練若比丘,當修二法為行,謂修止、修觀。若修止時,即能休息諸惡,戒律威儀、諸行禁戒悉皆不失,成諸功德。若修觀時,即能觀苦,如實知之。觀苦集、苦盡、苦出要,如實知之,得盡漏,不受後有。怛薩阿竭亦如是修。」 增三數明行者,謂戒、定、慧,此三是出世梯隥,佛法軌儀。《戒經》云:「諸惡莫作,諸善奉行,自淨其意,是諸佛教。」諸惡即七支過罪輕重非違,《五部律》廣明其相。如是等惡,戒所防止。諸善者,善三業,若散若靜、前後方便、支林功德,悉是清升,故稱為善。自淨其意者,即是破諸邪倒,了知世間、出世間因果,正助法門,能消除心垢,淨諸瑕穢,豈過於慧?佛法曠海,此三攝盡。 〔T33 0716a07〕若得此意,四、五、六、七,乃至百千萬億法為行,攝一切行亦如是,是名下智導行也。 通教增數行者,不定部帙判通教,但取三乘共學法門,指此為通耳。今且引《釋論》增數,以示其相。《論》云:「菩薩行般若時,雖知諸法一相,亦能知一切法種種相;雖知諸法種種相,亦能知一切法一相。云何觀一切法一相?所謂觀一切法無相:如四大各各不相離,地中有水、火、風,但地多,以地為名;水、火、風亦如是。」今觀無此異相,若火中有三大,三大應併熱。若三大在火中,二大遂不熱,則不名火。若三大併熱,則三大捨自性,皆名為火,無復三大。若言有三大,而細不可知,此與無何異?若麁可得,則知有細;若無麁,細亦無。如是,則火中諸相不可得,一切法相亦不可得。是故一切法皆一相。此以一相破異相,復以無相破一相,無相亦自滅,如前火木然諸薪已,亦復自燒。是為觀一切法一相,一相無相。如是無量一切法悉皆一相,一相無相。或二法為行,攝一切行。乃至百法千萬億法為行,攝一切行。可以意推,不復繁記。 別教增數行者。如善財入法界中說於一善知識所,各聞一法為行,或如幻三昧,或投巖赴火,算砂相黶,發菩提心等,種種一行,皆云:「佛法如海,我唯知此一法門,餘非所知。」乃至一百一十善知識,一一法門皆如是。是一一行皆破無明,入深境界。若二法、三法、百千萬億等法,亦應如是〔云云〕。 圓教增數行者,如《文殊問經》明菩薩修一行三昧,當於靜室,結跏趺坐,繫緣法界,一念法界,一切無明顛倒永寂如空。此之一行,即是一切無礙人,一道出生死,一切諸法中,皆以等觀入,解慧心寂然,三界無倫匹,此乃一行攝一切行。 增二法為行,攝一切行,所謂止、觀。增三法為行,攝一切行,謂聞、思、修,戒、定、慧。增四法為行,攝一切行,謂四念處。增五法為行,攝一切行,謂五門禪。增六法為行,攝一切行,謂六波羅蜜。增七法為行,攝一切行,謂七善法。增八法為行,攝一切行,謂八正道。增九法為行,攝一切行,謂九種大禪。增十數為行,攝一切行,謂十境界,或十觀成乘等。增百數、千萬億數、阿僧祇不可說法門為行,豈可具載?若得其意,例可解。 然增數明行,為行不同,須判麁妙。若三藏增數諸行,以生滅智導,但期出苦,止息化城,是故為麁。通教增數諸行,體智雖巧,但導出苦,灰斷是同。別教增數諸行,智導則遠,自淺階深,而諸行隔別,事理不融,是故為麁。圓教增數諸行,行融智圓,是故為妙。 今經屬圓增數,如《觀經》云:「於三七日,一心精進。」此就一法論行妙。「若行、若坐,思惟此經。」此就二法論行妙。「若聞是經,思惟修習,善行菩薩道。」此就三法論行妙。「四安樂行」,此就四法論行妙。「五品弟子」,此就五法論行妙。「六根清淨」,此就六法論行妙。如是等待麁論妙也。 開麁論妙者,低頭舉手,積土弄砂,皆成佛道。雖說種種法,其實為一乘。諸行皆妙,無麁可待,待即絕矣。 復次,約五數明行妙者,又為二:先、明別五行,次、明圓五行。 別者,如《涅槃》云:「五種之行,謂聖行、梵行、天行、嬰兒行、病行。」聖行有三:戒、定、慧。如經:「菩薩若聞大涅槃,聞已生信,作是思惟:諸佛世尊,有無上道,有大正法、大眾正行。」從此立行。「若聞大涅槃」即是信果,亦是信滅。「有無上道」已去,是信顯果之行。「無上道」是信慧;「有大正法」是信定;「大眾正行」是信戒。是名信因、信道。自傷己身及諸眾生,破戒造罪,失人天樂及涅槃樂,即是知集;往來生死,受惡道報,即是知苦;苦、集與戒、定、慧相違,即無道;無道故,不得涅槃,則無滅。 菩薩欲拔苦、集,而起大悲,興兩誓願;欲與道、滅而起大慈,興兩誓願。發誓願已,次則修行。思惟在家逼迫猶如牢獄,不得盡壽淨修梵行;出家閑曠,猶若虛空。即棄家捨欲,白四羯磨,持性重戒、息世譏嫌等無差別,不為愛見羅剎毀戒浮囊,如《止觀》中說。因是持戒,具足根本業清淨戒、前後眷屬餘清淨戒、非諸惡覺覺清淨戒、護持正念念清淨戒、迴向具足無上道戒。根本者,十善性戒眾戒根本,為無漏心持,故言清淨。前後眷屬餘清淨戒者,偷蘭遮等,是前眷屬;十三等是後眷屬;餘者非律藏所出,絓諸經所制者,如方等二十四戒之流,名為餘戒也。 〔T33 0717a04〕此兩支屬律儀作法,受得之戒也。後三支非作法,是得法,得法時乃發斯戒也。 非諸惡覺覺清淨戒者,即定共也。尸羅不清淨,三昧不現前。以戒淨故,事障除,發得未來;性障除,發得根本。滅惡覺觀,名定共戒也。 護持正念念清淨戒者,即四念處。觀理正念,雖未發真,由相似念,能發真道,成道共戒,故名正念念清淨戒。 復次,定共戒依定心發,屬止善義。道共戒依分別心發,屬行善義。動、不動俱是毘尼。何者?戒論防止,得定共心,不復起惡;得道共發真,永無過罪,故俱是戒也。 迴向具足無上道戒者,即是菩薩於諸戒中,具四弘、六度,發願要心,迴向菩提,故名大乘戒。弘誓如前說。六度者,厭惡出家,捨於所愛,即是檀;纖毫不犯,拒逆羅剎,即是尸;能檢節身心,安忍打罵,名生忍;耐八風寒熱貪恚等,名法忍;愛見不能損,即是羼提;守護於戒犯心不起,即是精進;決志持戒,不為狐疑所誑,專心不動,名為禪;明識因果,知戒是正順解脫之本,出生一切三乘聖人,非六十二見鷄狗等戒,名為般若。 又別發願,要制己心。寧以此身臥於熱鐵,不以破戒受他床席。十二誓願自制其心。又更發願,願一切眾生得護持禁戒,得清淨戒,善戒,不缺戒,不析戒,大乘戒,不退戒,隨順戒,畢竟戒,具足諸波羅蜜戒。以此十願,防護眾生。菩薩一持戒心,若干願行以莊嚴戒,諸餘行心亦應如是。 然護他十戒,從自行五支中出:從根本、眷屬兩支出禁戒、清淨戒、善戒。何者?篇聚作法即是禁戒。禁戒若發無作,乃名清淨,清淨即止善:而言善戒,即是行善也。 從非惡覺覺清淨戒,開出不缺戒。何者?雖防護七支,妄念數起,致有缺漏。若發未來禪,事行不缺;得根本禪,性行不缺。 從護持正念念清淨戒,開出不析戒,即道共戒也。滅色入空是析法道共;今體法入空,故名不析。又內有道共;則戒品牢固,不可破析也。 從迴向具足無上道戒,開出大乘、不退、隨順、畢竟、具足波羅蜜戒。言大乘者,菩薩持性重、譏嫌等無差別。自求佛道,性重則急;為化眾生,譏嫌則急;小乘自調,性重則急;不度他故,譏嫌則寬。菩薩具持兩種,故名大乘戒。不退者,行於非道,善巧方便,婬舍、酒家非法之處,輒以度人,而於禁戒無有退失。如醫療病,不為病所污,故名不退。隨順者,隨物機宜,隨順道理,故名隨順戒。畢竟者,竪究竟無上之法也。具足波羅蜜者,橫一切圓滿,無法不備也。 《大論》亦明十種戒:不破、不缺、不穿、不雜四種,即是《大經》根本支中,禁戒、清淨戒、善戒、不缺戒。《論》隨道戒,即是《大經》護持正念支中不析戒也。《論》無著戒,即是《大經》迴向支中不退戒。《論》智所讚戒,即是《大經》大乘戒。《論》自在戒,即是《大經》自在戒。《論》隨定戒,即是《大經》隨順戒。《論》具足戒,即是《大經》波羅蜜戒。《大經》明畢竟,《論》言隨定,此大同小異,於義無失。 《涅槃》欲辨菩薩次第聖行,故具列諸戒淺深、始終、具足。善能護持,即入初不動地,不動、不退、不墮、不散,是名戒聖行。戒聖行既從始淺以至於深,今仍判其麁妙。禁、淨、善三戒屬律儀,律儀通攝眾,故定尊卑、位次緒。雖有菩薩、佛等,不別立眾,故戒法是同,但以佛菩提心為異耳。故知律儀等三戒,三藏攝。不缺是定共,根本禪是事,亦屬三藏攝,是故為麁。不析戒是體法道共,即通教攝。大乘、不退等別教攝,亦兼於通。通有出假,隨機順理,於道不退。然依真諦,不及別人,別人為妙也。隨順、畢竟、具足等,圓教攝。不起滅定現諸威儀,不捨道法現凡夫事,故名隨順。唯佛一人具淨戒,餘人皆名污戒者,故名畢竟戒。戒是法界,具一切佛法、眾生法,到尸彼岸,故名具足波羅蜜戒。《淨名》云:「其能如是,是名奉律,是名善解。」此經云:「我等長夜持佛淨戒,法王法中久修梵行,始於今日得其果報。」又,「羅睺羅密行,唯我能知之。」豈非待前諸戒皆麁,唯圓為妙也。復次持初戒如乳,中間如三味,後戒如醍醐,醍醐為妙〔云云〕。 開麁顯妙者。他云:「《梵網》是菩薩戒。」今問:「是何等菩薩戒?」彼若答言:「是藏、通等菩薩戒」者,應別有菩薩眾。眾既不別,戒何得異?又,若別明菩薩戒,何等別是緣覺戒?今明三藏三乘無別眾,不得別有菩薩、緣覺之戒也。若作別、圓菩薩解者,可然。何者?三乘共眾外,別有菩薩,故別有戒。 〔T33 0718a01〕問: 三乘眾外,別有菩薩戒者,緣覺戒云何?答: 三乘眾外,無別緣覺,此說猶是待麁之戒耳。開麁者,毘尼學者,即大乘學式叉。式叉即是大乘第一義光,非青、非黃、非赤白,三歸、五戒、十善、二百五十,皆是摩訶衍,豈有麁戒隔於妙戒!戒既即妙,人亦復然。「汝實我子」,即此義也。是名絕待妙戒。 玄義卷三下終 妙法蓮華經玄義卷第四上 天台智者大師說 定聖行者,略為三:一、世間禪。二、出世禪。三、上上禪。世禪復二:一、根本味禪:隱沒、有垢、無記。二、根本淨禪:不隱沒、無垢、有記。根本者,世、出世法之根本也。《大品》云:「諸佛成道,轉法輪,入涅槃,悉在禪中。」若能深觀根本,出生勝妙上定,故稱根本也。隱沒者,闇證無觀慧也。有垢者,地地生愛味也。無記者,境界不分明也。此有三品:謂禪也、等也、空也。即十二門禪也。 初修方便,當善簡風喘,明識正息,安徐記數,莫令增減。若數微細,善解轉緣,調停得所,當證前方便法。或麁、細住,皆有持身法起,進得欲界定,或未到定。八觸發動,五支成就,是發初禪。《大論》云:「已得離婬火,則獲清涼定。如人大熱悶,入冷池則樂」〔云云〕。若欲進上離下者,凡夫依六行觀,佛弟子多修八聖種。 行者於初禪覺、觀支中,厭離覺、觀,以初禪為苦。麁、障二法動亂定心故苦:從二法生喜、樂,故麁;二法翳上定,故障。二禪異此,名勝、妙、出。總而言之,一、知過不受著,二、訶責,三、析破,得離初禪,是修二禪相。善巧攀厭,則內外皎然,與喜俱發,四支成就。故《論》云:「是故除覺、觀,得入一識處,內心清淨故,定生得喜樂」〔云云〕。二禪中,既離覺、觀,不得作方便。出定時,修習厭下進上,亦有六行,如棄初禪方法〔云云〕。爾時,泯然不依內外,與樂俱發,五支成就。故《論》云:「由愛故有苦,失喜則生憂,離苦樂身安,捨念及方便」〔云云〕。欲厭下進上,亦有六行,如前〔云云〕。善修故,心豁開明,出入息斷,與捨俱發,空明寂靜,四支成就。若能知樂患,見不動大安。憂喜先已除,苦樂今亦斷〔云云〕。 行人既內證四禪,欲外修福德,應學四等。此有通修、別修。通修者,《大論》云:「是慈在色界四禪中間得修。」此語則通。別修者,初禪有覺觀分別,修悲則易;喜支修喜易;樂支修慈易;一心支修捨易。復次,初禪修悲易:二禪修喜易:三禪修慈易:四禪修捨易。此則修四無量定之處所也。復次,修時緣前人離苦得樂,歡喜平等之相而入定。發時,內得喜樂平等之法,外見前人離苦得樂;或內得外不見、或外見內不得,分別邪正〔云云〕。 行人欲出色籠,修四空定。滅色存心,心心相依,故名四空。方便者,須訶色是苦本,饑渴寒熱,色為苦聚;讚空為淨妙,離諸逼迫,過一切色,與空定相應,不苦不樂,倍更增長。於深定中,唯見虛空,無諸色相,心無分散。復次,得空定故,出過色界,故名過一切色相;空法持心,種種諸色不得起,故名滅有對相;已得空定,決定能捨色法,不憶戀故,名不念種種色相〔云云〕。訶下攀上,皆有方便,委在《禪門》〔云云〕。根本味禪竟。 根本淨禪,不隱沒、無垢、有記,與上相違。此又三品,謂六妙門、十六特勝、通明等也。 涅槃是妙,此六能通,故言六妙門。此三法為三根性,慧性多,為說六妙門,此一一門,於欲界中即能發無漏。若定性多,為說十六特勝。故下地不發無漏,上地禪滿乃能得悟。定慧性等,為說通明。通明觀慧深細,從下至上皆能發無漏。此是隨機之說,若作對治則復別途〔云云〕。若廣明修習,則攝一切諸禪。今但次第相生,一轍豎意。修此六門,修、證合論,則有十二法。佛言:「遊止三四,出生十二。」即此修數、證數,乃至修淨、證淨。 修數者,行人初調和氣息,不澁、不滑,安詳徐數,從一至十,攝心在數,不令馳散,是名修數。與數相應者,覺心任運,從一至十,不加功力,心自住數,息微心細,是名證數。若患數麁,當放數修隨,乃至淨亦各如是。然觀有三義:一、慧觀觀真。二、得解觀即假想觀。三、實觀。此中初用實觀,後用慧觀。 修實觀者,於定心中,以心眼諦觀此身,細微入出息相,如空中風;皮、肉、筋、骨三十六物,如芭蕉不實,內外不淨,甚可厭惡。復觀定中喜、樂等受,悉有破壞之相,是苦非樂。又觀定中,心識無常,剎那不住,無可著處。復觀定中善、惡等法,悉屬因緣,皆無自性。如是觀時,能破四倒;不得人我,定何所依?是名修觀。如是修時,覺息出入,遍諸毛孔。心眼開明,徹見身內三十六物,及諸蟲戶,內外不淨;眾苦逼迫;剎那變易;一切諸法,悉見無自性。心生悲喜,無所依倚。得四念處,破四顛倒。是名與觀相應,不能具記〔云云〕。佛坐樹下,內思安般,一數二隨等,正是此禪。十六特勝者,釋名〔云云〕。此從因緣得名。 〔T33 0719a11〕修相者,知息入知息出者,此代數息,調息綿細,一心隨息,入時知從鼻至臍,出時知從臍至鼻,隨照不亂。知風、喘、氣為麁;知息為細。入麁即調令細,如守門人,知入知出,惡遮好進。澁滑、輕重、冷煖、久近、難易皆知。知息為命所依,一息不還即便命盡。覺息與命危脆無常,不生愛慢。知息非我,即不生見。若知息長短,對欲界定;知息遍身,對未到地。除諸身行,對初禪覺觀支;受喜對喜支;受樂對樂支;受諸心行對一心支。心作喜,即喜俱禪;心作攝,即二禪一心支。心作解脫,即三禪樂。觀無常,即四禪不動。觀出散,即空處。觀離欲,即識處。觀滅,即對無所有處。觀棄捨,對非想非非想處。觀棄捨時,即便獲得三乘涅槃。若橫論觀慧,即對四念處〔云云〕。 通明禪者,行者觀息、色、心三事無分別。諦觀出入息,入無積聚,出無分散;來無所經,去無履涉,如空中風,性無所有。息本依身,身本不有。先世妄想,招今四大,圍於虛空,假名為身:頭等六分,三十六物、四微一一非身。觀身由心,心由緣起,生滅迅速,不見住處相貌。但有名字,名字亦空。如是觀息、色、心,不得三性別異。既不得三事,即不得一切法,此是修相。 證者,內證真諦,空如觀解。次第通達此身色息分明,亦知世間天文地理與身相應,能具三界禪定,能知非想有細煩惱,破惑發真得三乘涅槃。悉在《禪門》。世間禪竟。 二、明出世間禪者,即有四種,謂觀、練、熏、修。觀者,謂九想、八背捨、八勝處、十一切處,通稱觀禪。 行人為破婬火,必須增想純熟。隨所觀時,與定相應。想定持心,心無分散,能除世間貪愛,破六種欲:有人著赤、白、黃、黑等色、或著相貌端嚴、或著威儀姿態、或著語言嬌媚、或著細滑肌體、或著可意之人。此六欲淵,沈沒行者。 能修九想,除此六賊:死想破威儀、言語兩欲。脹想、壞想、噉想,破形貌欲。血塗想、青瘀想、膿爛想,破色欲。骨想、燒想,破細滑欲。九想通除所著人欲。又,噉想、散想,除著意人。此九既除於欲,亦薄嗔、癡,九十八使山動。雖是不淨初門,能成大事。如海中屍,依之得度〔云云〕。 八背捨名〔云云〕。背淨潔五欲,捨離著心,故名背捨。修者,行人持戒清淨,發大誓願,欲成大事,端身正心,諦觀足大指,想如大豆,黑脹𭽹起。此想成時,更進如狸豆大;更如一指大;更如鷄卵大。次二指,三、四、五指。次觀趺底,踵、踝、𨄔、膝、髀、臗,悉見膖脹。次觀右脚,亦如是。復當想大小便道、腰、脊、腹、背、胸、脇,悉見腫脹。又觀右胛、臂、肘、腕、掌、五指,又頭、頷等。從足至頭,從頭至足,循身觀察,唯見腫脹,心生厭惡。復當觀壞、膿爛。大小便道,蟲膿流出,臭劇死狗。己身既爾,觀所愛人,亦復如是。內破見我,外破貪愛,久住觀察,除世貪愛。 次除卻皮肉,諦觀白骨。見骨色相異,謂青、黃、白、鴿,如是骨相亦復無我。得此觀時,名欲界定。 次觀骨青時,見此大地東西南北悉皆青相;黃、白、鴿色,亦復如是。此是未到之相。又觀骨人眉間出光,光中見佛,是初背捨成相。如是次第,乃至八背捨發相,具如《禪門》〔云云〕。 八勝處者,初兩勝處位在初禪;三、四兩勝處位在二禪;後四勝處位在四禪。三禪樂多心鈍,故不立也。前背捨,緣中多少不得自在,是故勝處更深細觀察少多好醜,悉使勝知勝見,如快馬能破陣,亦能自制其馬〔云云〕。 十一切處者,以八色兩心,更相淡入,廣普遍滿,轉變無礙,具如《禪門》〔云云〕。 練禪者,即九次第定也。上來雖得八禪,入則有間。今欲純熟,令從初淺極至後深,次第而入,中間無有垢滓間穢,令不次第者次第,故名次第。亦是無漏練於有漏,除諸間穬,故名練禪。亦是均調諸禪,令定、慧齊平無間也。《阿毘曇》明熏練,但言以無漏熏四禪。今以無漏通練八地,即是次第入無間三昧也。熏禪者,即師子奮迅三昧也。前是次第無間入,今亦是次第無間入,亦能次第無間出,除麁間及法愛味塵;猶如師子,能卻能進,奮諸塵土。行者入出此法,能遍熏諸禪悉令通利、轉變自在,如熏皮熟隨意作物。 〔T33 0720a02〕修禪者,超越三昧也。近遠超入,近遠超出,近遠超住,是禪功德最深,故名頂禪。於諸法門,自在出入〔云云〕。 又,九次第定善入八背捨;奮迅善出八背捨;超越善住八背捨。善入、出、住百千三昧,即此意也。譬如畫師,五彩相淡,出無量色;如世間果,但以四大,出一切五陰。定法亦爾,但以觀、練、熏、修,出生一切神通變化,無種不備。《大經》云:「菩薩住禪得堪忍地。」地能持、能生。一一禪中,皆有慈悲、誓願、道品、六度諸行,無不具足。何者?若於戒、定中明觀慧,即共念處;單論觀,是性念處;通取戒、定等境、智、文字等,是緣念處。又不淨觀破淨顛倒,是身念處;觀諸禪中,心受苦樂,三世內外,受不可得,破樂顛倒,是受念處;觀諸禪心,以有心故,造作善惡,無心則無作者,破我顛倒,是法念處;觀心生滅,前後際斷,破常顛倒,是心念處。 復次,八背捨觀四念處、九次第定練四念處、奮迅熏四念處、超越修四念處。二乘為自滅度,修此五禪,成四枯念處,不名堪忍地。菩薩為化眾生,深觀念處,慈悲誓願,荷負眾生,成四榮念處,是摩訶衍,名堪忍地也。 問: 無色無身,云何具四念處?答: 《毘曇》云:「無色有道共戒。戒是無作色,以無漏緣通故,此戒色隨無漏至無色也。」成論人云:「色是無教法,不至無色。」《舍利弗毘曇》云:「無色有色。」當知小乘明義,即有兩意。《大經》云:「無色界色,非諸聲聞所知。」若爾,四念處通無色,亦復何妨? 問: 諸禪中,但得明念處,尚無正勤,云何具道品?答: 約位為言,念處無後品;修行為義,念處具道品也。《大論》云:「初修善有漏五陰,於有為法中得正憶念,即念處智慧也。四種精進,即是正勤。定心中修,名如意足。五善根生,名為根。根增長,名為力。分別道用,名為七覺。安穩道中行,名八正道。」初善有漏中已能具此,何須見道方有八正?若念處既具三十七品者,煖、頂等例然。觀禪既爾,練、熏、修等亦然。 然菩薩於一一禪中,隨所入法門,慈悲眾生,如父母得食,不忘其子。愍傷痴闇,不從內自求樂,從他外求,耽荒五欲,求苦得怖失憂,諸欲無樂,為此起悲。夫欲患如是,何能去之?得禪定樂,則不為所欺,是故起慈。有四弘誓也。 又諸禪中修六度者,眾生縛著世間,生活業務不能暫捨。菩薩棄之,一心入禪,是名檀。若不持戒,禪定不發;又入禪時,雜念不起,任運無惡是尸。拘檢身口,捍勞忍苦,制外塵不著,抑內入不起,是為忍。初中後夜,繫念相續,行住坐臥,心常在定,間念不生是名精進。一心在定,不亂不味,名為定。若一心在定,能知世間生滅法相,深識邪偽,名般若。一切眾行皆於禪中具足,一一禪中,能生諸功德,慈悲荷負。是故得名堪忍之地。 三、出世間上上禪者,即九種大禪,如《地持》所釋,今不具論。自性禪者,即是觀心實性,名為上定。一切諸法,頗有不由心者,心攝一切,如如意珠。此九大禪,皆是法界。一切趣禪,造境即真,一色一香,無非中道。二乘尚不知其名,況證其定! 前根本舊禪如乳,練禪如酪,熏禪如生蘇,修禪如熟蘇,九大禪如醍醐,醍醐為妙也。復次,根本禪,愛味心中修,即成乳;自度心中修,即成酪;慈悲心中修,即成生蘇;慈悲次第心中修,即成熟蘇;實相心中修,即成醍醐;餘四味亦如是,若不以實相心修,皆名為麁。 若開麁顯妙者,阿那波那即是摩訶衍。法界實相攝持諸法,離此之外更無別妙。故知諸佛成道,轉法輪,入涅槃,皆在四禪。四禪中見實相,名禪波羅蜜,何況餘定耶!此即絕待妙義。定聖行竟。 慧聖行者,謂四種四諦慧〔云云〕。 生滅四諦慧者,還觀九想、背捨,依、正兩報,膖脹、爛壞不淨之色,是逼迫相、現相、三苦相,是苦諦慧。 以不起迷著依、正,作恩愛奴,運動身口,起三品十惡業,感三途等生,生長相、轉相、二十五有相。又知世間因果,不淨過患,深愧厭耻。終不殺他活己,奪彼閏身,耽湎不淨,隱曲求直,離合怨親,間搆榮辱,內諂外佞,引納無度,縱毒傷道,邪僻失真。不為不淨,作十惡業;慚愧羞鄙,行三品十善,感三善道生,亦是生長相、轉相、二十五有相。是名集諦慧。 觀依、正不淨,破淨顛倒;觀諸受即三苦,破樂顛倒;觀諸行和合,破我顛倒;觀諸心生滅,破常顛倒。別相總相、善巧正勤、如意、根、力、覺、道,向涅槃門。慈悲誓願、六度諸行等,即大乘相。亦是戒、定、慧相,亦是能除相,是名道諦慧。 倒不起則業不起;業不起即因不起;因不起故果不起,是名寂滅相,亦二十五有滅相,亦名除相,是為生滅四諦慧。 〔T33 0721a02〕無生四諦慧者,觀不淨色,色性自空,非色滅空,如鏡中像,無有真實。洞達五受陰空無所有,解苦無苦而有真諦,是苦諦慧。知集由心,心如幻化,所起之集亦如幻化,一切愛見與虛空等,是名集諦慧。道本治集,所治既如幻化,能治亦如幻化,是名道諦慧。法若有生,亦可有滅,法本不生,今則不滅,若有一法過涅槃者,我亦說如幻化,是名滅諦慧。雖知五陰眾生如虛空,而誓度如空之眾生。雖知集無所有,而斷諸妄想,如與空共鬪。雖知道不二相,而勤於空中種樹。雖無眾生得滅度者,而滅度無量眾生。約此即事而真,論道品、六度等〔云云〕,是名無生四諦慧。 無量四諦慧者,《大經》云:「佛說四諦,若攝法盡,則不應言:所不說者,如十方土。攝法不盡,應有五諦。」佛言:「四諦攝盡,無第五諦。但苦有無量相,集滅道等皆有無量相。我於彼經,竟不說之。」若是空者,空尚無空,云何無量?當知出假分別之慧也。此慧遍知十法界假、實差別,名苦諦慧;遍知五住煩惱不同,名集諦慧;遍解半、滿、正、助等行,名道諦慧;解半滿十六門,諸滅門不同,是滅諦慧。二乘但服四諦藥,治見、思病,自出生死,於分別則閑。菩薩作大醫王,須解診種種脈,識種種病,精種種藥,得種種差。約此起種種慈悲,行種種行,諸度道品,成種種眾生,淨種種佛土,廣說如《止觀》〔云云〕。是名無量四諦慧。 無作四諦慧者,解、惑因緣而成四也。《大經》云:「寶珠在體,謂呼失去,憂愁啼哭。但見其體及瘡,不見寶珠及鏡。唯有憂悲,無復歡喜。」此迷道、滅,而起苦、集。若解瘡體即是寶珠,則喜不哭。因滅無明,即得熾然三菩提燈。此解悟因緣,即是道、滅。道、滅即苦、集。苦、集即道、滅。若爾,則四非四。四既非四,無量亦非無量;無量既非無量,則假非假;假非假故,則空非空。何但即空非空,亦即假非假,雙亡正入,即寂照雙流。《大品》云:「一切種智即寂滅相。」種種行類相貌皆知,名一切種智。寂滅相,即是雙遮、雙亡。行類相貌皆知,即是雙流雙照。無心亡照,任運寂知,故名不可思議,即無作四諦慧。 《大經》云:「無苦、無諦,有實。無集、道、滅、無諦,有實。」實即中道、如來、虛空、佛性。如此觀時,無緣慈悲,拔二邊苦,與中道樂。修色非淨、非不淨,即空、即假、即中、非枯、非榮,中間論滅,一切道品無不具足。遍捨十法界依、正,名檀;中道、道共,到尸彼岸,名戒;住寂滅忍,二邊不動名忍;二邊不間,名牢強精進;入王三昧,住首楞嚴,名禪;實相般若名智慧;無謀巧用名方便;八自在我名力;無記化化禪名願;三智一心中得名智。一波羅蜜具十,亦具一切佛法。一行無量行、無量行一行,是如來行,是名無作四諦慧。 修此慧時,即得住於無所畏地,即初歡喜地。離五怖畏,謂不活畏、惡名畏、死畏、惡道畏、大眾威德畏。《大經》云:「不畏貪欲、恚、癡。」此內無三毒,外離八風,則無惡名畏;若言「不畏地獄」等,即無惡道畏;若言「不畏沙門、婆羅門」,即無大眾畏;見中道,則無二死畏;實相智慧常命立,無不活畏。 得入此地,具二十五三昧,破二十五有,顯二十五有我性。我性即實性,實性即佛性。開佛之知見,發真中道,斷無明惑,顯真、應二身,緣感即應百佛世界,現十法界身、入三世佛智地,能自利、利他,真實大慶,名歡喜地也。 此地具足四德:破二十五有煩惱名淨;破二十五有業名我;不受二十五有報名樂;無二十五有生死名常。常、樂、我、淨,名為佛性顯,即此意也。 《地持》說離五怖畏者,修無我智,我想不生,云何當有我愛、眾具愛?是離不活畏;不於他人有所求欲,常饒益一切眾生,是離惡名畏;於我見、我想,心不生,是離死畏;此身命終,於未來世必與佛菩薩共會,是離惡道畏;觀於世間無與等者,況復過上,是離大眾畏。《十地經》亦同。《十地論》解云:「是中,第一、依身;第二、依口;第三、第四依身;第五、依意。」活者,依身所用眾具,能資於生,名資生;生為活也。此就因中說果,菩薩無此畏。復次,名字言說皆依口失。護名不為利養,心不悕望他人恭敬,故名無惡名。第五依意可解。三、四依身。愛善道,憎惡道,無愛憎身,故無惡道畏。亦不愛憎身,故無死畏。私謂:不畏貪欲等,無作集壞。不畏惡道,此名無作苦壞。不畏大眾,此是無作道立。無不活、無死畏,此是見性得常,無作滅立。 復次,破二十五有,有能含果。有破,故集諦壞;果破,故苦諦壞。得二十五三昧者,道諦立。見二十五有我性,我性即佛性,滅諦立。破二十五有,則無煩惱,是淨德;破二十五有,果故無苦,是常德;得二十五三昧是樂;見二十五我性是我,四德宛然矣。 〔T33 0722a06〕今釋二十五三昧名,依四悉檀意:一、隨時趣立。如人多子,各立一名,使兄弟不濫。二十五三昧亦復如是,各舉一名,令世諦不亂,豈可定執也。二、隨其義便,各從所以而立一名也。三、隨事對當,各有主治,從對得名也。四、理實無名,而依理立字。雖有四意,多用對治、約理以立二十五三昧也。 通釋二十五,各為四意:一、出諸有過患。二、明本法功德。三、結行成三昧。四、慈悲破有。一一皆爾。 地獄有,用無垢三昧破者,地獄是重垢報處,報因則是垢,謂惡業垢、見思垢、塵沙垢、無明垢〔其一〕。菩薩先見此過,為破諸垢,修前來所明根本戒,破惡業垢;修前來所明背捨等定,伏見思垢;修前來所明生滅無生滅慧,破見思垢;修前來所明無量慧,破塵沙垢;修前來所明無作慧,破無明垢〔其二〕。破見思垢故,真諦三昧成;破惡業垢、塵沙垢故,俗諦三昧成;破無明垢故,中道王三昧成〔其三〕。菩薩自破地獄諸垢時,句句皆有慈悲誓願,冥熏法界。彼地獄有,若有機緣,關於慈悲,以王三昧力,法性不動而能應之。如婆藪、調達,示所宜身,說所宜法。彼地獄中,若有善機,以持戒中,慈悲應之,令離苦得樂:有入空機,以生無生慧等,慈悲應之,令得真諦;有入假之機,以無量慧,慈悲應之,令得俗諦;有入中機,以無作慧,慈悲應之,令得王三昧。先自無垢,今令他無垢,故此三昧名無垢也〔下去例如此,不復委記也〕。 畜生有,用不退三昧破者,畜生無慚愧,退失善道,則是惡業故退、見思故退、塵沙故退、無明故退。菩薩為破諸退,修前持戒,破惡業退;修於禪定,伏見思退,修生無生慧,破見思退;修無量慧,破塵沙退;修無作慧,破無明退。見思破故,得位不退,真諦三昧成;惡業塵沙破故,得行不退,俗諦三昧成;無明破故,得念不退,中道三昧成。本修諸行,皆有慈悲誓願,冥熏法界。彼畜生中,若有機緣,關於慈悲,以王三昧力,不動法性而往應之。宜示何身,宜說何法,為龍、為象、鵽鳥、大鷲。若有善機,以戒、定慈悲應之,令出苦得樂;有入空機,以生無生慧慈悲應之,令出有得無,真諦三昧成;有入假機,以無量慧慈悲應之,令免空得假,俗諦三昧成;有入中機,以無作慧,慈悲應之,令出邊入中,王三昧成。菩薩自既不退,令他不退,故名不退三昧也。 餓鬼有,用心樂三昧破者,此有常㢡饑渴惡業苦、見思煩惱苦、客塵闇障苦、無明根本苦。菩薩為破諸苦,修前持戒,破惡業苦;脩定,伏見思苦;修生無生慧,破見思苦;修無量慧,破塵沙苦;修無作慧,破無明苦。破見思苦,無為心樂三昧成;破惡業塵沙苦,多聞分別樂三昧成;破無明苦,常樂三昧成。以本行慈悲,冥熏法界。彼餓鬼道,若有機緣,與慈悲相關,王三昧力,不動法性而往應之,示所宜身,說所宜法。若有善機,以持戒慈悲應之,手出香乳,施令飽滿;有入空機,以生無生慈悲應之,令到無為岸;有入假機,以無量慈悲應之,令遊戲於五道;有入中機,以無作慈悲應之,令淨於三毒根,成佛道無疑。菩薩自既得樂,又令他得樂,是故名為心樂三昧也。 阿修羅有,用歡喜三昧者,修羅多猜疑怖畏,則有惡業疑怖、見思疑怖、塵沙疑怖、無明疑怖。菩薩為破是諸疑怖而修諸行。修持於戒,破惡業疑怖;修諸禪定,伏見思怖;修生無生慧,破見思怖;修無量慧,破塵沙怖;修無作慧,破無明怖。見思破故,空法喜三昧成;惡業塵沙破故,一切眾生喜見三昧成;無明破故,喜王三昧成。以本諸行、慈悲誓願,冥熏法界。彼修羅中,若有機緣,關於慈悲,以王三昧力,不動法性而往應之,示所宜身,說所宜法。有善機者,應以持戒身慈悲,令離惡業怖;有入空機,應以生無生慈悲,令離見思怖;有入假機,應以無量慈悲,令離無知怖;有入中機,應以無作慈悲,令離無明怖。自證三喜,令他無復三怖,是故名歡喜三昧。此前悉用對治立名也。 弗婆提有,用日光三昧破者,日朝出於東,隨便為名耳。日譬智光,能照除迷惑,東天下人有惡業闇、見思闇、塵沙闇、無明闇。菩薩為照此諸闇故,修前戒光,破惡業闇;修禪定流光,伏見思闇;修一切智光,破見思闇;修道種智光,破塵沙闇;修一切種智光,破無明闇。破見思闇故,一切智日光三昧成;破塵沙闇故,道種智日光三昧成;無明闇破故,一切種智日光三昧成。以本行慈悲誓願,冥熏法界。彼弗婆提若有機緣,關於慈悲,王三昧力,不動法性而往應之,示身說法。若有事善機,以持戒慈悲應之,令免惡業闇;有入空機,以生無生慈悲應之,令免見思闇;有入假機,以無量慈悲應之,令免無知闇;有入中機,以無作慈悲應之,令免無明闇。自既破闇,亦令他破闇,故稱日光三昧也。 〔T33 0723a12〕瞿耶尼有,用月光三昧破者,月夕初現於西,亦隨便立名。月亦照闇,例同日光〔云云〕。 欝單越,用熱焰三昧破者,北方是陰地氷結難銷,自非熱焰赫照,終不融冶。北天下人氷執無我,難可化度;若非智火慧焰,無我所心,終不得度。彼無我所,乃是妄計,猶有自性人我、法我、真如我。菩薩為破諸我,修生滅無生滅慧,破性人我;修無量慧,破法我;修無作慧,破真如我。得人空,成真諦智焰;得法空,成俗諦智焰;得真如空,成中道智焰。以本慈悲,冥熏法界。彼欝單越,若有機緣,關於慈悲,以王三昧力,不動法性,而往應之,示身說法。有善機,應以戒慈悲,令免妄計無我;有入空機,應以生無生慈悲,令免性我;有入假機,應以無量慈悲,令免法我;有入中機,以無作慈悲應之,令免真如我。自破妄我,令他破妄我,故名熱焰三昧也。 閻浮提有,用如幻三昧破者,南天下果報雜雜,壽命等不定,猶如幻化。此則從心幻出業,幻出見思,幻出無知,幻出無明。菩薩為破諸幻,從於持戒,幻出無作,破結業幻;從於禪定,幻出背捨;從生無生慧,幻出無漏;從無量慧,幻出有漏;從無作慧,幻出非漏非無漏。見思幻破,真諦幻成;無知幻破,俗諦幻成;無明幻破,中道幻成。故經言:「如來是大幻師。」彼閻浮提,有諸機緣關於誓願,以本慈悲,隨感應之,自破諸幻,成他諸幻,是故名為如幻三昧。餘如上說。 四天王有,用不動三昧破者,此天守護國土遊行世界,則有果報動,見思、塵沙、無明等動。菩薩修諸行,破諸動,成三昧。誓願熏、機緣感,以本慈悲令他破四動,成三不動,是故名不動三昧。委悉如上說。 三十三天有,用難伏三昧者,此是地居之頂,即是果報難伏,見思、塵沙、無明等難伏。菩薩修諸行,出其上,破諸難伏,自成三昧。誓願熏他。若有機緣,以本慈悲,令他得證,是故三昧名為難伏。餘如上說。 焰摩天有,用悅意三昧破者,此天處空,無刀杖戰鬪,以之為悅。此是果報中悅,而未有不動業悅,亦無無漏、道種智、中智等悅。菩薩為破諸不悅而修諸行,自成三諦悅意三昧。誓熏法界。有機緣者,以本慈悲,令他意悅,是故三昧名為悅意。餘如上說。 兜率陀天有,用青色三昧破者。真諦三藏云:「此天果報樂青,宮殿服玩等一切皆青。」菩薩為破諸青,修第一義,非青黃赤白,而見青黃赤白。第一義非戒、定、慧,而戒、定、慧。以戒破果報青;以生無生慧破見思青。非真見真,非假見假,非中見中,亦復如是。三青障破,自成三諦三青三昧。乃至感應成他三昧,例上可解。 黃色三昧破化樂天有,赤色三昧破他化自在天有,白色三昧破初禪有,皆是果報。白等,例青色三昧,大意可解。白色三昧者,初禪離五欲為白;未離覺觀故是黑。見思、塵沙、無明等黑,破此諸黑,修諸行白,自成三昧。又成他三昧,如上說。 種種三昧破梵王有者,梵王主領大千界,種類既多,即是果報種種;未見種種空、種種假、種種中。破此種種,修種種行。自成種種,亦成他種種。如上說。 二禪,用雙三昧者,二禪獨有內淨、喜兩支,餘支與餘禪共,此即果報雙。而未見雙空、雙假、雙中。例如上說。 三禪,用雷音三昧者,此禪樂最深,如氷魚蟄蟲,是果報著樂,又著空樂、假樂、中樂。為驚駭諸樂,修諸雷音之行。餘如上說。 四禪,用注雨三昧者,四禪如大地,具種種種子。若不得雨,芽不得生。一切善根,在四禪中,謂業種、三諦種。修諸行雨,自生三昧;慈悲應機,生他三昧〔云云〕。 無想天有,用如虛空三昧者,外道非空,妄計涅槃,謂果報非空,三諦皆非虛無。修諸空淨之行,自成、成他〔云云〕。 阿那含天,用照鏡三昧。此聖無漏天,雖得淨色,但是報淨色。未究盡色空,如鏡未極明;未知色假,如鏡未有影;未知色中,如未達鏡圓。餘如上說。 〔T33 0724a01〕空處,用無礙三昧者,此定得出色籠,即果報無礙,未是空、假、中等無礙。餘如上說。 識處,用常三昧者,此定謂識相續不斷為常,此乃定報,非三無為常、化用常、常樂常。例如上〔云云〕。 不用處,以樂三昧破者,此處如癡,癡故是苦,乃至無明苦。例如上〔云云〕。 非想非非想,用我三昧破者,頂天謂是涅槃果報,猶有細煩惱不自在,乃至無明不自在。修行破之,得真我、隨俗我、常樂我。例如上〔云云〕。 此二十五皆稱三昧者,調直定也。真諦以空無漏為調直;出假以稱機為調直;中道遮二邊為調直。故皆具三諦,則通稱三昧。又稱王者,空、假調直,未得為王,所以二乘入空,菩薩出假,不名法王。中道調直,故得稱王。一一三昧皆有中道,悉稱為王。《大經》云:「是二十五三昧名諸三昧王」,即其位高義;「若入是三昧,一切三昧悉入其中」,即其體廣義;「應二十五有機」,即其用長也。 無畏地中,具得二十五三昧種種力用。須彌入芥,不傷樹木;毛孔納海,不嬈龜魚;雖處地獄,身心無苦。變通出沒,不動而遠,即其妙義。蓋乃慧聖行成,能有是力也。問: 三昧破有,乃是《涅槃》之文,何得釋此?答: 第三云:「破有法王,出現於世,隨眾生欲,而為說法。」四意明文,宛然具足。又《涅槃》明菩薩破有,此經明法王破有,彌顯其義也。明聖行竟。 二、梵行者,梵者,淨也。無二邊愛見證得,名之為淨。以此淨法,與拔眾生,即是無緣慈、悲、喜、捨也。 菩薩以大涅槃心,修於聖行,得無畏地,具二十五三昧無方大用。爾時慈悲是真梵行,非餘梵天所修四無量心,亦非三藏、通教,眾生緣、法緣等慈悲也。以今慈、悲、喜、捨,熏修眾行,無不成辦。《大經》云:「若有人問:誰是一切諸善根本?當言:慈是。」慈既是行本,故言梵行。若依圓語,亦如《大經》:「慈即如來,慈即佛性」。慈若不具佛十力、四無所畏、三十二相者,是聲聞慈;若具足者,是如來慈。是慈即是大法聚;是慈即是大涅槃。慈力弘深,具一切福德莊嚴,故名梵行。 三、天行者,第一義天,天然之理,此語道前;由理成行,此語道中;由行理顯,此語道後。今約由理成行,故言天行。菩薩雖入初地,初地不應住,以有所得故。修上十地慧,十重發真修慧,由理成行,名為天行。天行即智慧莊嚴。上求佛道,故有聖行、天行;下化眾生故,有梵行、病行、嬰兒行也。 四嬰兒行者,若福慧轉增,實相彌顯。雖不作意利益眾生,任運能有冥、顯兩益。天行力有冥益,梵行力有顯益。眾生雖有小善之機,無菩薩開發,不得生長。慈善根力,如礠石吸鐵,和光利行,能令眾生得見菩薩,同其始學。漸修五戒、十善,人天果報,楊葉之行。又示二百五十戒,觀、練、熏、修,四諦、十二因緣、三十七品,同二乘嬰兒行。又示同習六度三阿僧祇,百劫種相好,柔伏煩惱,六度菩薩小善之行。又示同即色是空,無生無滅,通教小善之行。又示同別教歷別次第,相似中道,小善之行。皆是慈心之力,俯同群小,提引成就,從慈心與樂,起嬰兒行。《大經》云:「能說大字,所謂婆和」,此即六度小行而求作佛,故言大字。又云:「不見晝夜、親疏等相」,即同通教菩薩,即色是空意也。又云:「不能造作,大小諸事」「大事即五逆,小事即二乘心」,此即同別教。別教非生死,故無五逆;非涅槃,故無小乘心。又云:「楊樹黃葉」,即同人天五戒、十善嬰兒。又云:「非道為道,以能生道微因緣故。」即同二乘嬰兒也。慈善根力能出假化物,同小善方便,引入佛慧,作圓教嬰兒也。《經》云:「不能起住、來去、語言。」如《經》〔云云〕。又判麁妙、開麁顯妙,例可解〔云云〕。 五、病行者,此從無緣大悲起。若始生小善,必有病行。今同生善邊,名嬰兒行;同煩惱邊,名為病行。以眾生病,則大悲熏心,是故我病。或遊戲地獄,或作畜生形,化身作餓鬼等,悉是同惡業病,如調達等。又示有父母妻子,金鏘、馬麥,寒風索衣,熱病求乳,此示人天有結、業、生、老、病、死之病。又示道場三十四心斷結,示同二乘見思之病,方便附近,語令勤作。三藏、通教菩薩亦如是。又同別教寂滅道場,初斷塵沙無明之病。是故菩薩悉同彼病,遍於法界,利益眾生。次第五行竟。 問: 聖行證三地,梵行證兩地,天行、病行、嬰兒行何不證地?答: 聖、梵兩行名修因,故論證地,天行正是所證。病、兒兩行,從果起應,故不論證耳。又有義:經顯別義,從地前各入證:經顯圓義,登地同一證。又,地前非不修圓,登地非無有別,互顯令易解,故不煩文。地前別者,戒行從淺至深,證不動地;定行從淺至深,證堪忍地;慧行從淺至深,證無畏地。地上去並同者,豈有三地條然永別?秖登地時,不為二邊所動,名不動地;上持佛法,下荷眾生,名堪忍地;於生死涅槃俱得自在,名無畏地。無畏地,從我德立名;堪忍地,從樂德立名;不動地,從常德立名。淨德通三處。登地之日,四德俱成,則無增減,蓋化道宜然。例如朝三暮四之意耳。從登地去,地地有自行,地地有自證。自行秖是修天行,自證秖是證天行,故不別說天行證也。若地前化他,名梵行。慈、悲、喜是化他之事,行一子地是其證;捨心是化他之理行,空平等是其證。此二地亦不條然,登地慈悲,故言一子;慈悲與體同,故言空平等耳。地地有悲同惡,名病行。地地有慈同善,名嬰兒行。證道是同,故不別說。佛地功德,仰信而已,豈可闇心定分別耶?略答如此〔云云〕。 〔T33 0725a19〕妙法蓮華經玄義卷第四上 妙法蓮華經玄義卷第四下 天台智者大師說 圓五行者,《大經》云:「復有一行是如來行,所謂大乘、大般涅槃。」此大乘是圓因;涅槃是圓果。舉此標如來行,非餘六度、通、別等行。前雖名大乘,不能圓運;前雖名涅槃,過茶可說,乃是菩薩之行,不得名為如來一行。 若圓行者,圓具十法界,一運一切運,乃名大乘。即是乘於佛乘,故名如來行。如《大論》云:「從初發心,常觀涅槃行道。」亦如《大品》云:「從初發心行、生、修,乃至坐道場,亦行、生、修,畢竟、發心二不別。」皆如來行意也。 此經明安樂行者,安樂名涅槃,即是圓果;行即圓因,與涅槃義同,故稱如來行。入室、著衣、坐座,悉稱如來者,此就人為語;涅槃就法為語。即人論法,如來即涅槃;即法論人,涅槃即如來。二經義同也。《涅槃》列一行名,而廣解次第五行;《法華》標安樂行,廣解圓意。 今依《法華》釋圓五行。五行在一心中,具足無缺,名如來行。文云:「如來莊嚴而自莊嚴」即圓聖行;「如來室」即圓梵行;「如來座」即圓天行;「如來衣」有二種:柔和即圓嬰兒行,忍辱即圓病行。此五種行,即一實相行。一不作五,五不作一,非共非離,不可思議,名一五行。 云何莊嚴名聖行?文云:「持佛淨戒」,佛戒即圓戒也。又云:「深達罪福相,遍照於十方」,即罪即福而見實相,乃名深達,以實相心離十惱亂等,皆是圓戒。「佛自住大乘,如其所得法,定慧力莊嚴」,即是佛之定慧莊嚴,故名佛聖行也。 云何如來室名梵行?無緣慈悲,能為法界依止,如磁石普吸,莫不歸趣。又以弘誓、神通、智慧引之,令得住是法中,故以如來室為梵行。 云何如來座為天行?第一義天實相妙理,諸佛所師,一切如來同所栖息。文云:「觀一切法空,不動、不退,亦不分別上、中、下法,有為、無為,實、不實法。」故如來座即天行。 云何如來衣嬰兒行、病行?遮喧、遮靜,故名忍辱。雙照二諦,復名柔和。文云:「能為下劣,忍于斯事」,「即脫瓔珞,著弊垢衣」即同病行。「方便附近」即同嬰兒行。 又復觀十法界寂滅,即如來座,名天行;拔九法界性相,故起悲,與一法界樂,故起慈,即是梵行;柔和照善性相,即同嬰兒;照惡性相,即同病行;又照善性相即戒,寂照即定慧,即是聖行。當知,一心照十法界,即具圓五行。 又一心五行,即是三諦三昧;聖行,即真諦三昧;梵、嬰、病,即俗諦三昧;天行,即中道王三昧。 又圓三三昧圓破二十五有:即空故,破二十五惡業見思等;即假故,破二十五無知;即中故,破二十五無明。即一而三,即三而一。一空一切空,一假一切假,一中一切中,故名如來行。 又如來室,冥熏法界,慈善根力不動真際,和光塵垢,以病行慈悲應之,示種種身,如聾如瘂;說種種法,如狂如癡。有生善機,以嬰兒行慈悲應之,婆和、木牛、楊葉。有入空機,以聖行慈悲應之,執持糞器,狀有所畏。有入假機,以梵行慈悲應之,慈善根力,見如是事,踞師子床,寶几承足,商估賈人,乃遍他國,出入息利,無處不有。有入中機,以天行慈悲應之,如快馬見鞭影,行大直道無留難故,無前無後,不並不別,說無分別法,諸法從本來,常自寂滅相,圓應眾機,如阿脩羅琴。若漸引入圓,如前所說。若頓引入圓,如今所說。入圓等證,更無差別。為顯別、圓初入之門,慈善根力,令漸、頓人見如此說〔云云〕。 〔T33 0726a01〕又圓五行,即是四種十二因緣智行:不思議識、名色等清淨即戒聖行;行、有等清淨即定聖行;無明、愛等清淨即慧聖行;十二支寂滅,又無前三種十二緣,即天行;能同前三種十二因緣滅,即嬰兒行;同前十二因緣生,即病行。 又是四種四諦智行:無作之道,即戒、定、慧聖行;無作之滅,即天行;慈悲拔苦,拔四種苦,與四種樂,即梵行;直悲,即病行;直慈,即嬰兒行。 又是七種二諦智行:圓真方便即是聖行;圓真之理即是天行;悲七俗、慈七善即梵行;同七俗即病行;同七真即嬰兒行。 又是五種三諦智行:俗諦中善是戒聖行;真諦中禪是定聖行;真諦慧即慧聖行;中諦是天行;拔五俗苦,與五真、中樂,是梵行;同五俗是病行;同五真、中,是嬰兒行。 又是一實諦智行:一實諦有道共戒、定、慧即聖行;一實境即天行;同體慈、悲合說即梵行;各說即病行、嬰兒行。 觀心圓五行者,上來圓行不可遠求,即心而是。一切諸法中,悉有安樂性,即觀心性,名為上定。心性即空、即假、即中,五行三諦,一切佛法,即心而具。初心如此,行如來行,應以如來供養而供養之。隨方向禮,至處起塔,已有全身舍利故。初心尚爾,況似解耶?況入住耶?《地持》云:「從自性禪發一切禪。」一切禪有三種:一、現法樂禪,即實相空慧,中三昧也;二、出生一切種性三摩跋提,二乘背捨、除入等,即真三昧也;三、利益眾生禪,即俗三昧也。當知,五行三諦,於一切禪中,皆悉成就,即初住分位。入此位時,無非佛法,是為圓心之行,豈與前五行次第意同?當知次第為麁,一行一切行為妙,即相待意也。若開麁顯妙,無麁可待,即絕待行妙意也。 問: 《法華》開麁,麁皆入妙。《涅槃》何意,更明次第五行耶?答: 《法華》為佛世人破權入實,無復有麁,教意整足。《涅槃》為末代凡夫見思病重,定執一實、誹謗方便,雖服甘露,不能即事而真,傷命早夭,故扶戒、定、慧,顯大涅槃。得《法華》意者,於《涅槃》不用次第行也。
The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.
〔科一〕行妙總綱:行如何由進趣而成為妙行
第三是行妙,分成兩部分:第一,通途依數目遞增來說行;第二,依不同教門,以數目遞增來說行。
所謂行,就是向前進趣。沒有智慧,行便不能向前;智慧的理解雖能引導行,若沒有正確境界,智慧也不能正確。智慧如眼,行如腳,憑著眼與腳,才能到達清涼池。理解是行的根本,行又能成就智慧,所以行圓滿時,智慧也圓滿。智慧能使真理顯露;真理窮盡時,智慧的作用也止息。
可是,若只說境、智、行彼此依賴,這仍不是妙行。妙行是:一種行當中具足一切行。經中說,行者本來追隨無數尊佛,具足實行一切道路;又說,在無量諸佛所在之處,實行深妙的道;又說,完全實行諸佛所有的一切道法。既然具足,又深,又完全。具足就是廣大,深就是高遠,完全就是究竟。
這種妙行與前面的境妙、智妙,是從一而說三,也是從三而說一。前面境妙所說的是如實法相,法相也具足三德,稱為祕密藏。前面智妙是對如實法相的理解,這種理解也具足三德,如同一張臉上有三隻眼睛。現在行妙是實際所行,如所說而行,這種行也具足三德,如同伊字的三點。無論從三來說,還是從一來說,都沒有缺少減損,所以稱為妙行。
前面對境來說智慧,現在也應當對智慧來說行。若只對一種智慧,以增數方式說行,行便已經多如塵沙,不能說盡;何況每一種智慧又各自引導許多行,那便廣大得如同虛空。只要領會意思,就可忘掉言語,不必再逐一說盡。
《大智度論》的意思是,菩薩行般若時,可以用一法作行而收攝一切行,也可以用無量的一法作行而收攝一切行;可以用二法作行而收攝一切行,也可以用無量的二法作行而收攝一切行;直到用十法、百法、千萬億法作行而收攝一切行,也可以用無量的十法、百法、千萬億法作行而收攝一切行。
行雖然非常多,卻以智慧為根本。智慧像引路的主人,眾行像一群商人;智慧像銳利的針,行像長線;智慧駕御行這頭牛,車才安穩而能到達目的地。用這些數目不斷增加的行,由前面十如是之諦的智慧引導,直到由一實諦的智慧引導。若領會這個意思,便知道應用正智引導一切行,使它們進入正確境界。這層意思只能懸遠地領會,不能全部記載下來。
〔科二〕依教門增數:從一行直到不可說行
先說三藏增數行。《阿含》中,佛告訴比丘們:應當修一種行,祂保證比丘們能證得四種沙門果,這一行就是心不放逸。若能守護心、修不放逸行,使它廣泛展開、廣泛流布,應作之事便已完成,能夠得到涅槃。
佛又告訴比丘,應當修一行,就是不要取別人的東西。比丘回答佛說,他已經知道。佛問他怎樣知道,比丘回答:所謂別人的東西,就是色、聲、香、味、觸、法。佛讚歎說很好;若能不取這六種,應作之事便已完成,能夠得到涅槃。所謂廣泛展開、廣泛流布,就是以不放逸心遍歷一切法,在三界、六塵中全都不放逸,因而能到達涅槃。
再把數目增為二來說行。《阿含》說,住阿練若處的比丘應修兩法為行,就是修止與修觀。修止時,能止息一切惡,戒律威儀與種種禁戒全不失壞,成就各種功德。修觀時,能觀苦而如實知道苦;又觀苦的集起、苦的窮盡、出離苦的要道,也都如實知道,因而漏盡,不再受後有。如來也是這樣修行。
再把數目增為三來說行,就是戒、定、慧。這三種是出世間的階梯,也是佛法的軌範。《戒經》說:一切惡都不要做,一切善都應奉行,自己淨化心意,這就是諸佛的教法。所謂一切惡,是七支所犯的過罪,包括輕重、是否違犯的差別,五部律中廣說其相;這些惡都由戒防止。所謂一切善,是善的身、口、意三業;無論散心或靜心,前後方便以及各支各林的功德,都能清淨上升,所以稱善。所謂自己淨化心意,就是破除各種邪見顛倒,明白世間、出世間的因果及正行、助行法門,消除心垢,洗淨瑕穢;這不會超出智慧。佛法如廣大海洋,戒、定、慧三種便能全數收攝。
若領會這個意思,用四法、五法、六法、七法,直到百千萬億法作行而收攝一切行,也是如此。以上稱為下等智慧所引導的行。
通教增數
通教增數行,不依某一部典籍固定判為通教,只取三乘共同修學的法門,指它為通。現在姑且引用《大智度論》的增數,顯示它的形相。論中說,菩薩行般若時,雖然知道諸法同是一相,也能知道一切法的種種不同形相;雖然知道諸法的種種不同形相,也能知道一切法同是一相。
怎樣觀一切法同是一相?就是觀一切法沒有固定形相。譬如地、水、火、風四大各自不相分離:地大中也有水、火、風,只因地的成分較多,便依地立名;水、火、風也都如此。
現在觀察火中沒有另外三種不同形相。假如火中確有其餘三大,三大應當一同發熱。若三大在火中而水、風兩大不熱,整體便不能叫火;若三大都熱,它們便捨去自己的性質,全都叫火,不再有另外三大。若說另外三大確實存在,只是細微到不能知道,那與沒有又有什麼差別?若粗大的形相可以得到,才可由粗知細;若粗相根本不可得,細相也不可得。因此,火中的各種固定形相都不可得,一切法的固定形相也都不可得,所以一切法同是一相。
這是先用一相破除各種異相,又用無相破除一相;無相本身也須滅除,如同火木燃燒一切薪柴後,最後也燒掉自己。這就叫觀一切法為一相,而一相就是無相。無量的一切法也都同是一相,一相又是無相。也可用二法作行而收攝一切行,直到用百法、千萬億法作行而收攝一切行。其餘可以依這個意思推知,不再繁複記載。
別教增數
別教增數行,如善財童子進入法界,在一位又一位善知識座下,各自聽聞一種法作行:有時是如幻三昧,有時是投下山巖、奔赴火聚,有時是計算沙數、觀察相黶,有時是發菩提心。這些不同的一行,都由善知識說:佛法如大海,我只知道這一個法門,其餘不是我所知。直到一百一十位善知識,每一位的法門都如此。每一種行都能破無明、進入深妙境界。若以二法、三法、百千萬億法作行,也應當如此推知。
圓教增數
圓教增數行,如《文殊問經》所明菩薩修一行三昧:應在安靜房室中結跏趺坐,把所緣繫於法界,一念就是法界,一切無明顛倒永遠寂滅,如同虛空。這一行就是一切無礙之人;一條道路出生死;在一切法中,都以平等觀進入;理解與智慧之心寂然,在三界中沒有可與相比者。這就是一行收攝一切行。
把數目增為二法作行而收攝一切行,就是止與觀。增為三法,就是聞、思、修,以及戒、定、慧。增為四法,就是四念處。增為五法,就是五門禪。增為六法,就是六波羅蜜。增為七法,就是七善法。增為八法,就是八正道。增為九法,就是九種大禪。增為十法,就是十種境界,或十觀成乘。再增為百數、千萬億數、阿僧祇不可說法門作行,怎能全部記載?若領會意思,就可依例理解。
判麁妙、待麁與開麁
雖都依增數說行,不同教門的行仍須判別麁妙。三藏的各種增數行,由生滅智慧引導,只期望離苦,最後停息在化城,所以是麁。通教的體法智慧雖然巧妙,仍只引導出苦,與灰身斷智的歸趣相同。別教的智慧能引導行人走得很遠,從淺處逐級進入深處,可是各種行彼此隔別,事與理尚未圓融,所以也是麁。圓教的各種增數行,行行相融,智慧圓滿,所以是妙。
現在這部經屬於圓教增數。《觀經》說,在三個七日中,一心精進,這是從一法說行妙。又說,無論行或坐,都思惟這部經,這是從二法說行妙。又說,若聽聞此經,思惟並修習,善於實行菩薩道,這是從三法說行妙。四安樂行,是從四法說行妙;五品弟子,是從五法說行妙;六根清淨,是從六法說行妙。這些都是相待於前面的麁行而說妙。
再說開麁而顯妙:低頭、舉手、堆積泥土、玩弄沙粒,都能成就佛道。雖然宣說種種法,實際都為一乘。一切行全都成妙,不再有固定的麁可作對待;麁既被開,對待之妙也隨即成為絕待。
〔科三〕約五數:先說次第五行,再說圓五行
再從五這個數目說行妙,也分兩部分:先說各別次第的五行,再說圓融的五行。
《涅槃經》說有五種行,就是聖行、梵行、天行、嬰兒行、病行。聖行又有戒、定、慧三種。
〔科四〕戒聖行:由信立願,由願持戒
經中說,菩薩若聽聞大涅槃,聽後生起信心,便如此思惟:諸佛世尊有無上道,有大正法,有大眾正行。從這裡建立行。
聽聞大涅槃,是相信果,也是相信滅諦;有無上道以下,是相信能顯示果的行。無上道是相信智慧,有大正法是相信禪定,大眾正行是相信戒。這便是相信因、相信道。
菩薩又哀傷自己與一切眾生,因破戒造罪而失去人天之樂與涅槃之樂,這就是知道集;在生死中往來,承受惡道果報,這就是知道苦。苦、集與戒、定、慧相違,因此沒有道;既沒有道,便不能得到涅槃,因而沒有滅。
菩薩想拔除苦、集,便起大悲,發起兩種誓願;想把道、滅之樂給予眾生,便起大慈,再發兩種誓願。發願後,接著實際修行。他思惟在家生活逼迫得像牢獄,不能終身清淨修梵行;出家生活閑靜寬廣,如同虛空。於是捨家離欲,依白四羯磨受戒,平等守護性質重大的戒與止息世間譏嫌的戒,不被愛欲、見執兩種羅剎破壞戒的浮囊,詳情如《摩訶止觀》所說。
由於持戒,菩薩具足五支:根本業清淨戒、前後眷屬餘清淨戒、非諸惡覺覺清淨戒、護持正念念清淨戒、迴向具足無上道戒。
根本業清淨戒,是以十善性戒作一切戒的根本,又由無漏心守持,所以稱為清淨。前後眷屬餘清淨戒中,偷蘭遮之類是前眷屬,十三之類是後眷屬;所謂其餘,是律藏沒有列出而其他經典另有制定者,如方等二十四戒之類,所以稱為餘戒。這兩支都屬依律儀作法而受得的戒。後三支不由作法受得,而是得到相應法時自然發起的戒。
非諸惡覺覺清淨戒,就是定共戒。尸羅若不清淨,三昧便不能現前。戒清淨,所以事相障礙消除,能發未來禪;性障消除,能發根本禪。惡的覺與觀滅除,便稱定共戒。
護持正念念清淨戒,就是四念處。以正念觀真理,雖尚未發真實證悟,卻由相似正念能發真道,成就道共戒,所以稱正念念清淨戒。
再作分別:定共戒依定心發起,屬於止善;道共戒依分別智慧發起,屬於行善。有作的動與無作的不動都屬毘尼。為什麼?戒以防止為義;得到定共心後不再起惡,得到道共而發真後永遠沒有過罪,所以兩者都稱戒。
迴向具足無上道戒,是菩薩在一切戒中具足四弘誓願與六度,發出堅要願心,把功德迴向菩提,所以稱大乘戒。四弘誓願已如前說。
就六度說:厭離在家,捨去所愛,是布施;絲毫不犯,拒絕羅剎索取戒浮囊,是持戒;能約束身心,安忍打罵,稱為生忍;能忍受八風、寒熱、貪恚等,稱為法忍;愛欲與見執不能損壞自己,這就是忍辱;守護戒法,使想犯戒的心不生,這就是精進;決心持戒,不被狐疑欺騙,專心不動,稱為禪定;明白辨認因果,知道戒是正順解脫的根本,能出生一切三乘聖人,不是六十二種邪見中的雞戒、狗戒,稱為般若。
菩薩又另發誓願,用來約束自己的心:寧可讓身體躺在灼熱鐵床上,也不願破戒而接受別人的床席。以十二種誓願自制其心。
又另發願,希望一切眾生得到護持禁戒、清淨戒、善戒、不缺戒、不析戒、大乘戒、不退戒、隨順戒、畢竟戒、具足諸波羅蜜戒。用這十願防護眾生。菩薩只在一個持戒心中,便以許多願行莊嚴戒;其他一切行心也都應如此。
護持他人的十戒,是從自己所行的五支開出。從根本與眷屬兩支,開出禁戒、清淨戒、善戒。篇、聚的作法所制就是禁戒;禁戒發起無作戒體,才稱清淨,清淨就是止善;善戒則是行善。
從非惡覺覺清淨戒,開出不缺戒。雖然防護身口七支,若妄念屢次生起,行仍有缺漏;若發未來禪,事行便不缺;得到根本禪,性行便不缺。
從護持正念念清淨戒,開出不析戒,也就是道共戒。滅色而入空,是析法道共;現在是體會諸法而入空,所以稱不析。又因內在已有道共戒,戒品牢固,不能被破壞分析,也稱不析。
從迴向具足無上道戒,開出大乘戒、不退戒、隨順戒、畢竟戒、具足波羅蜜戒。
大乘戒,是菩薩平等守持性重與譏嫌兩類戒。為自己求佛道時,性重戒較急;為教化眾生時,譏嫌戒也急。小乘只調伏自己,性重戒急;因不以度他為事,譏嫌戒較寬。菩薩兩類都完整守持,所以稱大乘戒。
不退戒,是雖行於一般人所見的非道,卻有善巧方便;即使到婬舍、酒家這些非法之處度人,自己對禁戒也不退失,如醫者治病而不被病污染,所以稱不退。
隨順戒,是隨順眾生機宜,也隨順道理。畢竟戒,是在竪向上窮究到無上之法。具足波羅蜜戒,是在橫向上使一切圓滿,沒有一法不具備。
《大智度論》也說十種戒。不破、不缺、不穿、不雜四種戒,對應《大經》根本支中的禁戒、清淨戒、善戒、不缺戒。論中的隨道戒,對應《大經》護持正念支中的不析戒。論中的無著戒,對應《大經》迴向支中的不退戒。論中的智者所讚戒,對應《大經》的大乘戒。論中的自在戒,對應《大經》的自在戒。論中的隨定戒,對應《大經》的隨順戒。論中的具足戒,對應《大經》的波羅蜜戒。《大經》說畢竟,《大智度論》說隨定,兩者大致相同而略有差異,就義旨說沒有損失。
《涅槃經》為了辨明菩薩依次修習聖行,所以完整列出各種戒從淺至深、從開始到終結的具足相。若能善加護持,便進入初不動地;不動、不退、不墮、不散,稱為戒聖行。
戒聖行既然從開始的淺處走到後面的深處,現在仍要判它的麁妙。禁戒、清淨戒、善戒三種屬律儀;律儀共同收攝僧團,所以要規定尊卑、位次與秩序。雖有菩薩與佛等身分,卻不另成立一個僧團,所以戒法相同,只以是否發佛菩提心為差別。因此,律儀等三戒由三藏收攝。不缺戒是定共戒,根本禪屬事相,也由三藏收攝,所以這些是麁。
不析戒是體法道共戒,由通教收攝。大乘、不退等戒由別教收攝,也兼通於通教;通教也有出假化他,能隨機順理,在道上不退。可是它依真諦而行,仍不及別教行人,所以相對而言別教為妙。
隨順、畢竟、具足等戒由圓教收攝。不起滅盡定而能示現各種威儀,不捨道法而能示現凡夫之事,所以稱隨順。只有佛一人具足淨戒,其餘人都仍可稱污戒,所以稱畢竟。戒本身就是法界,具足一切佛法與眾生法,到達尸羅彼岸,所以稱具足波羅蜜戒。
《維摩詰所說經》的意思是,能如此持戒,才稱奉持律法,也稱善解。這部《法華經》說,大眾長夜持佛淨戒,在法王之法中長久修梵行,到今天才得到果報;又說羅睺羅的祕密行,只有佛能知道。這不正是相待於前面諸戒為麁,顯出只有圓戒為妙嗎?又可把初戒譬如乳,中間諸戒譬如三味,最後的戒譬如醍醐,醍醐為妙。
再說開麁顯妙。有人說《梵網經》是菩薩戒。現在反問:這是哪一類菩薩戒?若回答是三藏或通教菩薩戒,便應當另有菩薩僧團;僧團既未另立,戒怎能不同?若說另有菩薩戒,那麼哪一種又是另立的緣覺戒?現在說三藏三乘沒有分別成立三個僧團,所以不能另有菩薩戒、緣覺戒。若依別教、圓教菩薩來理解,則可以成立,因為在三乘共同僧團之外另有菩薩,所以另有戒。
有人問:若三乘僧團之外另有菩薩戒,緣覺戒又如何?回答說:三乘僧團之外沒有另立緣覺,這種說法仍只是相待於麁而說的戒。
真正開麁,是說學毘尼的人就是大乘學式叉;式叉就是大乘第一義光。第一義光不是青、不是黃、不是赤、不是白;三歸、五戒、十善、二百五十戒,全都是大乘。哪裡還有一種麁戒隔離於妙戒之外?戒既當下就是妙,受戒、持戒的人也同樣如此。經中所說你實是我的孩子,正顯這個意思。這稱為絕待妙戒。
卷第三下到此結束。
《妙法蓮華經玄義》卷第四上,題署天台智者大師說。
〔科五〕定聖行:從世間禪到出世間上上禪
定聖行略分三類:第一世間禪,第二出世間禪,第三出世間上上禪。
世間禪又分兩類。第一是根本味禪,特徵為隱沒、有垢、無記;第二是根本淨禪,特徵為不隱沒、無垢、有記。稱為根本,是因為它們是世間法與出世間法的根本。《大品》的意思是,諸佛成道、轉法輪、入涅槃,全都在禪定中。若能深觀這個根本,便能出生殊勝微妙的上等禪定,所以稱根本。
所謂隱沒,是暗中證得而沒有觀慧;所謂有垢,是在一地一地中生起愛著滋味;所謂無記,是境界不分明。根本味禪有三類,就是禪、等、空,也就是四禪、四等、四空合成的十二門禪。
根本味禪:四禪、四等、四空
初修禪定的方便,應善於分辨風、喘、氣息,清楚知道何者是正息;安穩舒緩地計數,不使數目增加或減少。若所數氣息漸漸細微,便要善於轉換所緣,調節得恰到好處,接著證得前方便法。粗住或細住時,都有能支持身體的法發起,再進入欲界定或未到地定。八種觸發動,五支成就,便是初禪發起。
《大智度論》的意思是,離開婬欲烈火後,便得到清涼禪定,如人在大熱中悶苦,進入冷池便很快樂。若想離開下地而進入上地,一般凡夫依六行觀,佛弟子多修八聖種。
行者在初禪的覺、觀兩支中,厭離覺與觀,把初禪看成苦。覺、觀有粗與障兩種過患,會擾動定心,所以是苦。喜與樂從覺、觀生起,所以覺、觀是粗;覺、觀又遮蔽更高禪定,所以是障。二禪不同於此,因此稱勝、妙、出。
總說修二禪有三步:第一,知道初禪過患而不再愛著;第二,訶責它;第三,分析破除它。依此離開初禪,便是修二禪之相。善巧地攀緣上地、厭離下地時,身心內外皎潔明亮,與喜一同發起,四支成就。《大智度論》的意思是,因此除去覺、觀,進入一識之處;內心清淨,所以由定生起喜樂。
二禪已經離覺、觀,在定中不能再造作方便。出定後,為了厭下進上,仍修六行,如同捨初禪的方法。那時身心泯然,不依內也不依外,與樂一同發起,五支成就。《大智度論》的意思是,由愛而有苦,失去喜便生憂;離開苦樂,身體安穩,具有捨、念與方便。想厭下進上,也修如前六行。
善加修習後,心豁然開明,出入息斷,與捨一同發起,境界空明寂靜,四支成就。若能知道樂的過患,便見不動的大安;憂與喜先前已除,苦與樂現在也斷。
行人內證四禪後,若想向外修福德,應學四等。四等有通修與別修。通修,是《大智度論》所說慈心在色界四禪中間都能修,這是通說。別修,則初禪有覺、觀分別,所以容易修悲;以喜支容易修喜,以樂支容易修慈,以一心支容易修捨。又可分配為初禪容易修悲,二禪容易修喜,三禪容易修慈,四禪容易修捨。這就是修四無量定的處所。
修習時,緣取眼前的人離苦得樂、歡喜平等之相而入定;禪定發起時,內在得到喜、樂、平等之法,外在也看見眼前的人離苦得樂。有時內在得到而外在看不見,有時外在看見而內在沒有得到,須分辨其中邪正。
行人想離開色界牢籠,便修四空定。消除色而保存心,心心相續依存,所以稱四空。方便是先訶責色為眾苦根本:飢、渴、寒、熱的痛苦聚集,都以色身為依;再讚歎空清淨微妙,離開種種逼迫。超越一切色而與空定相應,不苦不樂的定便加倍增長。進入深定,只見虛空,不見各種色相,心也不再散亂。
又因得到空定,超出色界,所以稱超過一切色相;空法支持心,使各種色相不能生起,所以稱滅除有對之相;已決定能捨色法,不再憶念眷戀,所以稱不念種種色相。訶責下地、攀緣上地,都另有方便,詳細內容在《禪門》。根本味禪到此結束。
根本淨禪:六妙門、十六特勝、通明
根本淨禪具有不隱沒、無垢、有記三相,正與前面相反。它也有三類,就是六妙門、十六特勝與通明。
涅槃是微妙的,這六法能使人通達涅槃,所以叫六妙門。三種法門分別適合三種根性。智慧根性較多的人,為他說六妙門;每一門在欲界中便能發無漏。禪定根性較多的人,為他說十六特勝;在較低禪地尚不發無漏,直到上地禪定圓滿才得悟。定、慧根性相等的人,為他說通明;通明的觀慧深細,從下地到上地都能發無漏。這是隨根機而說;若從對治病障說,又另有分配。
若廣說修習,這三法便收攝一切禪。現在只依前後相生次第,立一條竪向道路。六妙門把修與證合說,共有十二法。佛說遊止三四、出生十二,所指就是修數、證數,直到修淨、證淨。
修數,是行人先調和氣息,使它不澁、不滑,安詳徐緩地從一數到十,把心收攝在數目上,不使奔馳散亂。與數相應,就是證數:心能自然從一數到十,不必再用力,自己安住在數上,氣息微細,心也細微。若覺得數息太粗,便放下計數而修隨息;直到還、淨,各門的修、證也同樣如此。
觀又有三義:第一,以慧觀觀真;第二,以所得理解作觀,也就是假想觀;第三,實觀。這裡先用實觀,後用慧觀。
修實觀時,在定心中用心眼仔細觀身體。細微的出入息如空中之風;皮、肉、筋、骨三十六物,如芭蕉一樣沒有實體,內外都不清淨,十分可厭。再觀定中的喜、樂等感受,全有破壞之相,是苦而不是樂。又觀定中心識無常,剎那不停,沒有可以執著之處。再觀定中的善、惡諸法都由因緣而有,沒有自性。
如此觀察,能破四種顛倒。既得不到人我,禪定又能依什麼固定自我而有?這稱修觀。這樣修時,覺得氣息出入遍及毛孔,心眼開明,徹見身內三十六物及各種蟲戶,內外不淨;看見眾苦逼迫、剎那變易,又見一切法都沒有自性。心中生起悲與喜,不再有所依倚。由此得到四念處,破四顛倒,稱為與觀相應,詳情不能全部記載。佛坐在樹下,內心思惟安般,先數、再隨等,正是這種禪法。
十六特勝之名,此處不詳釋;它由相應因緣得名。
十六特勝的修相,先是知道氣息入、知道氣息出,用來代替數息。調息綿密細微,一心隨息;吸氣時知道氣息從鼻到臍,呼氣時知道氣息從臍到鼻,隨順照知而不散亂。知道風、喘、氣為粗,知道息為細;粗息進入時便調到細,如守門人知道誰入誰出,阻擋惡者,放行好者。氣息澁或滑、輕或重、冷或暖、久或近、難或易,全都知道。
又知道氣息是生命所依,一口氣若不再回來,生命便終結;由此覺察氣息與生命危脆無常,不生愛著驕慢。知道氣息不是我,也不生我見。知道息長短,對應欲界定;知道息遍身,對應未到地;除去一切身行,對應初禪覺、觀支;感受喜,對應喜支;感受樂,對應樂支;感受一切心行,對應一心支。
使心生喜,便是與喜相俱的禪;使心收攝,便是二禪的一心支;使心得解脫,便是三禪之樂;觀無常,便是四禪不動;觀出散,對應空處;觀離欲,對應識處;觀滅,對應無所有處;觀棄捨,對應非想非非想處。觀棄捨時,便得到三乘涅槃。若橫向說觀慧,便對應四念處。
通明禪,是行者觀氣息、色身、心三事沒有分別。仔細觀出入息:入時沒有積聚,出時沒有散失;來時不經過固定道路,去時也沒有可循足跡,如空中風,性本無所有。氣息依身,身本身也不存在固定實體。過去世的妄想招感今生四大,四大圍住虛空,假名為身;頭等六分、三十六物、四微,每一項都不是身。
再觀身由心而有,心由緣起,生滅迅速,看不見停住之處與固定形貌。只有名字,名字也空。如此觀息、色、心,不能得到三種各自獨立的性;既不能得到三事,也不能得到一切法。這是通明禪的修相。
證相,是內證真諦,其空寂如同觀解;又依次通達身、色、氣息,清楚分明,也知道世間天文地理與身體彼此相應。能具足三界禪定,知道非想非非想處仍有細微煩惱,破惑發真,得到三乘涅槃。詳細內容都在《禪門》。世間禪到此結束。
出世間禪:觀、練、熏、修
第二說出世間禪,共有四種,就是觀、練、熏、修。
觀禪包括九想、八背捨、八勝處、十一切處,四類合稱觀禪。行人為了破婬欲烈火,必須使觀想逐漸增長成熟;每次觀時,都與定相應。觀想與禪定支持心,使心不散亂,便能除世間貪愛,破六種欲。
有的人貪著赤、白、黃、黑等色;有人貪著端嚴相貌;有人貪著威儀姿態;有人貪著嬌媚語言;有人貪著細滑肌膚;有人貪著合意的人。這六種欲如深淵,會使行者沉沒。
修九想能除六賊。死想破除對威儀、語言兩欲;脹想、壞想、噉想破除對形貌的欲;血塗想、青瘀想、膿爛想破除對色的欲;骨想、燒想破除對細滑的欲。九想合起來,除去對所愛之人的欲。噉想、散想又除去對特定合意之人的執著。九想既除欲,也使瞋、癡減薄,使九十八使之山動搖。雖只是不淨觀的初門,卻能成辦大事,如在海中依浮屍而得度。
八背捨的名稱,此處不詳列。它背棄清淨可愛的五欲,捨離貪著心,所以叫背捨。
修八背捨時,行人先持戒清淨,發大誓願,想成辦大事;端正身體,端正心念,仔細觀右腳大拇指,想它像大豆般大小,黑色、腫脹、皰起。此想成後,進一步觀如狸豆大,再如一指大,又如雞卵大;接著依次觀二指、三指、四指、五指。
再觀腳掌、腳跟、腳踝、足旁骨節、膝、髀、髖,全都腫脹;右腳也同樣觀。再觀大小便道、腰、脊、腹、背、胸、脇,全都腫脹;又觀右肩胛、臂、肘、腕、掌、五指,以及頭、下頷。從腳到頭,再從頭到腳,循身觀察,只見腫脹,心生厭惡。
接著觀壞、膿爛;大小便道中蟲與膿流出,臭得比死狗更甚。自己身體既如此,再觀所愛之人也同樣如此。由內破除我見,由外破除貪愛;長久安住觀察,便除去世間貪愛。
再除去皮肉,仔細觀察白骨;看見骨有青、黃、白、鴿色等不同色相,也知道這些骨相都不是我。得到這種觀時,稱為欲界定。
再觀骨為青色時,看見整個大地東西南北全是青相;觀黃、白、鴿色時也同樣如此。這是未到地定之相。又觀骨人眉間放光,光中見佛,便是初背捨成就之相。如此依次直到八背捨的發相,詳見《禪門》。
八勝處中,最初兩個勝處位在初禪,第三、第四兩個位在二禪,最後四個位在四禪。三禪樂多而心較鈍,所以不立勝處。前面的背捨,在所緣境多或少上還不能自在,因此勝處以更深細的觀,對少、多、好、醜都能勝知勝見,如快馬既能破陣,也能由騎者制御。
十一切處,是用八種色與兩種心彼此淡入,廣大普遍充滿,轉變無礙,詳情也見《禪門》。
練禪,就是九次第定。前面雖已得到八種禪定,進入時仍有間隔。現在要使它們純熟,從最初淺處直到最後深處依次而入,中間沒有垢滓與間隔;使原來不能依次者成為次第,所以稱次第定。又因以無漏智慧磨練有漏禪定,除去中間粗穢,所以稱練禪;也因平均調和各種禪定,使定與慧平等無間,所以稱練禪。《阿毘曇》說熏練,只說以無漏熏四禪;現在則以無漏通練八地,成為次第入無間三昧。
熏禪,就是師子奮迅三昧。前面的練禪能次第無間地進入;現在不但能次第無間進入,也能次第無間退出,除去粗重間隔、法愛與味著塵垢。如獅子既能退又能進,抖落一切塵土。行者入出此法,能普遍熏習諸禪,使它們全都通利,轉變自在,如把皮熏熟後能隨意製成器物。
修禪,就是超越三昧。能從近到近、從近到遠地超越進入,也能超越退出、超越安住。這是禪定功德最深處,所以稱頂禪;能在一切法門中自在出入。
又,九次第定善於進入八背捨,師子奮迅善於退出八背捨,超越三昧善於安住八背捨。善於進入、退出、安住百千三昧,也是這個意思。
譬如畫師只用五種色彩彼此淡入,便畫出無量色;又如世間果報只依四大,便生出一切五陰。禪定法也如此,只依觀、練、熏、修,便出生一切神通變化,沒有一種不具備。《大經》說,菩薩住禪而得到堪忍地。地有支持與出生兩義;每一禪中都有慈悲、誓願、道品、六度等行,無不具足。
若在戒、定中明觀慧,便是共念處;只說觀慧本身,是性念處;通取戒、定等境、智與文字,是緣念處。又,不淨觀破淨顛倒,是身念處;觀禪定中身心所受苦樂,觀三世、內外之受都不可得,破樂顛倒,是受念處;觀諸禪心,因有心便造作善惡,若無固定心便沒有固定作者,破我顛倒,是法念處;觀心生滅、前後際斷,破常顛倒,是心念處。
八背捨觀四念處,九次第定磨練四念處,師子奮迅熏四念處,超越三昧修四念處。二乘為了自己滅度,修這五種禪,成為四枯念處,不能稱堪忍地。菩薩為教化眾生而深觀念處,以慈悲誓願荷負眾生,成四榮念處;這是大乘,所以稱堪忍地。
有人問:無色界沒有色身,怎能具足四念處?
回答說:《毘曇》說無色界有道共戒。戒是無作色,因它以無漏為所緣而相通,這種戒色便隨無漏法到無色界。成論學者說,色是無教法,不到無色界。《舍利弗阿毘曇論》說無色界有色。可見小乘所明就已有兩種說法。《大經》又說,無色界的色不是聲聞所能知道。既然如此,四念處通於無色界,又有何妨?
又問:諸禪中只可說四念處,連四正勤尚未另立,怎能說已具道品?
回答說,若約階位安立名稱,念處後面尚未到其他道品;若從實際修行說,念處已具一切道品。《大智度論》的意思是,最初修善有漏五陰,在有為法中得到正確憶念,就是念處智慧;四種精進是四正勤;在定心中修,稱四如意足;五種善根生起,稱五根;五根增長,稱五力;分別道的作用,稱七覺支;在安穩道中行,稱八正道。最初善有漏法中已能具足這些,何必等到見道才有八正道?念處既具三十七品,煖、頂等位也可依例理解;觀禪如此,練、熏、修也都如此。
菩薩在每一禪中,隨所進入的法門慈悲眾生,如父母得到食物時不忘自己的孩子。菩薩悲憫眾生愚癡黑暗,不從內心自求禪樂,反向外物追求,沉迷五欲;追求時受苦,得到後害怕失去,失去又憂愁,種種欲本無真樂,所以菩薩為此起悲。
五欲既有這些過患,怎能離開?若得到禪定之樂,便不再被欲欺騙,因此菩薩起慈,也由此發四弘誓願。
在諸禪中修六度,也各有相。眾生繫縛貪著世間,忙於生活事業,片刻不能捨;菩薩把它們捨下,一心入禪,稱為布施。若不持戒,禪定不能發;進入禪時雜念不起,自然沒有惡,稱為持戒。約束身口,抵禦疲勞而忍受痛苦,控制外塵使心不著,壓伏內在煩惱使它不起,稱為忍辱。
初夜、中夜、後夜都使正念相續;行、住、坐、臥時心常在定,沒有間雜念頭,稱為精進。一心在定,不散亂也不愛著禪味,稱為禪定。一心在定而能知道世間生滅法相,深知邪偽,稱為般若。一切眾行都在禪中具足,每一禪都能生各種功德,以慈悲荷負眾生,所以得到堪忍地之名。
出世間上上禪及定聖行的判、開
第三,出世間上上禪,就是《菩薩地持經》所解釋的九種大禪,此處不全部展開。自性禪,是觀心的真實性,稱為上定。一切法有哪一法不由心而顯?心收攝一切,如如意珠。九種大禪全都是法界;一切都趣入禪,接觸任何境界都是真實,一色一香無非中道。二乘連名稱尚且不知道,何況親證這種禪定。
前面的根本舊禪如乳,練禪如酪,熏禪如生酥,修禪如熟酥,九大禪如醍醐;醍醐為妙。
又可依修禪之心判別:在愛著滋味的心中修根本禪,便成乳;在只求自度的心中修,便成酪;在慈悲心中修,便成生酥;在依次第慈悲心中修,便成熟酥;在實相心中修,便成醍醐。其餘四味也依此判別。若不用實相心修,無論修哪一禪,都稱為麁。
若開麁顯妙,安那般那當下就是大乘。法界實相收攝支持一切法,離開它以外再沒有另一個妙。所以知道,諸佛成道、轉法輪、入涅槃,都在四禪;在四禪中見實相,便稱禪波羅蜜,何況其餘禪定。這就是絕待妙義。定聖行到此結束。
〔科六〕慧聖行:四種四諦智慧
慧聖行,就是生滅、無生、無量、無作四種四諦智慧。
生滅四諦智慧
生滅四諦智慧,仍是觀察九想、背捨所見的依報與正報。身體腫脹、腐爛、敗壞而不清淨,具有逼迫相、顯現相與三苦相,這是苦諦智慧。
行人不再迷惑、貪著依報與正報,不作恩愛的奴僕,不以身口造上、中、下三品十惡業而招感三惡道等生命;他知道惡業有出生增長、轉變及二十五有等形相。又知道世間因果與不淨過患,深生慚愧厭恥。
因此,他決不殺害他人來保全自己,不奪取別人財物來滋潤己身,不沉迷不淨欲行,不用隱曲方法求取正直名聲,不挑撥離間怨家親友,不構陷他人榮辱,內心諂曲而外表巧佞,不貪求收受而沒有分寸,不放縱毒害而損傷道業,不以邪僻見解失去真實。
不作這些不淨十惡業,反而慚愧鄙棄它們,修上、中、下三品十善,招感三善道生命。十善的因果也有出生增長、轉變與二十五有等相,這就是集諦智慧。
觀依報、正報不淨,破淨顛倒;觀一切感受就是三苦,破樂顛倒;觀一切行由和合而有,破我顛倒;觀一切心生滅,破常顛倒。由別相念處到總相念處,善巧修正勤、如意足、根、力、覺、道,向涅槃門前進;又具慈悲誓願與六度諸行,顯出大乘之相。這也是戒、定、慧之相,也是能夠除去煩惱之相,稱為道諦智慧。
顛倒不起,業便不起;業不起,因便不起;因不起,果便不起。這稱寂滅相,也是二十五有消滅之相,又稱除相。以上是生滅四諦智慧。
無生四諦智慧
無生四諦智慧,是觀不淨色的本性自己就是空,不是色消滅後才空,如鏡中影像,沒有真實體性。透徹明白五受陰空無所有,了解苦本無固定苦,而仍有真諦可見,這是苦諦智慧。
知道集由心而起,心如幻化,由心所起之集也如幻化;一切愛欲與見執都與虛空相同,這是集諦智慧。道本來用來對治集;所治之集既如幻,能治之道也如幻,這是道諦智慧。法若真有生,才可說有滅;法本來不生,現在也沒有可滅。即使有一法超過涅槃,也仍說它如幻化,這是滅諦智慧。
菩薩雖知道五陰眾生如虛空,仍發願度如空的眾生;雖知道集無所有,仍斷一切妄想,如同與虛空戰鬥;雖知道道是不二之相,仍勤於在空中種樹;雖沒有固定眾生得到滅度,仍滅度無量眾生。依這種即事而真的智慧,展開道品與六度等行,就是無生四諦智慧。
無量四諦智慧
無量四諦智慧,如《大經》所說:若佛所說四諦已把一切法全數收攝,就不應再說尚未宣說的法多如十方國土;若沒有收盡,便應另有第五諦。佛回答,四諦已經收盡一切法,沒有第五諦;只是苦有無量形相,集、滅、道也各有無量形相,佛在該經中終究沒有全部說出。
若一切只取空,空本身尚且無空,怎會有無量差別?因此可知,這是出假分別的智慧。這種智慧遍知十法界中假、實的差別,稱苦諦智慧;遍知五住煩惱各不相同,稱集諦智慧;遍解半字、滿字、正行、助行等法門,稱道諦智慧;了解半、滿十六門及各種滅門不同,稱滅諦智慧。
二乘只服四諦法藥,治自己的見、思病,自己離開生死,對分別眾生病藥尚不熟練。菩薩要作大醫王,必須能診察各種脈象,識別各種疾病,精通各種藥物,知道各種病差。依此發起種種慈悲,實行種種行與諸度道品,成就種種眾生,清淨種種佛土;詳細內容如《摩訶止觀》所說。這稱無量四諦智慧。
無作四諦智慧
無作四諦智慧,先從理解與迷惑的因緣而成立四諦。《大經》說,寶珠本來就在身體裏,人卻以為已失去,因而憂愁啼哭;他只看見身體與瘡口,看不見寶珠與鏡子,所以只有憂悲,不再歡喜。這是迷失道、滅,因而生起苦、集。
若明白瘡的本體就是寶珠,便歡喜而不哭;由於無明滅除,便點燃菩提明燈。這是了解覺悟的因緣,也就是道、滅。道、滅當下就是苦、集,苦、集當下就是道、滅。如此,四諦便不是四個彼此隔絕的實體。
四既不是固定四,無量也不是固定無量;無量既不是固定無量,假也不是固定假;假不是固定假,所以空也不是固定空。不只即空而空不可得,也即假而假不可得;空、假兩邊同時消亡,正入中道,寂與照雙流。
《大品》的意思是,一切種智就是寂滅之相。知道一切種類、行類與相貌,稱一切種智;寂滅相是雙遮雙亡,知道一切行類相貌是雙流雙照。沒有造作之心而自然寂照明知,所以稱不可思議,也就是無作四諦智慧。
《大經》說,沒有苦、沒有諦而有實;沒有集、道、滅,沒有諦而有實。所謂實,就是中道、如來、虛空、佛性。這樣觀時,生起無緣慈悲,拔除空、有二邊的苦,給予中道之樂。
修色既不是淨也不是不淨,當下即空、即假、即中,不落枯也不落榮;在中間說滅,一切道品無不具足。遍捨十法界的依報、正報,稱布施;中道道共戒到達尸羅彼岸,稱持戒;安住寂滅忍,不被二邊擾動,稱忍辱;二邊不能間斷,稱牢固強盛的精進;進入王三昧,安住首楞嚴,稱禪定;實相般若稱智慧;沒有謀慮而善巧起用,稱方便;八自在我稱力;無記化化禪稱願;三種智慧在一心中得到,稱智。
每一波羅蜜具足十波羅蜜,也具足一切佛法;一行就是無量行,無量行就是一行。這就是如來行,也就是無作四諦智慧。
〔科七〕無畏地與二十五三昧
修這種智慧時,便住無所畏地,也就是初歡喜地,離開五種怖畏:不活畏、惡名畏、死畏、惡道畏、大眾威德畏。
《大經》說,不畏貪欲、瞋恚、愚癡,表示內在已沒有三毒;外在又離八風,所以沒有惡名畏。說不畏地獄,表示沒有惡道畏;說不畏沙門、婆羅門,表示沒有大眾威德畏;見中道,便沒有兩種死的怖畏;實相智慧的常住生命成立,便沒有不活畏。
進入此地,便具足二十五三昧,破二十五有,顯出二十五有中的我性。我性就是實性,實性就是佛性。由此開佛知見,發起真實中道,斷無明惑,顯真身與應身;隨因緣感應,能在百佛世界示現十法界之身,進入三世諸佛智慧之地,能自利也能利他。這是真實大慶,所以稱歡喜地。
此地具足常、樂、我、淨四德。破二十五有的煩惱,稱淨;破二十五有的業,稱我;不受二十五有的果報,稱樂;不再有二十五有的生死,稱常。佛性顯露,正是這個意思。
《菩薩地持經》說,修無我智,我想不生,怎會再有對自我及生活資具的愛?所以離不活畏。不向他人有所求欲,常饒益一切眾生,所以離惡名畏。對我見與我想都不生心,所以離死畏。今生命終後,未來必與佛菩薩相會,所以離惡道畏。觀世間沒有與自己相等者,更何況有超過者,所以離大眾畏。《十地經》也有相同說法。
《十地論》解釋說,其中第一依身,第二依口,第三、第四依身,第五依意。活命依身體所需各種資具,這些能資助生命,所以稱資生;生存就是活。這是從因上說將得的果,菩薩已沒有這種怖畏。名字與言說依口而有得失;菩薩護持名聲不是為利養,心不希望他人恭敬,所以沒有惡名畏。第五依意,容易理解。第三、第四依身:不貪愛善道,也不憎惡惡道,對身體沒有愛憎,所以沒有惡道畏;也不愛憎身體,所以沒有死畏。
灌頂在此附釋三番。第一番說,不畏貪欲等,表示無作集諦被破壞;不畏惡道,表示無作苦諦被破壞;不畏大眾,表示無作道諦成立;沒有不活畏與死畏,表示見佛性而得常,無作滅諦成立。
第二番說,破二十五有時,有能含藏果。有被破,所以集諦被破;果被破,所以苦諦被破。得到二十五三昧,就是道諦成立;看見二十五有中的我性,而我性就是佛性,就是滅諦成立。
第三番說,破二十五有便沒有煩惱,這是淨德;破二十五有的果便沒有苦,這是常德;得到二十五三昧是樂德;看見二十五有中的我性是我德。四德於此明白顯現。
以下恢復智者的講說,解釋二十五三昧的名稱。
二十五三昧的立名依四悉檀。第一,隨當時趣向立名,如一個人有許多孩子,為每個孩子另立一名,使兄弟彼此不混;二十五三昧也各舉一名,使世俗言說不亂,不可執為固定實體。第二,隨每一三昧的義理方便,各依其所以然立一名。第三,隨事相對應,各有主要對治,由所對而得名。第四,真理本來無名,卻依真理方便立字。雖有四種意思,二十五名多依對治與理而立。
通說每一個二十五三昧,都有四層:第一,指出相應生命形態的過患;第二,說明本法功德;第三,結合諸行而成三昧;第四,由慈悲破除相應生命形態。二十五段全都如此。
地獄、畜生、餓鬼、阿修羅
第一,地獄有以無垢三昧破。地獄是最重垢報所在;果報之因也是垢,包括惡業垢、見思垢、塵沙垢、無明垢,這是先見過患。
菩薩為破這些垢,修前面所說根本戒,破惡業垢;修背捨等禪定,伏見思垢;修生滅、無生慧,破見思垢;修無量慧,破塵沙垢;修無作慧,破無明垢,這是本法功德。
見思垢破,所以真諦三昧成;惡業垢、塵沙垢破,所以俗諦三昧成;無明垢破,所以中道王三昧成,這是結行成三昧。
菩薩自己破地獄諸垢時,每一行都含慈悲誓願,暗中熏習法界。地獄中的眾生若有因緣與此慈悲相應,菩薩便以王三昧之力,不動法性而能前往應化,如婆藪、調達,示現所適合的身,宣說所適合的法。若有修善根機,以持戒中的慈悲應化,使他離苦得樂;有入空根機,以生滅、無生慧等慈悲應化,使他得真諦;有入假根機,以無量慧慈悲應化,使他得俗諦;有入中根機,以無作慧慈悲應化,使他得王三昧。自己先已無垢,現在再使他人無垢,所以稱無垢三昧。後面都依此四層,不再每次完整重說。
第二,畜生有以不退三昧破。畜生沒有慚愧,退失善道;有惡業造成的退、見思造成的退、塵沙造成的退、無明造成的退。菩薩為破一切退失,修持戒破惡業退,修禪定伏見思退,修生滅、無生慧破見思退,修無量慧破塵沙退,修無作慧破無明退。
見思破,得到位不退,真諦三昧成;惡業與塵沙破,得到行不退,俗諦三昧成;無明破,得到念不退,中道三昧成。原來所修一切行都含慈悲誓願,暗中熏習法界;畜生道眾生若有因緣與慈悲相應,菩薩以王三昧力,不動法性而前往,隨宜示現為龍、象、鵽鳥、大鷲等身,宣說相應法。
有修善根機,以戒、定慈悲應化,使他離苦得樂;有入空根機,以生滅、無生慧慈悲應化,使他出有入空,真諦三昧成;有入假根機,以無量慧慈悲應化,使他離空得假,俗諦三昧成;有入中根機,以無作慧慈悲應化,使他離邊入中,王三昧成。菩薩自己不退,也使他人不退,所以稱不退三昧。
第三,餓鬼有以心樂三昧破。餓鬼常受強烈飢渴的惡業苦、見思煩惱苦、客塵暗障苦、無明根本苦。菩薩為破這些苦,修前面持戒破惡業苦,修禪定伏見思苦,修生滅、無生慧破見思苦,修無量慧破塵沙苦,修無作慧破無明苦。
見思苦破,無為心樂三昧成;惡業與塵沙苦破,多聞分別樂三昧成;無明苦破,常樂三昧成。以原來所行慈悲暗中熏習法界;餓鬼道眾生若有因緣與慈悲相應,菩薩以王三昧力,不動法性而前往,示現相應身,宣說相應法。
有修善根機,以持戒慈悲應化,手中流出香乳,使他飽足;有入空根機,以生滅、無生慈悲應化,使他到無為彼岸;有入假根機,以無量慈悲應化,使他遊戲五道;有入中根機,以無作慈悲應化,使他清淨貪、瞋、癡三毒根,成佛道而沒有疑問。菩薩自己得到樂,也使他人得到樂,所以稱心樂三昧。
第四,阿修羅有以歡喜三昧破。阿修羅多猜疑、恐怖;有惡業的疑怖、見思的疑怖、塵沙的疑怖、無明的疑怖。菩薩為破這些疑怖而修一切行:持戒破惡業疑怖,修禪定伏見思疑怖,修生滅、無生慧破見思疑怖,修無量慧破塵沙疑怖,修無作慧破無明疑怖。
見思破,所以空法喜三昧成;惡業、塵沙破,所以一切眾生喜見三昧成;無明破,所以喜王三昧成。以原來諸行、慈悲誓願暗中熏習法界;阿修羅中若有因緣與慈悲相應,菩薩以王三昧力,不動法性而前往,示現相應身,宣說相應法。
有修善根機,以持戒身的慈悲應化,使他離惡業怖;有入空根機,以生滅、無生慈悲應化,使他離見思怖;有入假根機,以無量慈悲應化,使他離無知怖;有入中根機,以無作慈悲應化,使他離無明怖。自己證得三種歡喜,也使他人不再有三種怖畏,所以稱歡喜三昧。以上各名都主要依對治而立。
四天下與諸天禪處
第五,東方弗婆提有以日光三昧破。太陽早晨從東方升起,便依這個方便立名。日譬智慧光明,能照破迷惑;東天下人有惡業暗、見思暗、塵沙暗、無明暗。菩薩為照除一切暗,修戒光破惡業暗,修禪定流光伏見思暗,修一切智光破見思暗,修道種智光破塵沙暗,修一切種智光破無明暗。
見思暗破,一切智日光三昧成;塵沙暗破,道種智日光三昧成;無明暗破,一切種智日光三昧成。以原來諸行、慈悲誓願暗中熏習法界;弗婆提若有因緣與慈悲相應,菩薩以王三昧力,不動法性而前往,示身說法。修善根機以持戒慈悲應化,使他免惡業暗;入空根機以生滅、無生慈悲應化,使他免見思暗;入假根機以無量慈悲應化,使他免無知暗;入中根機以無作慈悲應化,使他免無明暗。自己破暗,也使他人破暗,所以稱日光三昧。
第六,西方瞿耶尼有以月光三昧破。月亮傍晚最初出現在西方,也依這個方便立名。月同樣照破黑暗,其餘功德、成定與應化,都依日光三昧理解。
第七,北方欝單越有以熱焰三昧破。北方是陰寒之地,冰凍堅結難以消融;若沒有猛烈熱焰照耀,終究不能融化。北天下人牢固執著無我,很難教化;若沒有智慧火焰與無我所心,終究不能得度。
他們所執的無我所其實仍是妄計,還有自性人我、法我、真如我。菩薩為破這些我,修生滅、無生滅慧破自性人我,修無量慧破法我,修無作慧破真如我。得人空,真諦智焰成;得法空,俗諦智焰成;得真如空,中道智焰成。
以原有慈悲暗中熏習法界;欝單越若有因緣與慈悲相應,菩薩以王三昧力,不動法性而前往,示身說法。修善根機以戒的慈悲應化,使他免妄計無我;入空根機以生滅、無生慈悲應化,使他免自性我;入假根機以無量慈悲應化,使他免法我;入中根機以無作慈悲應化,使他免真如我。自己破妄我,也使他人破妄我,所以稱熱焰三昧。
第八,南方閻浮提有以如幻三昧破。南天下果報繁雜,壽命等事不確定,如同幻化。這是心幻化出業,幻化出見思,幻化出無知,幻化出無明。
菩薩為破一切幻,從持戒幻化出無作戒,破煩惱業幻;從禪定幻化出背捨;從生滅、無生慧幻化出無漏;從無量慧幻化出有漏;從無作慧幻化出非有漏、非無漏。見思幻破,真諦幻成;無知幻破,俗諦幻成;無明幻破,中道幻成。所以經中說,如來是大幻師。
閻浮提眾生若有因緣與誓願相應,菩薩以原有慈悲隨感應化。自己破一切幻,也成就他人相應的幻化之法用,所以稱如幻三昧;其餘四層如前。
第九,四天王有以不動三昧破。四天王守護國土、遊行世界,有果報的動,也有見思、塵沙、無明等動。菩薩修一切行,破一切動而成三昧;以誓願熏習,眾生因緣感發,便以原有慈悲使他人破四種動,成就空、假、中三種不動,所以稱不動三昧。詳細情形如前。
第十,三十三天有以難伏三昧破。此天在地居天最高處,果報難伏,也有見思、塵沙、無明等難伏。菩薩修一切行,超出其上,破各種難伏,自己成就三昧;又以誓願熏習他人。若有因緣,便以原有慈悲使他人得證,所以稱難伏三昧。其餘如前。
第十一,焰摩天有以悅意三昧破。此天住在空中,沒有刀杖戰鬥,因此稱悅;但這只是果報中的悅,尚沒有不動業悅、無漏智悅、道種智悅、中道智悅。菩薩為破一切不悅而修一切行,自己成就三諦悅意三昧;誓願熏習法界,眾生有因緣時,便以原有慈悲使他心意喜悅,所以稱悅意三昧。其餘如前。
第十二,兜率陀天有以青色三昧破。真諦三藏說,此天果報喜愛青色,宮殿、衣服、玩物等一切都是青色。菩薩為破一切青,修第一義。第一義不是青、黃、赤、白,卻能示現青、黃、赤、白;第一義不是戒、定、慧,卻能具足戒、定、慧。
以戒破果報青,以生滅、無生慧破見思青;不是真而見真,不是假而見假,不是中而見中,也都如此。三種青障破,自己成就真、俗、中三諦三青三昧;乃至感應而成就他人的三昧,都依前例理解。
第十三,黃色三昧破化樂天有;第十四,赤色三昧破他化自在天有;第十五,白色三昧破初禪有。這三類都先從相應果報立色名,黃、赤可依青色三昧的大意理解。
白色三昧中,初禪離五欲,所以稱白;尚未離覺、觀,所以仍有黑。另有見思黑、塵沙黑、無明黑。菩薩為破一切黑而修一切白行,自己成就三諦三昧,也成就他人三昧,如前所說。
第十六,種種三昧破梵王有。梵王統領大千世界,眾生種類很多,這只是果報的種種,尚未見種種空、種種假、種種中。菩薩破這些種種,修三諦種種行,自己成就種種三昧,也成就他人的種種三昧,如前所說。
第十七,二禪有以雙三昧破。二禪獨有內淨與喜兩支,其他支與其餘禪共同,所以是果報雙;卻尚未見雙空、雙假、雙中。破除、修行、自成與成他,都依前例。
第十八,三禪有以雷音三昧破。三禪之樂最深,如冰下魚、冬眠蟲沉著其中;這先是果報著樂,又有著空樂、著假樂、著中樂。菩薩為驚醒一切著樂,修雷音之行;其餘如前。
第十九,四禪有以注雨三昧破。四禪如大地,具足種種種子;若沒有雨,幼芽便不能生。一切善根都在四禪中,包括業種、三諦種。菩薩修一切行雨,自己生三昧;又以慈悲隨機,使他人也生三昧。
第二十,無想天有以如虛空三昧破。外道所得並不真空,卻妄計為涅槃;他把果報看作不空,也不知真、俗、中三諦都不落斷滅虛無。菩薩修一切空淨之行,自己成就,也使他人成就。
第二十一,阿那含天有以照鏡三昧破。此天是無漏聖天,雖得到清淨色,仍只是果報清淨色。尚未窮盡色即空,如鏡子沒有完全明亮;不知道色即假,如鏡子尚未映出影像;不知道色即中,如尚未通達鏡體圓滿。其餘如前。
第二十二,空處有以無礙三昧破。此定能離開色界牢籠,只是果報無礙,尚不是空、假、中三諦的無礙。其餘如前。
第二十三,識處有以常三昧破。此定把識相續不斷計作常,只是禪定果報中的常,不是真諦無為常、俗諦化用常、中道常樂之常。其餘如前。
第二十四,不用處有以樂三昧破。此處如同愚癡,因愚癡所以是苦,直到無明苦也在其中;菩薩以三諦之樂破它。其餘如前。
第二十五,非想非非想處有以我三昧破。最高天把自身境界計作涅槃果報,仍有細微煩惱,不能自在,直到無明不自在。菩薩修行破它,得到真我、隨順世俗之我、常樂我。其餘如前。
為何二十五種都稱三昧王
這二十五種都稱三昧,因三昧有調直其心、使定安正之義。真諦以空、無漏為調直;出假以契合根機為調直;中道以遮止空、有二邊為調直。所以每一種都具三諦,通稱三昧。
又稱王,是因空、假的調直尚不能稱王。二乘入空、菩薩出假,都不稱法王;中道調直才稱王。每一三昧都具中道,所以都稱為王。
《大經》說,二十五三昧稱諸三昧王,顯示它們地位最高;又說進入這種三昧時,一切三昧都進入其中,顯示體性廣大;又能應二十五有眾生之機,顯示作用長遠。
無畏地中具足二十五三昧的種種力用:能把須彌山放入芥子而不傷樹木,能把大海納入毛孔而不擾亂龜魚;雖身在地獄,身心也沒有痛苦。能自在變化、出沒,不離法性卻到達遠處,正顯妙義。這是慧聖行成就後才有的力量。
有人問:以三昧破二十五有,本來是《涅槃經》的文字,為什麼可用來解釋《法華經》?
回答說,《法華經》第三卷說,破有的法王出現在世間,隨眾生欲而為他說法。世界、為人、對治、第一義四種意思明明全都具足。《涅槃經》說菩薩破有,這部經說法王破有,反而使義旨更加顯明。慧聖行到此結束。
〔科八〕梵行:以無緣慈悲拔苦與樂
第二是梵行。梵就是清淨;離開空、有二邊的愛著與見執而有所證得,稱為淨。把這種清淨法給予眾生、拔除眾生之苦,就是無緣慈、悲、喜、捨。
菩薩以大涅槃心修聖行,得到無畏地,具足二十五三昧無方大用。這時的慈悲才是真梵行,不是色界梵天所修四無量心,也不是三藏、通教依眾生緣、法緣所修的慈悲。以這種慈、悲、喜、捨熏修一切行,沒有一行不能成辦。
《大經》說,若有人問誰是一切善法的根本,應回答慈是根本。慈既是一切行的根本,所以稱梵行。若依圓教語說,《大經》又說慈就是如來,慈就是佛性。若一種慈不具佛的十力、四無所畏、三十二相,那只是聲聞之慈;若全都具足,才是如來之慈。這種慈就是大法聚,就是大涅槃;慈力廣大深遠,具一切福德莊嚴,所以稱梵行。
〔科九〕天行:由第一義理成為證行
第三是天行。第一義稱天,是天然之理。若在修道以前說,天是理;若在修道過程中說,是由理成行;若在修道以後說,是由行顯理。現在取修道中的由理成行,所以稱天行。
菩薩雖已進入初地,也不應停住初地,因為仍有所證得;他繼續修上面十地的智慧,十重發起真實修慧,由理成行,稱為天行。天行就是智慧莊嚴。向上求佛道,所以有聖行、天行;向下教化眾生,所以有梵行、病行、嬰兒行。
〔科十〕嬰兒行與病行:由慈同善,由悲同病
第四是嬰兒行。菩薩福德、智慧逐漸增長,實相越來越顯;雖不特意造作利益眾生,也自然能有暗中、顯明兩種利益。天行之力有暗中利益,梵行之力有顯明利益。眾生雖已有微小善根之機,若沒有菩薩開發,仍不能生長。
慈善根之力如磁石吸鐵,菩薩和光同塵而作利行,使眾生得見菩薩,看見菩薩與自己一同從初學起步。菩薩先示現同修五戒、十善,得人天果報,作楊葉般的小善行;又示現二百五十戒、觀練熏修、四諦、十二因緣、三十七品,同二乘嬰兒行;又示現同修六度三阿僧祇、百劫修相好、柔伏煩惱,同三藏六度菩薩的小善行;又示現色即是空、無生無滅,同通教小善行;又示現別教歷別次第、相似中道,同別教小善行。
這一切都是慈心之力。菩薩俯身與各類初學相同,提攜引導他們成就;由慈心給予安樂,發起嬰兒行。
《大經》說,嬰兒能說大字,所謂婆和;這是同六度小行而求成佛,所以稱大字。又說嬰兒看不見晝夜、親疏等相,這是同通教菩薩色即是空之意。又說不能造作大小諸事;大事是五逆,小事是二乘心,這是同別教。別教不住生死,所以沒有五逆;也不住涅槃,所以沒有小乘心。
經又說父母用楊樹黃葉安撫嬰兒,這是同人天五戒、十善嬰兒行;又說把非道說為道,因為它能生出道的微小因緣,這是同二乘嬰兒行。慈善根力能出假教化眾生,示同各種小善方便,再引入佛慧,成為圓教嬰兒行。《經》又說不能起、住、來、去、語言;其餘如經所說。嬰兒行的判麁妙、開麁顯妙,也依前例理解。
第五是病行,從無緣大悲發起。只要眾生初生小善,菩薩便有相應病行。現在,同眾生生善的一邊稱嬰兒行;同眾生煩惱的一邊稱病行。因眾生有病,大悲熏心,所以菩薩說自己也病。
菩薩有時遊戲地獄,有時作畜生形,有時化作餓鬼,這些都是同眾生惡業之病,如調達等示現。又示現有父母妻子,受金鏘、馬麥,寒風吹時索衣,患熱病時求乳,這是示現人天所有煩惱、業、生、老、病、死之病。
又示現在道場以三十四心斷結,同二乘見思之病,靠近他們方便勸說勤作,三藏、通教菩薩也是如此。又同別教寂滅道場,最初斷塵沙、無明之病。因此菩薩遍同眾生各種病,遍滿法界而利益眾生。次第五行到此結束。
〔科十一〕次第五行所證諸地如何相通
有人問:聖行證三地,梵行證兩地;天行、病行、嬰兒行為何不另說證地?
回答說,聖行與梵行名為修因,所以要說它們所證的地;天行本身正是所證,病行、嬰兒行從果上發起應化,所以不另說證地。
又有一種解釋:經中顯別教義時,地前各行分別入證;顯圓教義時,登地同一證得。地前不是完全不修圓,登地也不是完全沒有別,兩面互相顯示,使人容易理解,所以不再繁說。
地前顯別時,戒行從淺到深證不動地,定行從淺到深證堪忍地,慧行從淺到深證無畏地。登地以後三地並不條然永遠隔別:登地時不被二邊所動,稱不動地;向上受持佛法、向下荷負眾生,稱堪忍地;在生死、涅槃兩處都得自在,稱無畏地。
無畏地依我德立名,堪忍地依樂德立名,不動地依常德立名,淨德通於三地。登地之日,常、樂、我、淨四德同時成就,沒有增減;分成三地,只是教化方式所需,如朝三暮四,數目說法雖異,所得並無不同。
登地以後,每一地都有自行,每一地都有自證。自行就是修天行,自證就是證天行,所以不另說天行證地。若在地前化他,稱梵行;慈、悲、喜是化他的事行,一子地是其證;捨心是化他的理行,空平等地是其證。兩地也不條然分開:登地慈悲,所以稱一子;慈悲與體相同,所以稱空平等。
每一地都有以悲同惡,稱病行;每一地都有以慈同善,稱嬰兒行。所證之道相同,所以不另說證地。佛地功德只能仰信,怎可用未明之心強行固定分別?以上略作回答。
《妙法蓮華經玄義》卷第四上到此。
《妙法蓮華經玄義》卷第四下,題署天台智者大師說。
〔科十二〕圓五行:五行在一心中具足
圓五行,如《大經》所說,另外還有一種行是如來行,就是大乘、大般涅槃。大乘是圓滿的因,涅槃是圓滿的果;舉這一行標示如來行,不是其餘六度或通教、別教等行。
前面雖也稱大乘,卻不能圓滿運載一切;前面雖也稱涅槃,過了茶字仍有可說,只是菩薩之行,不能稱如來一行。
真正的圓行,圓具十法界,一種運載便是一切運載,才稱大乘;這就是乘佛乘,所以稱如來行。如《大智度論》的意思,菩薩從最初發心便常觀涅槃而行道;又如《大品》的意思,從最初發心便行、生、修,直到坐道場也仍行、生、修,究竟發心與最初發心沒有差別。這些都顯如來行之意。
這部《法華經》說安樂行。安樂就是涅槃,是圓滿果;行是圓滿因,與涅槃義相同,所以稱如來行。進入如來室、穿如來衣、坐如來座,都從人而說如來;涅槃則從法而說。依人說法,如來就是涅槃;依法說人,涅槃就是如來。兩部經的義旨相同。
《涅槃經》列一種如來行之名,卻廣泛解釋次第五行;《法華經》標安樂行,廣泛解釋圓融之意。現在依《法華經》解釋圓五行。
五行在一心中具足而沒有缺少,稱如來行。經中所說如來莊嚴而自己莊嚴,就是圓聖行;如來室就是圓梵行;如來座就是圓天行;如來衣有柔和、忍辱兩面,柔和就是圓嬰兒行,忍辱就是圓病行。
這五種行就是一實相行。一行不造作成另外五行,五行也不造作成另外一行;它們不是混成一團,也不是彼此分離,不可思議,所以稱一五行。
莊嚴、室、座、衣如何成為五行
為什麼莊嚴稱聖行?經中說持佛淨戒,佛戒就是圓戒。又說深達罪福之相、遍照十方;當下罪就是福而見實相,才稱深達。以實相心離十種惱亂,都是圓戒。
經中又說,佛自己安住大乘,依祂所得之法,以定慧力莊嚴;這就是佛的定、慧莊嚴,所以稱佛聖行。
為什麼如來室稱梵行?無緣慈悲能作整個法界的依止,如磁石普遍吸鐵,沒有一個眾生不歸向;又以弘誓、神通、智慧引導,使眾生安住此法,所以如來室就是梵行。
為什麼如來座稱天行?第一義天就是實相妙理,是諸佛所師,一切如來共同棲息。經中說,觀一切法空,不動、不退,也不分別上法、中法、下法,有為法、無為法,真實法、不真實法;所以如來座就是天行。
為什麼如來衣是嬰兒行與病行?忍辱同時遮止喧動與寂靜兩邊;柔和則同時照見真、俗二諦。經中說,能為下劣而忍受這件事;又說脫下瓔珞、穿上破舊污垢衣,這是同病行。又說以方便親近,這是同嬰兒行。
又可如此觀:觀十法界全都寂滅,就是如來座,稱天行;為拔九法界苦而起悲,為給一法界樂而起慈,就是梵行;以柔和照見善的性相,就是嬰兒行;照見惡的性相,就是病行;照見善的性相又是戒,寂而常照就是定與慧,也就是聖行。可知一心照十法界,便具足圓五行。
一心五行與三諦三昧
一心五行也就是三諦三昧:聖行是真諦三昧;梵行、嬰兒行、病行是俗諦三昧;天行是中道王三昧。
圓融的三種三昧又能圓破二十五有。即空,所以破二十五有的惡業、見思;即假,所以破二十五有的無知;即中,所以破二十五有的無明。當下是一而三,也是三而一;一空便一切空,一假便一切假,一中便一切中,所以稱如來行。
又,如來室暗中熏習法界。慈善根力不動真際而和光同塵,以病行慈悲應化,示現各種身,如聾如瘂;宣說各種法,如狂如癡。眾生有生善根機,便以嬰兒行慈悲應化,示婆和、木牛、楊葉這些方便。
有入空根機,便以聖行慈悲應化,示現手持糞器、形狀有所怖畏;有入假根機,便以梵行慈悲應化。慈善根力見相應之事,從坐師子床、以寶几承足,到示作商人而遍往他國,出入求取利益,沒有一處不存在。
有入中根機,便以天行慈悲應化,如快馬看見鞭影便走在寬廣直道,沒有停滯障難。因此圓應沒有固定前後,不是並在一起,也不是彼此隔別;宣說無分別法,一切法從本以來常自寂滅;又如阿修羅琴沒有固定人奏,卻能隨感發聲。
若漸次引入圓教,就如前面所說;若頓然引入圓教,就如此處所說。進入圓後,所證平等,不再有差別。為了顯示別、圓最初入門的不同,慈善根力才使漸入、頓入之人看見相應說法。
以前面境、智諸門再照圓五行
圓五行也是四種十二因緣智慧之行。不思議識、名色等清淨,是戒聖行;行、有等清淨,是定聖行;無明、愛等清淨,是慧聖行;十二支寂滅,又沒有前面三種十二因緣,是天行;能同前面三種十二因緣的滅,是嬰兒行;能同前面三種十二因緣的生,是病行。
圓五行也是四種四諦智慧之行。無作之道,就是戒、定、慧聖行;無作之滅,就是天行;以慈悲拔苦,拔四種苦、給四種樂,就是梵行;只從悲說,是病行;只從慈說,是嬰兒行。
圓五行也是七種二諦智慧之行。圓真中的方便,就是聖行;圓真之理,就是天行;悲憫七種俗、慈與七種善,就是梵行;同七種俗,就是病行;同七種真,就是嬰兒行。
圓五行也是五種三諦智慧之行。俗諦中的善,是戒聖行;真諦中的禪,是定聖行;真諦中的慧,是慧聖行;中諦是天行;拔五種俗苦、給五種真與中道之樂,是梵行;同五種俗,是病行;同五種真與中,是嬰兒行。
圓五行也是一實諦智慧之行。一實諦有道共戒、定、慧,就是聖行;一實境就是天行;同體慈悲合說,就是梵行;把慈悲分開說,就是病行與嬰兒行。
〔科十三〕觀心圓五行與末後問答
前面所說圓行不必向遠處尋求,當下心就是。所有法中全有安樂之性;觀心的本性,稱為上定。心性即空、即假、即中;五行、三諦及一切佛法,當下都由心具足。
初發心已能如此實行如來行,應當以供養如來的方式供養這位行人;他朝任何方向去,都應向他禮拜;他到任何地方,都應為他起塔,因為他已有全身舍利。初發心尚且如此,何況得到相似理解?何況進入住位?
《菩薩地持經》的意思是,從自性禪發起一切禪。一切禪有三種:第一,現法樂禪,就是實相空慧、中道三昧;第二,出生一切種性三摩跋提,包括二乘背捨、除入等,就是真諦三昧;第三,利益眾生禪,就是俗諦三昧。
應當知道,五行與三諦在一切禪中全部成就,這就是初住所分證的階位。進入此位時,無一法不是佛法,這是圓心之行,怎會與前面次第五行的意思相同?次第之行是麁,一行具一切行是妙,這是相待妙。若開麁顯妙,不再有固定麁可作對待,便是絕待行妙。
有人問:《法華經》已開麁顯妙,所有麁行都進入妙;《涅槃經》為何又要說次第五行?
回答說,《法華經》為佛在世時的人破除權法執著,使他們進入真實;當時已不再有固定麁法,教化用意完整具足。《涅槃經》則為末代凡夫而說。末代凡夫見、思病重,固定執著一實而毀謗方便;雖服甘露,卻不能在事相中當下見真,如因不知服法而傷命早夭。所以《涅槃經》扶持戒、定、慧,顯示大涅槃。因此,得到《法華經》義意的人,在《涅槃經》中便不需另用次第行。
Section One · The Framework of Wondrous Practice: How Advance Becomes Wondrous Practice
Third is the subtlety of practice. It has two parts: first, practices are explained in general through increasing numbers; second, practices are explained through increasing numbers according to the different teaching gates.
“Practice” means advancing toward a destination. Without wisdom, practice cannot advance. Although the understanding of wisdom can guide practice, wisdom cannot be right without a right object. Wisdom is like the eye and practice like the foot; only with both eye and foot can one reach the cool pool. Understanding is the root of practice, while practice in turn brings wisdom to completion. Thus, when practice is complete, wisdom is complete. Wisdom makes principle manifest; when principle is exhausted, the activity of wisdom also comes to rest.
Yet merely saying that object, wisdom, and practice depend on one another still does not constitute wondrous practice. Wondrous practice means that one practice fully contains all practices. The scripture says that practitioners originally followed innumerable buddhas and fully practiced all paths. It also says that in the presence of immeasurable buddhas they practiced a profound and wondrous path, and that they completely practiced every path-dharma possessed by the buddhas. They are complete, deep, and exhaustive: complete means broad, deep means high-reaching, and exhaustive means ultimate.
This wondrous practice and the preceding subtleties of objects and wisdom speak of three from one and one from three. The subtlety of objects explained the marks of dharmas as they truly are; these marks fully possess the three virtues and are called the secret treasury. The subtlety of wisdom explained understanding of the marks of dharmas as they truly are; this understanding also fully possesses the three virtues, like three eyes on one face. The present subtlety of practice is what one actually performs, practicing in accord with what has been taught; this practice also fully possesses the three virtues, like the three dots of the siddham letter i. Whether three are spoken from one or one from three, nothing is lacking or diminished. It is therefore called wondrous practice.
Previously wisdom was explained in relation to objects; now practice should likewise be explained in relation to wisdom. If practices are explained through increasing numbers in relation to even one kind of wisdom, they are already as numerous as dust and cannot be exhausted in speech. How much more when each kind of wisdom guides many practices: their breadth is then like empty space. Once the meaning is grasped, words may be forgotten; there is no need to state every practice one by one.
The meaning of the Great Treatise on the Perfection of Wisdom is that when a bodhisattva practices prajñā, one dharma may serve as a practice that encompasses all practices, and immeasurably many instances of that one dharma may also serve as practices encompassing all practices. Two dharmas may encompass all practices, as may immeasurably many instances of two dharmas. This continues through ten, a hundred, and thousands of myriads of millions of dharmas, and through immeasurably many instances of ten, a hundred, and thousands of myriads of millions of dharmas, all serving as practices that encompass all practices.
Although practices are exceedingly numerous, wisdom is their root. Wisdom is like the master who guides the way, and the many practices like a company of merchants. Wisdom is like a sharp needle, and practice like a long thread. When wisdom drives the ox of practice, the cart is secure and can reach its destination. These practices of increasing number are guided by the wisdom of the truth of the ten suchnesses explained above, all the way through the wisdom of the one real truth. Grasping this meaning, one knows to guide every practice with right wisdom so that it enters the right object. The meaning can only be understood from afar; it cannot all be set down in writing.
Section Two · Increasing Numbers According to the Teachings: From One Practice to Inexpressible Practices
First come the Tripiṭaka Teaching’s practices of increasing number. In the Āgamas, the Buddha tells the monks that they should cultivate one practice, guaranteeing that they can realize the four fruits of śramaṇas. This one practice is vigilance of mind. If they guard the mind and cultivate vigilance, causing it to develop and spread widely, what must be done will be completed and nirvāṇa can be attained.
The Buddha also tells a monk that he should cultivate one practice: do not take what belongs to another. The monk replies that he already understands. When the Buddha asks how he understands, the monk answers that “what belongs to another” means forms, sounds, smells, tastes, tangibles, and dharmas. The Buddha praises him. If these six are not taken, what must be done will be completed and nirvāṇa can be attained. To develop and spread it widely means to pass through all dharmas with a vigilant mind, remaining vigilant throughout the three realms and the six sense objects, and thereby reaching nirvāṇa.
Next, the number is increased to two in explaining practice. An Āgama says that a monk dwelling in an araṇya should cultivate two dharmas as practices: calm and insight. When cultivating calm, he can stop all evil; his disciplinary deportment and various prohibitions remain undamaged, and many qualities are accomplished. When cultivating insight, he contemplates suffering and knows suffering as it truly is. He similarly knows the arising of suffering, the exhaustion of suffering, and the essential path out of suffering. His contaminants are thereby ended and he receives no further existence. The Tathāgata cultivated in this way as well.
Next, the number is increased to three: discipline, concentration, and wisdom. These three are the stairway beyond the world and the standard of the Buddha-Dharma. The “Discipline Scripture” says: do no evil, undertake every good, and purify one’s own mind—this is the teaching of the buddhas. “Every evil” means offenses committed through the seven bodily and verbal branches, including distinctions of gravity and whether an offense has occurred; their marks are broadly explained in the five vinayas. Discipline prevents all such evils. “Every good” means wholesome bodily, verbal, and mental action. Whether the mind is scattered or still, the preceding and subsequent skillful means and the qualities of each factor and grove can all ascend in purity and are therefore called good. “Purify one’s own mind” means breaking wrong views and inversions, understanding worldly and world-transcending cause and effect and primary and auxiliary gates of practice, removing mental defilements, and washing away blemishes. This does not go beyond wisdom. The Buddha-Dharma is like a vast ocean, and discipline, concentration, and wisdom can encompass it completely.
If this meaning is understood, the same applies when four, five, six, or seven dharmas, all the way through hundreds of thousands of myriads of millions of dharmas, serve as practices encompassing all practices. These are called practices guided by lower wisdom.
Increasing Numbers in the Shared Teaching
The Shared Teaching’s increasing practices are not fixed as Shared Teaching on the authority of one particular scripture. They take only Dharma gates cultivated in common by the three vehicles and designate them shared. Here the increasing numbers of the Great Treatise on the Perfection of Wisdom are provisionally cited to reveal their form. The treatise says that when a bodhisattva practices prajñā, although knowing that dharmas share the one mark, the bodhisattva can also know all their various different marks; and although knowing their various different marks, the bodhisattva can also know that all dharmas share the one mark.
How does one contemplate all dharmas as sharing the one mark? One contemplates that all dharmas lack fixed marks. Consider the four elements—earth, water, fire, and wind—which are never separate from one another. Earth also contains water, fire, and wind; it is named earth only because the earth component predominates. The same applies to water, fire, and wind.
Now contemplate that fire has no three other distinct marks within it. If the other three elements truly existed within fire, all three should become hot. If they exist in fire but water and wind are not hot, the whole cannot be called fire. If all three are hot, they have abandoned their own natures and are all called fire, leaving no three other elements. Suppose it is said that the other three truly exist but are too subtle to be known. How does that differ from their absence? Only if coarse marks could be obtained could the subtle be known from the coarse. Since coarse marks cannot be obtained, neither can subtle marks. Thus no fixed marks of the elements can be obtained within fire, and no fixed marks of any dharma can be obtained. All dharmas therefore share the one mark.
First the one mark breaks the various different marks, and then no-mark breaks the one mark. No-mark itself must also be extinguished, like fire and wood burning all the fuel and finally burning themselves away. This is called contemplating all dharmas as the one mark, while the one mark itself is no-mark. The immeasurable totality of dharmas also shares the one mark, and the one mark is again no-mark. Two dharmas may likewise serve as practices encompassing all practices, continuing through a hundred and thousands of myriads of millions of dharmas. The rest can be inferred from this meaning and is not recorded at length.
Increasing Numbers in the Distinct Teaching
The Distinct Teaching’s practices of increasing number are like Sudhana entering the Dharma realm and hearing one dharma as a practice at the seat of each spiritual adviser in turn. Sometimes it is an illusion-like samādhi, sometimes leaping from a cliff and entering a mass of fire, sometimes counting grains of sand and reading bodily marks, and sometimes arousing bodhicitta. For each different one-practice, the spiritual adviser says: the Buddha-Dharma is like an ocean; I know only this one Dharma gate, and the rest are not what I know. This continues through one hundred and ten spiritual advisers, each with a Dharma gate of this kind. Every practice can break fundamental ignorance and enter a profound and wondrous object. The same pattern should be inferred for practices of two, three, or hundreds of thousands of myriads of millions of dharmas.
Increasing Numbers in the Perfect Teaching
The Perfect Teaching’s increasing practices are like the one-practice samādhi cultivated by bodhisattvas as explained in the “Mañjuśrī Questions Scripture.” One should sit cross-legged in a quiet chamber, bind one’s object to the Dharma realm, and take each thought as the Dharma realm. Every inversion of fundamental ignorance remains forever quiescent like empty space. This one practice belongs to all unobstructed persons; one road leaves birth and death; one enters every dharma through impartial contemplation; the mind of understanding and wisdom is quiescent, with none comparable throughout the three realms. This is one practice encompassing all practices.
Increasing the number to two dharmas serving as practices that encompass all practices gives calm and insight. Increasing to three gives hearing, reflection, and cultivation, as well as discipline, concentration, and wisdom. Four gives the four applications of mindfulness. Five gives the five gates of dhyāna. Six gives the six perfections. Seven gives the seven wholesome dharmas. Eight gives the eightfold path. Nine gives the nine great dhyānas. Ten gives the ten objects or the ten contemplations forming the vehicle. How could practices of a hundred, thousands of myriads of millions, incalculable, and inexpressible Dharma gates all be recorded? Once the meaning is grasped, the rest can be understood by analogy.
Judging the Coarse and Wondrous, Relating to the Coarse, and Opening the Coarse
Although all explain practice through increasing numbers, practices in the different teaching gates must still be judged as coarse or wondrous. The Tripiṭaka Teaching’s increasing practices are guided by the wisdom of arising and ceasing, seek only escape from suffering, and finally come to rest in the conjured city; they are therefore coarse. The Shared Teaching’s wisdom embodying dharmas is ingenious, but it still guides only beyond suffering and has the same destination as reducing the body to ashes and cutting off wisdom. The Distinct Teaching’s wisdom guides practitioners very far, step by step from the shallow into the deep, but its practices remain mutually separate and concrete practice and principle have not yet perfectly interfused; it too is coarse. In the Perfect Teaching’s increasing practices, every practice interfuses with every other and wisdom is complete; they are therefore wondrous.
The present scripture belongs to the Perfect Teaching’s increasing numbers. The “Contemplation Scripture” says that during three periods of seven days one advances diligently with one mind; this explains wondrous practice through one dharma. It also says that whether walking or sitting one contemplates this scripture; this explains wondrous practice through two dharmas. It says further that one who hears this scripture, contemplates and cultivates it, practices the bodhisattva path well; this explains wondrous practice through three dharmas. The four Practices of Ease explain it through four; disciples of the five grades through five; and purification of the six faculties through six. All of these speak of the wondrous in relation to the preceding coarse practices.
Next the coarse is opened to reveal the wondrous. Lowering one’s head, raising a hand, piling earth, or playing with sand can all accomplish the buddha path. Although various dharmas are taught, in reality they are for the One Vehicle. Every practice becomes wondrous, leaving no fixed coarse to serve as contrast. Once the coarse has been opened, relational wondrousness immediately becomes absolute.
Section Three · The Number Five: First the Sequential Five Practices, Then the Perfect Five
Explaining wondrous practice through the number five also has two parts: first the distinct and sequential five practices, and then the perfectly interfused five practices.
The Nirvāṇa Sūtra teaches five practices: noble practice, brahmā practice, heavenly practice, infant practice, and illness practice. Noble practice in turn has discipline, concentration, and wisdom.
Section Four · Noble Practice in Discipline: Faith Establishes Vows, and Vows Establish Discipline
The scripture says that if a bodhisattva hears of great nirvāṇa and gives rise to faith after hearing, the bodhisattva thinks: the buddhas, the World-Honored Ones, possess the unsurpassed path, the great right Dharma, and the great assembly’s right practice. Practice is established from here.
Hearing of great nirvāṇa means faith in the fruit and also in the truth of cessation. “Possessing the unsurpassed path” and the words that follow mean faith in practices capable of revealing the fruit. The unsurpassed path is faith in wisdom; the great right Dharma is faith in concentration; the great assembly’s right practice is faith in discipline. This is faith in the cause and in the path.
The bodhisattva further grieves that self and all sentient beings have broken discipline, committed offenses, and lost the happiness of humans and gods and the happiness of nirvāṇa. This is knowing arising. Their wandering through birth and death and receiving the results of bad destinies is knowing suffering. Suffering and arising oppose discipline, concentration, and wisdom, and therefore there is no path. Without the path nirvāṇa cannot be attained, and therefore there is no cessation.
Wishing to remove suffering and arising, the bodhisattva arouses great compassion and makes two vows. Wishing to give sentient beings the happiness of path and cessation, the bodhisattva arouses great kindness and makes two more vows. Vows are followed by actual practice. The bodhisattva reflects that home life is confining like a prison and prevents pure cultivation of brahmā practice for a whole lifetime, while renunciation is quiet and broad like empty space. The bodhisattva therefore leaves home and desire, receives discipline through the motion with a fourth announcement, and equally guards the intrinsically grave precepts and the precepts that prevent worldly censure. The rākṣasas of craving and views are not allowed to damage the flotation bladder of discipline. The details are as explained in the Mohe Zhiguan.
Through keeping discipline, the bodhisattva possesses five branches: the discipline of purity in fundamental actions; residual purity in the preceding and following retinues; purity in awareness that is not awareness of evil; purity in mindfulness that guards right mindfulness; and discipline dedicated toward complete attainment of the unsurpassed path.
The discipline of purity in fundamental actions takes the natural discipline of the ten wholesome acts as the root of all discipline and is guarded with an uncontaminated mind; it is therefore called pure. In residual purity in the preceding and following retinues, sthūlātyaya and the like are preceding retinues, and the thirteen and the like are following retinues. “Residual” means precepts not listed in the vinaya but separately established in other scriptures, such as the twenty-four precepts in the vaipulya teachings. These first two branches are received through vinaya procedures. The final three are not received through a procedure but arise naturally when the corresponding dharmas are attained.
Purity in awareness that is not awareness of evil is discipline co-arisen with concentration. If śīla is impure, samādhi cannot appear. When discipline is pure, concrete obstructions are removed and future dhyāna can arise; intrinsic obstructions are removed and fundamental dhyāna can arise. When evil initial and sustained thoughts are extinguished, this is called discipline co-arisen with concentration.
Purity in mindfulness that guards right mindfulness is the four applications of mindfulness. One contemplates principle with right mindfulness. Although real realization has not yet arisen, resembling right mindfulness can give rise to the real path and accomplish discipline co-arisen with the path. It is therefore called purity in mindfulness that guards right mindfulness.
A further distinction may be made. Discipline co-arisen with concentration arises in dependence on a concentrated mind and belongs to the good of stopping. Discipline co-arisen with the path arises in dependence on discerning wisdom and belongs to the good of practice. The movement of the constructed and the immovability of the non-constructed both belong to vinaya. Why? Discipline means prevention. Once the mind co-arisen with concentration is attained, evil no longer arises; once the path-born gives rise to the real, offenses never arise again. Both are therefore called discipline.
Discipline dedicated toward complete attainment of the unsurpassed path means that within every precept the bodhisattva possesses the four universal vows and six perfections, arouses a firm and essential vow, and dedicates the merit to awakening. It is therefore called Great Vehicle discipline. The four universal vows are as explained above.
In terms of the six perfections, becoming weary of home life and relinquishing what one loves is giving. Not violating even the slightest point and refusing the rākṣasas’ demand for the flotation bladder is discipline. Restraining body and mind and patiently enduring blows and abuse is patience toward beings. Enduring the eight winds, cold and heat, desire and anger, and the others is patience toward dharmas. When craving and views cannot damage one, that is forbearance. Guarding discipline so that a mind wishing to violate it does not arise is diligence. Resolving to keep discipline, not being deceived by doubt, and remaining single-minded and unmoving is concentration. Clearly discerning cause and effect, knowing discipline to be the root that correctly accords with liberation and gives birth to the saints of all three vehicles rather than the chicken and dog disciplines among the sixty-two wrong views, is prajñā.
The bodhisattva makes additional vows to restrain the mind: rather than break discipline and accept another person’s bedding, the bodhisattva would let the body lie on a scorching iron bed. Twelve vows are used to restrain the mind.
Further vows are made that all sentient beings may attain prohibitive, pure, wholesome, unbroken, unanalyzed, Great Vehicle, nonretrogressive, conforming, ultimate, and pāramitā-complete discipline. These ten vows protect sentient beings. Within the single mind of keeping discipline, the bodhisattva adorns discipline with many vows and practices. Every other mind of practice should be the same.
The ten precepts that protect others unfold from the five branches one practices oneself. Prohibitive, pure, and wholesome discipline unfold from the fundamental and retinue branches. Rules established through the procedures governing sections and categories are prohibitive discipline. Only when prohibitive discipline gives rise to the non-constructed substance of discipline is it called pure; purity is the good of stopping. Wholesome discipline is the good of practice.
Unbroken discipline unfolds from purity in awareness that is not awareness of evil. Even while guarding the seven bodily and verbal branches, if deluded thoughts repeatedly arise, practice still has gaps. When future dhyāna arises, concrete practice is unbroken; when fundamental dhyāna is attained, intrinsic practice is unbroken.
Unanalyzed discipline unfolds from purity in mindfulness that guards right mindfulness and is discipline co-arisen with the path. Extinguishing form to enter emptiness is the path-born discipline that analyzes dharmas. Here one embodies dharmas to enter emptiness, and it is therefore called unanalyzed. It is also called unanalyzed because path-born discipline is already present within, making the aggregate of discipline firm and incapable of being broken apart.
Great Vehicle, nonretrogressive, conforming, ultimate, and pāramitā-complete discipline unfold from discipline dedicated toward complete attainment of the unsurpassed path.
Great Vehicle discipline means that a bodhisattva equally guards intrinsically grave precepts and those preventing worldly censure. In seeking the buddha path for oneself, intrinsically grave precepts are urgent; in transforming sentient beings, precepts preventing censure are also urgent. The Lesser Vehicle subdues only oneself, so intrinsically grave precepts are urgent; because liberating others is not its work, precepts preventing censure are more relaxed. A bodhisattva completely guards both and is therefore said to possess Great Vehicle discipline.
Nonretrogressive discipline means that even when following what ordinary people see as not the path, one possesses skillful means. One may enter brothels, taverns, and other unlawful places to liberate people, yet not regress from prohibitive discipline oneself, like a physician who treats disease without being contaminated by it. It is therefore called nonretrogressive.
Conforming discipline conforms both to the capacities of sentient beings and to principle. Ultimate discipline vertically exhausts the unsurpassed Dharma. Pāramitā-complete discipline horizontally perfects all things and lacks no dharma.
The Great Treatise on the Perfection of Wisdom also teaches ten kinds of discipline. Its unbroken, unviolated, unpierced, and unmixed disciplines correspond to the prohibitive, pure, wholesome, and unbroken disciplines under the fundamental branch of the Great Sutra. Its discipline conforming to the path corresponds to the unanalyzed discipline under the Great Sutra’s branch of guarding right mindfulness. Its unattached discipline corresponds to nonretrogressive discipline under the dedication branch. Its discipline praised by the wise corresponds to the Great Sutra’s Great Vehicle discipline. Its sovereign discipline corresponds to the Great Sutra’s sovereign discipline. Its discipline conforming to concentration corresponds to the Great Sutra’s conforming discipline. Its complete discipline corresponds to the Great Sutra’s pāramitā discipline. The Great Sutra says “ultimate,” while the Great Treatise says “conforming to concentration.” The two are generally alike with a slight difference; the meaning suffers no loss.
To clarify a bodhisattva’s sequential cultivation of noble practice, the Nirvāṇa Sūtra completely lists all disciplines from shallow to deep and from beginning to conclusion. If they are guarded well, one enters the first ground of immovability. Being immovable, nonretrogressive, not fallen, and undispersed is called noble practice in discipline.
Because noble practice in discipline advances from the shallow beginning to the deep conclusion, its coarse and wondrous aspects must now be judged. Prohibitive, pure, and wholesome discipline belong to the disciplinary code. Because the disciplinary code encompasses the community in common, it must establish rank, stage, and order. Although bodhisattvas and buddhas are present, no separate community is established for them; the discipline is therefore the same, distinguished only by whether the mind of buddhahood is aroused. Thus these three disciplinary-code precepts are encompassed by the Tripiṭaka Teaching. Unbroken discipline is discipline co-arisen with concentration, and fundamental dhyāna concerns concrete marks; it too is encompassed by the Tripiṭaka Teaching. These are therefore coarse.
Unanalyzed discipline is path-born discipline that embodies dharmas and is encompassed by the Shared Teaching. Great Vehicle, nonretrogressive, and the other disciplines are encompassed by the Distinct Teaching and also extend into the Shared Teaching. The Shared Teaching likewise emerges from emptiness to transform others, can accord with capacities and principle, and does not regress on the path. Yet it practices according to the real truth and still does not equal a practitioner of the Distinct Teaching. Relatively speaking, the Distinct Teaching is therefore wondrous.
Conforming, ultimate, complete, and the other disciplines are encompassed by the Perfect Teaching. Manifesting varied deportments without emerging from the concentration of cessation and manifesting the affairs of ordinary beings without abandoning the Dharma of the path is called conforming. Because only the Buddha fully possesses pure discipline while all others may still be called impure, it is called ultimate. Because discipline itself is the Dharma realm, fully possessing all buddha-dharmas and sentient-being dharmas and reaching the other shore of śīla, it is called pāramitā-complete discipline.
The meaning of the Vimalakīrtinirdeśa is that only one who keeps discipline in this way is called an upholder of the vinaya and one who understands well. The Lotus Sūtra says that throughout the long night the assembly kept the Buddha’s pure discipline, long cultivated brahmā practice in the Dharma king’s Dharma, and only today gained its recompense. It also says that only the Buddha can know Rāhula’s hidden practice. Does this not reveal only perfect discipline as wondrous in relation to all the preceding disciplines as coarse? The initial discipline may also be likened to milk, the intermediate disciplines to the three middle flavors, and the final discipline to clarified essence. Clarified essence is wondrous.
Next the coarse is opened to reveal the wondrous. Someone says that the Brahmā’s Net Sūtra contains bodhisattva discipline. The present response asks: what kind of bodhisattva discipline is this? If it belongs to bodhisattvas of the Tripiṭaka or Shared Teaching, there should be a separate bodhisattva community. Since no separate community has been established, how can their discipline differ? If there is a separate bodhisattva discipline, which kind is a separately established pratyekabuddha discipline? The three vehicles of the Tripiṭaka Teaching do not establish three separate communities, so separate bodhisattva and pratyekabuddha disciplines cannot be established. If understood in terms of bodhisattvas of the Distinct or Perfect Teaching, they can be established, because bodhisattvas exist outside the shared community of the three vehicles and therefore have a separate discipline.
Someone asks: if bodhisattva discipline exists outside the community of the three vehicles, what of pratyekabuddha discipline? The answer is that no separate pratyekabuddha is established outside the community of the three vehicles. This remains only a relational explanation of discipline in contrast with the coarse.
True opening of the coarse means that one who studies vinaya is a student of Great Vehicle training (śikṣā), and this training is the Great Vehicle’s light of ultimate meaning. The light of ultimate meaning is neither blue, yellow, red, nor white. The three refuges, five precepts, ten wholesome acts, and two hundred and fifty precepts are all the Great Vehicle. Where could a coarse discipline remain isolated outside wondrous discipline? Since discipline is immediately wondrous, the persons who receive and keep it are so as well. The scripture’s statement “you truly are my child” reveals precisely this meaning. This is called absolutely wondrous discipline.
Fascicle Three, Part Two ends here.
Fahua Xuanyi, Fascicle Four, Part One, attributed as spoken by the Great Master Zhiyi of Tiantai.
Section Five · Noble Practice in Concentration: From Worldly Dhyāna to the Highest World-Transcending Dhyāna
Noble practice in concentration is briefly divided into three kinds: first, worldly dhyāna; second, world-transcending dhyāna; third, highest world-transcending dhyāna.
Worldly dhyāna is further divided into two kinds. First is flavored fundamental dhyāna, characterized as concealed, defiled, and indeterminate. Second is purified fundamental dhyāna, characterized as unconcealed, undefiled, and determinate. They are called fundamental because they are the foundation of worldly and world-transcending dharmas. The meaning of the Large Prajñāpāramitā is that buddhas attain the path, turn the Dharma wheel, and enter nirvāṇa entirely within dhyāna. Deep contemplation of this foundation can give birth to superior, subtle, and wondrous concentrations, and it is therefore called fundamental.
“Concealed” means realization in darkness without contemplative wisdom. “Defiled” means developing attachment to the flavor of each successive level. “Indeterminate” means that the object is unclear. Flavored fundamental dhyāna has three classes—dhyāna, immeasurables, and formless attainments—which are the twelve gates made from four dhyānas, four immeasurables, and four formless attainments.
Flavored Fundamental Dhyāna: Four Dhyānas, Four Immeasurables, and Four Formless Attainments
The initial skillful means for cultivating dhyāna is to distinguish wind, panting, and breath well and know clearly which is proper breath. Count steadily and gently, neither adding nor subtracting. If the counted breaths gradually become subtle, skillfully change the object and regulate it exactly, then realize the preliminary skillful means. At both coarse and subtle settling, dharmas arise that can support the body; one then enters desire-realm concentration or access concentration. When the eight contacts occur and the five factors are accomplished, the first dhyāna arises.
The meaning of the Great Treatise on the Perfection of Wisdom is that after leaving the fierce fire of lust one attains cooling concentration, as a person oppressed by great heat becomes happy on entering a cold pool. To leave a lower level and enter a higher one, ordinary people generally use the six contemplations, while disciples of the Buddha commonly cultivate the eight kinds of noble disposition.
Within the first dhyāna’s factors of initial and sustained thought, practitioners become disenchanted with initial and sustained thought and regard the first dhyāna as suffering. Initial and sustained thought have the two faults of coarseness and obstruction: because they disturb the concentrated mind, they are suffering. Joy and pleasure arise from them, and so they are coarse; they also obstruct higher concentration, and so they are obstructive. The second dhyāna is different and is therefore called superior, wondrous, and emergent.
In general, cultivation of the second dhyāna has three steps. First, know the faults of the first dhyāna and no longer delight in it. Second, rebuke it. Third, analyze and break it. Leaving the first dhyāna in this way is the mark of cultivating the second. When one skillfully takes the higher level as object and becomes disenchanted with the lower, body and mind, inside and out, become luminous and clear. Joy arises together with the four completed factors. The meaning of the Great Treatise is that one thereby removes initial and sustained thought and enters the place of single consciousness; because the inner mind is pure, joy and pleasure arise from concentration.
The second dhyāna has already left initial and sustained thought, and so no further skillful means can be constructed within concentration. After emerging, one again cultivates the six practices to reject the lower and advance to the higher, just as when abandoning the first dhyāna. Body and mind then become utterly quiescent, relying neither within nor without; pleasure arises with the completion of five factors. The meaning of the Great Treatise is that craving gives rise to suffering and the loss of joy gives rise to sorrow; apart from suffering and pleasure the body is at ease, possessing equanimity, mindfulness, and skillful means. To reject the lower and advance higher, one again cultivates the preceding six practices.
After skillful cultivation, the mind suddenly opens and brightens; inhalation and exhalation cease; equanimity arises, and the object is empty, clear, and quiescent, with four factors complete. If one knows the fault of pleasure, one sees the great peace of immovability. Sorrow and joy were removed before; pain and pleasure are now also ended.
After inwardly realizing the four dhyānas, a practitioner who wishes to cultivate merit outwardly should study the four immeasurables. They have shared and separate modes of cultivation. The shared cultivation is the statement in the Great Treatise that the mind of kindness may be cultivated among all four dhyānas of the form realm. In separate cultivation, the first dhyāna’s discriminating initial and sustained thought makes compassion easy to cultivate; its factor of joy makes sympathetic joy easy, its factor of pleasure makes kindness easy, and its factor of one-pointedness makes equanimity easy. Another allocation makes compassion easiest in the first dhyāna, sympathetic joy in the second, kindness in the third, and equanimity in the fourth. These are the places in which the four immeasurable concentrations are cultivated.
In cultivation, one takes as object the person before one, visualizing that person leaving suffering, attaining happiness, rejoicing, and remaining impartial, and then enters concentration. When dhyāna arises, one inwardly attains the dharmas of joy, pleasure, and impartiality and outwardly also sees the person before one leaving suffering and attaining happiness. Sometimes the inward attainment occurs without the outward vision; sometimes the outward vision occurs without the inward attainment. Their correct and deviant forms must be distinguished.
A practitioner wishing to leave the cage of the form realm cultivates the four formless concentrations. Form is removed while mind is retained, each thought continuing in dependence on the last, and they are therefore called the four formless attainments. The skillful means first rebukes form as the root of all suffering: the accumulations of hunger, thirst, cold, and heat all rely on the physical body. It then praises space as pure, wondrous, and free from every pressure. Transcending all form and corresponding with the concentration of space, the concentration of neither pain nor pleasure increases twofold. Entering deep concentration, one sees only empty space and no various marks of form, while the mind no longer scatters.
Because the concentration of space has been attained and the form realm transcended, this is called surpassing every perception of form. Because the dharma of space supports the mind and prevents perceptions of form from arising, it is called extinguishing perceptions of resistance. Because one has decisively relinquished form and no longer remembers or longs for its various forms, it is called not recollecting various perceptions of form. Rebuking the lower and taking the higher as object each have additional skillful means, explained in detail in the Dhyāna Gate. Flavored fundamental dhyāna ends here.
Purified Fundamental Dhyāna: Six Wondrous Gates, Sixteen Superior Practices, and Universal Illumination
Purified fundamental dhyāna has the three marks of being unconcealed, undefiled, and determinate, precisely the opposite of the preceding kind. It too has three classes: the six wondrous gates, sixteen superior practices, and universal illumination.
Nirvāṇa is subtle and wondrous, and these six dharmas enable one to penetrate it; they are therefore called the six wondrous gates. The three Dharma gates suit three kinds of capacity. Those with a predominance of wisdom are taught the six wondrous gates, each of which can give rise to the uncontaminated while still in the desire realm. Those with a predominance of concentration are taught the sixteen superior practices; the uncontaminated does not yet arise at lower dhyāna levels, and they awaken only when higher concentration is complete. Those whose concentration and wisdom are equal are taught universal illumination; its contemplative wisdom is deep and subtle and can give rise to the uncontaminated from lower through higher levels. This allocation follows capacities. A different allocation applies when countering illnesses and obstructions.
Broadly explained, the cultivation of these three dharmas encompasses every dhyāna. Here only one vertical path is established through their sequence of arising before and after. The six wondrous gates combine cultivation and realization, making twelve dharmas. When the Buddha said “coursing and resting in three and four, producing twelve,” he meant cultivating counting and realizing counting, continuing through cultivating purification and realizing purification.
To cultivate counting, practitioners first harmonize the breath so that it is neither rough nor slippery, then serenely and gently count from one to ten, collecting the mind on the count and preventing it from racing and scattering. Correspondence with counting is realization of counting: the mind naturally counts from one to ten without further effort, abides in the count on its own, and becomes subtle as the breath becomes subtle. When counting breath seems too coarse, counting is released and following the breath is cultivated. The same distinction between cultivation and realization applies to turning and purification.
Contemplation has three meanings. First is contemplative wisdom that contemplates the real. Second is contemplation through an understanding one has attained, namely, constructed contemplation. Third is actual contemplation. Here actual contemplation is used first and contemplative wisdom afterward.
When cultivating actual contemplation, one carefully observes the body with the mind’s eye within a concentrated mind. Subtle inhalation and exhalation are like wind in empty space. The thirty-six things—skin, flesh, sinews, bones, and the rest—lack substance like a plantain trunk; within and without they are impure and deeply repellent. One further observes that feelings of joy, pleasure, and the others within concentration all bear the mark of destruction and are suffering rather than pleasure. One observes that consciousness within concentration is impermanent, never pausing for an instant and providing nowhere to grasp. One also observes that wholesome and unwholesome dharmas within concentration all exist through conditions and have no self-nature.
Contemplation in this way breaks the four inversions. Since no personal self can be obtained, on what fixed self could dhyāna depend? This is called cultivating contemplation. During such cultivation, one feels inhalation and exhalation reach every pore, and the mind’s eye opens and brightens. One thoroughly sees the thirty-six things and nests of worms within the body and the impurity within and without; one sees all sufferings press upon it, every instant change, and every dharma lack self-nature. Compassion and joy arise in the mind, which no longer relies on anything. One thereby attains the four applications of mindfulness and breaks the four inversions. This is called correspondence with contemplation; the details cannot all be recorded. When the Buddha sat beneath the tree and inwardly contemplated ānāpāna, first counting and then following, it was exactly this dhyāna method.
The names of the sixteen superior practices are not explained here in detail. They are named from their corresponding conditions.
The cultivation marks of the sixteen superior practices begin with knowing the breath entering and leaving, which replaces counting. Regulate the breath until it is continuously subtle and follow it single-mindedly. On inhaling, know it from nose to navel; on exhaling, know it from navel to nose, following and illuminating it without distraction. Know wind, panting, and air to be coarse and breath to be subtle. When coarse breath enters, regulate it until it is subtle, like a gatekeeper who knows who enters and leaves, blocks the bad, and admits the good. Know whether the breath is rough or smooth, light or heavy, cool or warm, long-lasting or brief, difficult or easy.
Know further that breath is what life relies upon: if a single breath does not return, life ends. One thereby perceives the fragility and impermanence of breath and life and does not give rise to attachment or pride. Knowing that breath is not self, one does not give rise to views of self. Knowing the breath as long or short corresponds to desire-realm concentration. Knowing it throughout the body corresponds to access concentration. Removing every bodily activity corresponds to the factors of initial and sustained thought in the first dhyāna. Experiencing joy corresponds to the joy factor; experiencing pleasure to the pleasure factor; experiencing all mental activity to the factor of one-pointedness.
Causing the mind to rejoice is the dhyāna accompanied by joy. Collecting the mind is the factor of one-pointedness in the second dhyāna. Liberating the mind is the pleasure of the third. Contemplating impermanence is the immovability of the fourth. Contemplating dispersal corresponds to the sphere of space; contemplating dispassion to the sphere of consciousness; contemplating cessation to the sphere of nothing whatsoever; contemplating relinquishment to neither perception nor nonperception. At contemplation of relinquishment, one attains the nirvāṇa of the three vehicles. Horizontally explained, contemplative wisdom corresponds to the four applications of mindfulness.
In universal-illumination dhyāna, practitioners contemplate breath, physical form, and mind as three things without distinction. They carefully observe inhalation and exhalation: there is no accumulation on entering and no dispersal on leaving; no fixed road is traversed in coming and no trace can be followed in going. Like wind in empty space, breath’s nature has no existence. Breath depends on the body, but the body itself has no fixed substance. Deluded thought from a past life brings about the four elements of this life; the four elements enclose empty space and are provisionally called a body. The six divisions beginning with the head, the thirty-six things, and the four subtle elements are each not the body.
One next contemplates that the body exists through mind, while mind arises through conditions, arising and ceasing so swiftly that no abiding place or fixed shape can be seen. There is only a name, and the name too is empty. Contemplating breath, form, and mind in this way, one cannot obtain an independent nature for any of the three. Since the three things cannot be obtained, neither can any dharma. This is the cultivation mark of universal-illumination dhyāna.
Its mark of realization is inward realization of the real truth, whose empty quiescence accords with one’s contemplative understanding. One also penetrates body, form, and breath in sequence with complete clarity and knows the correspondences between the world’s astronomy and geography and the body. One can fully possess the concentrations of all three realms, know that subtle afflictions remain at neither perception nor nonperception, break delusion, give rise to the real, and attain the nirvāṇa of the three vehicles. All details are in the Dhyāna Gate. Worldly dhyāna ends here.
World-Transcending Dhyāna: Contemplating, Refining, Perfuming, and Cultivating
Second is world-transcending dhyāna, which has four kinds: contemplating, refining, perfuming, and cultivating.
Contemplative dhyāna includes the nine corpse contemplations, eight liberations, eight superior bases, and ten universal bases. These four groups are collectively called contemplative dhyāna. To break the fierce fire of lust, practitioners must gradually develop and mature visualization; each contemplation must correspond with concentration. Visualization and concentration support the mind and keep it from scattering, thereby removing worldly craving and breaking the six desires.
Some desire red, white, yellow, black, and other colors. Some desire handsome appearance, some dignified deportment, some seductive speech, some smooth skin, and some a person who pleases them. These six desires are like a deep abyss in which practitioners sink.
Cultivating the nine corpse contemplations removes the six thieves. The contemplation of death breaks desire for deportment and speech. Swelling, decay, and being eaten break desire for appearance. Blood-smeared, livid, and festering contemplations break desire for color. Skeleton and burning contemplations break desire for smoothness. Together, the nine remove desire for a beloved person. Being eaten and scattered also remove attachment to a particular pleasing person. Besides removing desire, the nine weaken anger and delusion and shake the mountain of the ninety-eight proclivities. Though only an initial gate of impurity contemplation, they can accomplish a great work, like relying on a floating corpse to cross the sea.
The names of the eight liberations are not listed here in detail. They turn away from pure and attractive sense desires and relinquish the mind’s attachment and are therefore called liberations.
To cultivate the eight liberations, practitioners first keep discipline purely, make great vows, and seek to accomplish a great work. They straighten body and thought and carefully contemplate the right big toe, imagining it the size of a soybean, black, swollen, and blistered. Once this perception is established, they next contemplate it as large as a mottled bean, then a finger, then a hen’s egg, and in sequence as two, three, four, and five fingers.
Next contemplate the sole, heel, ankle, joints beside the foot, knee, thigh, and hip, all swollen; contemplate the right leg in the same way. Next contemplate the excretory passages, waist, spine, abdomen, back, chest, and ribs, all swollen. Then contemplate the right shoulder blade, arm, elbow, wrist, palm, five fingers, head, and jaw. Observe the body from feet to head and then head to feet. Seeing only swelling, the mind becomes disgusted.
Next contemplate decay and festering. Worms and pus flow from the excretory passages, stinking worse than a dead dog. Having seen one’s own body this way, contemplate the beloved as the same. Inwardly, views of self are broken; outwardly, craving is broken. Abiding in this observation for a long time removes worldly craving.
Next remove skin and flesh and carefully contemplate the white bones. See bones with blue, yellow, white, dove-gray, and other colors, and know that none of these bone marks are self. Attaining this contemplation is called desire-realm concentration.
When next contemplating bones as blue, see the whole earth in east, west, south, and north as a blue mark. The same applies to contemplating yellow, white, and dove-gray. This is the mark of access concentration. Next contemplate the bone-person emitting light between the brows and see a buddha within the light. This is the mark of accomplishing the first liberation. The arising marks of the eight liberations in sequence are explained in detail in the Dhyāna Gate.
Among the eight superior bases, the first two are in the first dhyāna, the third and fourth in the second, and the final four in the fourth. Because the third dhyāna has abundant pleasure and a duller mind, no superior base is established there. The preceding liberations were not yet sovereign over whether their objects were few or many. Through deeper and subtler contemplation, the superior bases can victoriously know and see the few and many, beautiful and ugly, like a swift horse that can break a battle line and also be controlled by its rider.
The ten universal bases blend eight colors and two mental bases into one another until they vastly and universally fill everything and transform without obstruction. Details are likewise found in the Dhyāna Gate.
Refining dhyāna is the nine sequential concentrations. Although the eight concentrations have already been attained, intervals still remain during entry. They are now made thoroughly practiced so that one enters in sequence from the first and shallowest to the final and deepest without impurity or interval. What previously could not occur in sequence is made sequential, and they are therefore called sequential concentrations. They are also called refining dhyāna because uncontaminated wisdom refines contaminated concentration and removes intervening coarseness and impurity. They are further called refining because all concentrations are evenly harmonized so that concentration and wisdom are equal and uninterrupted. The Abhidharma speaks of perfuming and refining but only uses the uncontaminated to perfume the four dhyānas. Here the uncontaminated universally refines all eight levels, producing the uninterrupted samādhi of sequential entry.
Perfuming dhyāna is the lion’s-sport samādhi. The preceding refining dhyāna enabled uninterrupted sequential entry. Now one can not only enter in uninterrupted sequence but also emerge in uninterrupted sequence, removing coarse intervening weight, attachment to dharmas, and dust from delight in flavors. Like a lion that can retreat and advance while shaking off all dust, practitioners who enter and emerge from this Dharma universally perfume the dhyānas so that all become penetrating, effective, and freely transformable, like leather smoked until supple enough to be fashioned at will.
Cultivating dhyāna is transcending samādhi. One can enter by leaping from near to near and from near to far, and can also emerge and abide through leaps. This is the deepest point of the qualities of concentration and is therefore called the summit dhyāna; one can enter and emerge freely within every Dharma gate.
Further, the nine sequential concentrations are skillful at entering the eight liberations; the lion’s sport is skillful at emerging from them; and transcending samādhi is skillful at abiding in them. The same meaning applies to skillful entry, emergence, and abiding in hundreds of thousands of samādhis.
Just as a painter can blend only five colors and paint immeasurable hues, and worldly recompense can depend only on the four elements yet give rise to all five aggregates, so dhyāna depends only on contemplating, refining, perfuming, and cultivating yet gives rise to every supernormal transformation without lacking any. The Great Sutra says that a bodhisattva abides in dhyāna and attains the ground of forbearance. A ground has the two meanings of supporting and producing. Every dhyāna fully possesses compassion, vows, factors of the path, the six perfections, and all other practices.
When contemplative wisdom is explained within discipline and concentration, it is the shared application of mindfulness. Contemplative wisdom in itself is the application of mindfulness by nature. Taking together discipline, concentration, and the other objects, wisdoms, and words gives the conditioned application of mindfulness. Further, impurity contemplation breaks the inversion of purity and is the application of mindfulness to the body. Contemplating the pain and pleasure experienced by body and mind in dhyāna and seeing feelings in the three periods and within and without as unobtainable breaks the inversion of pleasure and is the application of mindfulness to feeling. Contemplating minds in the dhyānas—wholesome and unwholesome action occurs because mind exists, but without a fixed mind there is no fixed agent—breaks the inversion of self and is the application of mindfulness to dharmas. Contemplating mind’s arising and ceasing and the discontinuity of its earlier and later limits breaks the inversion of permanence and is the application of mindfulness to mind.
The eight liberations contemplate the four applications of mindfulness; the nine sequential concentrations refine them; the lion’s sport perfumes them; and transcending samādhi cultivates them. The two vehicles cultivate these five kinds of dhyāna for their own cessation and make the four withered applications of mindfulness; this cannot be called the ground of forbearance. Bodhisattvas deeply contemplate the applications to transform sentient beings, bear sentient beings through compassionate vows, and make the four flourishing applications of mindfulness. This is the Great Vehicle and is therefore called the ground of forbearance.
Someone asks: since the formless realm has no physical body, how can it fully possess the four applications of mindfulness?
The answer is that the Abhidharma says the formless realm has discipline co-arisen with the path. Discipline is non-constructed form. Because it corresponds by taking the uncontaminated as object, this disciplinary form follows uncontaminated dharmas into the formless realm. Satyasiddhi scholars say that form is an unmanifest dharma and does not reach the formless realm. The Śāriputra Abhidharma Śāstra says that the formless realm has form. Thus even within Lesser Vehicle explanations there are already two positions. The Great Sutra further says that the form of the formless realm is not known by śrāvakas. If so, what prevents the four applications of mindfulness from extending through the formless realm?
Another question asks: in the dhyānas one can speak only of the four applications of mindfulness, and even the four right efforts have not yet been separately established. How can all the factors of the path already be present?
The answer is that when names are established according to stages, the factors of the path following the applications of mindfulness have not yet been reached. In actual cultivation, however, the applications already possess every factor of the path. The meaning of the Great Treatise on the Perfection of Wisdom is that initially cultivating the wholesome contaminated five aggregates and gaining right recollection within conditioned dharmas is the wisdom of the applications of mindfulness. The four forms of effort are the four right efforts. Cultivation within a concentrated mind is called the four bases of supernormal power. The arising of five wholesome roots is called the five faculties; their growth is called the five powers. Discerning the function of the path is called the seven factors of awakening. Practice on a secure path is called the eightfold path. Since the initial wholesome contaminated dharmas can already possess all these, why wait until the path of seeing for the eightfold path? As the applications possess the thirty-seven factors, the stages of warmth, summit, and the others can be understood by analogy. What is true of contemplative dhyāna is also true of refining, perfuming, and cultivating.
Within every dhyāna, a bodhisattva feels compassion for sentient beings according to the Dharma gate entered, like parents who do not forget their children when they obtain food. The bodhisattva pities sentient beings in the darkness of delusion. Rather than seeking the happiness of dhyāna within, they seek it in external objects and become immersed in the five desires. They suffer while seeking, fear loss after gaining, and grieve when loss comes. The desires have no true happiness, and the bodhisattva therefore arouses compassion.
Given these faults of the five desires, how can they be left? If the happiness of dhyāna is attained, one is no longer deceived by desire. The bodhisattva therefore arouses kindness and from it also makes the four universal vows.
Cultivation of the six perfections within the dhyānas also has distinct marks. Sentient beings are bound by craving for the world and occupied with livelihoods they cannot relinquish for an instant. The bodhisattva relinquishes them and enters dhyāna single-mindedly; this is giving. Without keeping discipline, concentration cannot arise; when dhyāna is entered, mixed thoughts do not arise and evil is naturally absent; this is discipline. Restraining body and speech, resisting fatigue while enduring pain, controlling external objects so the mind does not attach, and subduing inner afflictions so they do not arise is forbearance.
Maintaining right mindfulness through the first, middle, and last watches of the night, and keeping the mind constantly in concentration while walking, standing, sitting, and lying down without mixed thoughts, is diligence. Being single-minded in concentration, neither scattered nor attached to its flavor, is concentration. Being single-minded in concentration while knowing the marks of worldly dharmas’ arising and ceasing and deeply knowing what is false is prajñā. Every practice is fully present in dhyāna, and each dhyāna can produce many qualities. Because compassion bears sentient beings, it receives the name ground of forbearance.
Highest World-Transcending Dhyāna and the Judgment and Opening of Noble Practice in Concentration
Third, highest world-transcending dhyāna is the nine great dhyānas explained in the Bodhisattvabhūmi Sūtra, not all unfolded here. Self-nature dhyāna contemplates the true nature of mind and is called the highest concentration. What dharma among all dharmas is not revealed through mind? Mind encompasses all like a wish-fulfilling jewel. All nine great dhyānas are the Dharma realm; everything tends toward dhyāna, every encountered object is real, and not a single color or fragrance is other than the middle way. The two vehicles do not even know their names, much less personally realize these concentrations.
The preceding old fundamental dhyāna is like milk, refining dhyāna like curds, perfuming dhyāna like raw ghee, cultivating dhyāna like refined ghee, and the nine great dhyānas like clarified essence. Clarified essence is wondrous.
They may also be judged by the mind with which dhyāna is cultivated. Cultivating fundamental dhyāna with a mind attached to flavor produces milk. Cultivating it only for self-liberation produces curds. Cultivating it with compassion produces raw ghee. Cultivating it with sequential compassion produces refined ghee. Cultivating it with the mind of the true mark produces clarified essence. The other four flavors are judged in the same way. Whichever dhyāna one cultivates, without the mind of the true mark it is called coarse.
When the coarse is opened to reveal the wondrous, ānāpāna itself is the Great Vehicle. The true mark of the Dharma realm encompasses and supports all dharmas, and no other wondrousness exists beyond it. Thus the buddhas attain the path, turn the Dharma wheel, and enter nirvāṇa in the four dhyānas. Seeing the true mark within the four dhyānas is called the dhyāna pāramitā; how much more is this so for all other concentrations? This is the meaning of absolute wondrousness. Noble practice in concentration ends here.
Section Six · Noble Practice in Wisdom: Wisdom of the Four Kinds of Four Truths
Noble practice in wisdom is wisdom of the four kinds of four truths: arising-and-ceasing, non-arising, immeasurable, and non-constructed.
Wisdom of the Arising-and-Ceasing Four Truths
Wisdom of the arising-and-ceasing four truths continues to observe the dependent and primary recompenses seen through the nine corpse contemplations and liberations. The body swells, rots, decays, and is impure, bearing marks of oppression and manifestation and the marks of the three sufferings. This is wisdom of the truth of suffering.
Practitioners no longer become deluded about or attached to dependent and primary recompense, no longer become slaves of affection, and no longer use body and speech to commit upper, middle, or lower grades of the ten evils and thus bring about lives in the three bad destinies. They know the marks of evil karma’s production, growth, transformation, and the twenty-five modes of existence. They also know worldly cause and effect and the faults of impurity, and give rise to profound shame and revulsion.
Thus, they never kill another to preserve themselves, seize another’s property to nourish their own bodies, indulge in impure sexual conduct, use crooked means to seek a reputation for uprightness, alienate enemies from their allies, entrap others over honor and disgrace, flatter inwardly while acting clever outwardly, greedily accept without measure, indulge poison that harms their cultivation of the path, or lose the real through deviant views.
Instead of committing these impure ten evils, they feel shame and contempt for them and cultivate upper, middle, and lower grades of the ten wholesome acts, bringing about lives in the three good destinies. The causes and results of the ten wholesome acts likewise have marks of production, growth, transformation, and the twenty-five modes of existence. This is wisdom of the truth of arising.
Contemplating dependent and primary recompense as impure breaks the inversion of purity. Contemplating every feeling as the three sufferings breaks the inversion of pleasure. Contemplating every activity as existing through combination breaks the inversion of self. Contemplating every mind as arising and ceasing breaks the inversion of permanence. From the applications of mindfulness to separate marks through the general application, one skillfully cultivates the right efforts, bases of supernormal power, faculties, powers, awakening factors, and path, advancing toward the gate of nirvāṇa. Compassionate vows, the six perfections, and all practices are also present, revealing the Great Vehicle’s marks. These are also the marks of discipline, concentration, and wisdom and of the capacity to remove afflictions. They are called wisdom of the truth of the path.
When inversions do not arise, karma does not arise. When karma does not arise, causes do not arise; when causes do not arise, results do not arise. This is called the mark of quiescent cessation, the mark of the cessation of the twenty-five modes of existence, and the mark of removal. This completes wisdom of the arising-and-ceasing four truths.
Wisdom of the Non-Arising Four Truths
Wisdom of the non-arising four truths contemplates that impure form is itself empty by nature, not empty only after form has been extinguished, like an image in a mirror without real substance. Thoroughly understanding that the five appropriated aggregates are empty and have no existence, one realizes that suffering has no fixed suffering while the real truth can still be seen. This is wisdom of the truth of suffering.
Knowing that arising comes from mind, that mind is like an illusion, and that arising produced by mind is likewise illusory is wisdom of the truth of arising; every craving and view is the same as empty space. The path originally counters arising. Since what is treated is illusory, the path that treats it is also illusory; this is wisdom of the truth of the path. Only if dharmas truly arose could their cessation be spoken of. Since dharmas never arise, there is now nothing to cease. Even if a dharma surpassed nirvāṇa, it too would still be called illusory. This is wisdom of the truth of cessation.
Although bodhisattvas know sentient beings of the five aggregates to be like empty space, they still vow to liberate space-like beings. Although knowing arising to have no existence, they still cut off every deluded thought, as if fighting empty space. Although knowing the path to bear a nondual mark, they still diligently plant trees in space. Although no fixed sentient beings attain cessation, they still bring immeasurable sentient beings to cessation. Unfolding the factors of the path, six perfections, and other practices through this wisdom that takes concrete affairs as immediately real is wisdom of the non-arising four truths.
Wisdom of the Immeasurable Four Truths
Wisdom of the immeasurable four truths is as the Great Sutra teaches. If the four truths taught by the Buddha already encompassed all dharmas, the Buddha should not have said that dharmas not yet taught were as numerous as the lands in the ten directions. If they did not encompass all dharmas, there should be a fifth truth. The Buddha answers that the four truths have completely encompassed all dharmas and there is no fifth truth; suffering simply has immeasurable marks, and arising, cessation, and path each also have immeasurable marks that the Buddha never exhaustively taught in that scripture.
If everything were taken only as empty, emptiness itself would have no emptiness; how could immeasurable distinctions exist? Thus this is known to be discerning wisdom that emerges from emptiness into the provisional. This wisdom universally knows the distinctions between provisional and real in the ten Dharma realms and is called wisdom of the truth of suffering. Universally knowing the differences among the five dwelling afflictions is wisdom of the truth of arising. Universally understanding half-word, full-word, primary-practice, auxiliary-practice, and other Dharma gates is wisdom of the truth of the path. Understanding the differences among the half and full sixteen gates and various gates of cessation is wisdom of the truth of cessation.
The two vehicles take only the Dharma medicine of the four truths, treat their own illnesses of views and thought, and leave birth and death themselves; they are not yet skilled in distinguishing the illnesses and medicines of sentient beings. A bodhisattva who would become a great king of physicians must examine varied pulses, identify varied illnesses, master varied medicines, and know varied differences among illnesses. On this basis the bodhisattva arouses many kinds of compassion, practices many practices, perfections, and factors of the path, accomplishes many kinds of sentient beings, and purifies many buddha-lands. The details are as explained in the Mohe Zhiguan. This is called wisdom of the immeasurable four truths.
Wisdom of the Non-Constructed Four Truths
Wisdom of the non-constructed four truths first establishes the truths through the conditions of understanding and delusion. The Great Sutra says that a jewel was always within a person’s body, but the person thought it lost and therefore grieved and wept. Seeing only the body and wound, not the jewel or mirror, the person had sorrow and grief without joy. This is losing the path and cessation and thereby giving rise to suffering and arising.
When one understands that the substance of the wound is the jewel, one rejoices and no longer weeps. Fundamental ignorance is extinguished, and the bright lamp of awakening is lit. This is understanding the conditions of awakening, namely, path and cessation. Path and cessation are immediately suffering and arising; suffering and arising are immediately path and cessation. The four truths are thus not four mutually isolated entities.
Since four is not a fixed four, the immeasurable is not a fixed immeasurable. Since immeasurable is not fixed as immeasurable, the provisional is not fixed as provisional. Since the provisional is not fixed as provisional, emptiness is not fixed as empty. Not only is emptiness unobtainable in immediate emptiness; the provisional is also unobtainable in immediate provisional existence. The extremes of empty and provisional perish simultaneously, one directly enters the middle way, and quiescence and illumination flow together.
The meaning of the Large Prajñāpāramitā is that the knowledge of all modes is the mark of quiescent cessation. Knowing every kind, category of practice, and appearance is called the knowledge of all modes. The mark of quiescent cessation blocks and extinguishes both extremes; knowing every category and appearance lets both flow and illuminate. With no contriving mind, quiescent illumination naturally knows clearly. It is therefore called inconceivable and is wisdom of the non-constructed four truths.
The Great Sutra says that there is no suffering and no truth, yet there is the real; there are no arising, path, or cessation and no truth, yet there is the real. “The real” means the middle way, Tathāgata, empty space, and buddha-nature. Contemplating in this way gives rise to objectless compassion, which removes suffering at the extremes of emptiness and existence and gives the happiness of the middle way.
Cultivated form is neither pure nor impure, but immediately empty, provisionally existent, and the middle, falling into neither withered nor flourishing. Cessation is taught in the middle, with every factor of the path fully present. Universally relinquishing dependent and primary recompenses throughout the ten Dharma realms is giving. Path-born discipline of the middle way reaching the other shore of śīla is discipline. Abiding in the forbearance of quiescent cessation, undisturbed by either extreme, is forbearance. Not being interrupted by the two extremes is firm and powerful diligence. Entering the king samādhi and abiding in the Śūraṅgama is concentration. Prajñā of the true mark is wisdom. Functioning skillfully without deliberation is skillful means. The self with eight sovereignties is power. Indeterminate transformation-of-transformation dhyāna is vow. Attaining the three wisdoms within one mind is knowledge.
Each pāramitā fully possesses all ten pāramitās and every buddha-dharma. One practice is immeasurable practices, and immeasurable practices are one practice. This is the Tathāgata’s practice and wisdom of the non-constructed four truths.
Section Seven · The Ground of Fearlessness and the Twenty-Five Samādhis
While cultivating this wisdom, one abides on the ground of fearlessness, namely, the first ground of joy, and leaves five fears: fear for one’s livelihood, fear of bad reputation, fear of death, fear of bad destinies, and fear of the imposing power of assemblies.
The Great Sutra says that not fearing desire, anger, or delusion shows that the three poisons are absent within. Being free of the eight winds without removes fear of bad reputation. Not fearing hell shows freedom from fear of bad destinies. Not fearing śramaṇas or brahmans shows freedom from fear of the imposing power of assemblies. Seeing the middle way removes fear of the two kinds of death. Establishing the constant life of wisdom of the true mark removes fear for one’s livelihood.
Entering this ground, one fully possesses the twenty-five samādhis, breaks the twenty-five modes of existence, and reveals self-nature within them. Self-nature is real nature, and real nature is buddha-nature. One thereby opens the Buddha’s knowing-and-seeing, gives rise to the real middle way, cuts off delusion of fundamental ignorance, and reveals the true and responsive bodies. Responding according to causes and conditions, one can manifest bodies of the ten Dharma realms in a hundred buddha-worlds, enter the wisdom ground of the buddhas of the three periods, and benefit both oneself and others. This is a genuine great celebration and is therefore called the ground of joy.
This ground fully possesses the four virtues of permanence, happiness, self, and purity. Breaking the afflictions of the twenty-five modes of existence is called purity. Breaking their karma is called self. Not receiving their recompense is called happiness. No longer undergoing their birth and death is called permanence. This is exactly what it means for buddha-nature to become manifest.
The Bodhisattvabhūmi Sūtra says that when knowledge of no-self is cultivated and perception of self does not arise, how could craving for self or the necessities of life remain? One therefore leaves fear for one’s livelihood. Seeking nothing from others and constantly benefiting all sentient beings, one leaves fear of bad reputation. Giving rise to no thought of either views or perceptions of self, one leaves fear of death. Knowing that after this life’s end one will certainly meet buddhas and bodhisattvas, one leaves fear of bad destinies. Contemplating that no one in the world equals oneself, much less surpasses oneself, one leaves fear of assemblies. The Ten Stages Scripture gives the same explanation.
The Treatise on the Ten Stages explains that the first fear relies on body, the second on speech, the third and fourth on body, and the fifth on mind. Livelihood depends on the various necessities the body requires; because these support life, they are called means of subsistence, and to subsist is to live. This speaks from the cause of the future result, and the bodhisattva no longer has this fear. Names and speech gain and lose through the mouth. A bodhisattva guards reputation not for gain and does not inwardly hope for the respect of others, and therefore has no fear of bad reputation. The fifth relies on mind and is readily understood. The third and fourth rely on body: not coveting good destinies or hating bad ones, one has neither craving nor aversion toward the body and therefore has no fear of bad destinies; having neither craving nor aversion toward the body, one also has no fear of death.
Guanding here appends three rounds of explanation. The first says that not fearing desire and the others shows destruction of the non-constructed truth of arising; not fearing bad destinies shows destruction of the non-constructed truth of suffering; not fearing assemblies shows establishment of the non-constructed truth of the path; and lacking fear for one’s livelihood and fear of death shows that seeing buddha-nature attains permanence and establishes the non-constructed truth of cessation.
The second round says that when the twenty-five modes of existence are broken, existence can contain the result. Since existence is broken, the truth of arising is broken; since the result is broken, the truth of suffering is broken. Attaining the twenty-five samādhis establishes the truth of the path. Seeing self-nature within the twenty-five modes of existence—and self-nature is buddha-nature—establishes the truth of cessation.
The third round says that breaking the twenty-five modes of existence leaves no afflictions, which is the virtue of purity. Breaking their results leaves no suffering, which is the virtue of permanence. Attaining the twenty-five samādhis is the virtue of happiness. Seeing self-nature within the twenty-five modes is the virtue of self. The four virtues become clearly manifest here.
From this point, Zhiyi’s lecture resumes to explain the names of the twenty-five samādhis.
The twenty-five samādhis are named according to the four siddhāntas. First, names follow current inclinations, like a person with many children giving each one a separate name so the siblings are not confused. Each of the twenty-five samādhis likewise has a name so conventional speech remains orderly; none may be grasped as a fixed entity. Second, each samādhi is named according to the skillful means of its doctrinal meaning and the reason for that meaning. Third, each is named according to its corresponding concrete affair and primary counteragent. Fourth, although truth is originally nameless, words are skillfully established in accordance with truth. Although four meanings are present, most of the twenty-five names follow counteragent and principle.
In general, each of the twenty-five samādhis has four layers: first, identify the faults of the corresponding mode of life; second, explain the qualities of the present dharma; third, combine practices to accomplish samādhi; fourth, compassionately break the corresponding mode of life. All twenty-five passages follow this pattern.
Hells, Animals, Hungry Ghosts, and Asuras
First, hell existence is broken through the stainless samādhi. Hells are the site of the most defiled recompense. The causes of that recompense are also defilements: evil karma, views and thought, dust-like ignorance, and fundamental ignorance. This first sees the faults.
To break these defilements, a bodhisattva cultivates the fundamental discipline explained above, breaking the defilement of evil karma; cultivates the liberations and other concentrations, suppressing views and thought; cultivates arising-and-ceasing and non-arising wisdom, breaking views and thought; cultivates immeasurable wisdom, breaking dust-like ignorance; and cultivates non-constructed wisdom, breaking fundamental ignorance. These are qualities of the present dharma.
When the defilements of views and thought are broken, the samādhi of the real truth is accomplished. When evil karma and dust-like ignorance are broken, the samādhi of the conventional truth is accomplished. When fundamental ignorance is broken, the king samādhi of the middle way is accomplished. This combines practices to accomplish samādhi.
When bodhisattvas break the defilements of hell for themselves, every practice contains compassionate vows that invisibly perfume the Dharma realm. If sentient beings in hell have conditions corresponding to this compassion, the bodhisattva can go there to respond without moving from Dharma-nature, through the power of the king samādhi. Like Vasu and Devadatta, the bodhisattva manifests a suitable body and teaches a suitable Dharma. Those with capacities for wholesome cultivation receive the compassion within discipline and are enabled to leave suffering and attain happiness. Those with capacities for emptiness receive the compassion within arising-and-ceasing, non-arising, and other wisdoms and attain the real truth. Those with capacities for the provisional receive the compassion within immeasurable wisdom and attain the conventional truth. Those with capacities for the middle receive the compassion within non-constructed wisdom and attain the king samādhi. The bodhisattva was already stainless and now also makes others stainless, and this is therefore called the stainless samādhi. The passages below all follow these four layers, which need not be repeated in full every time.
Second, animal existence is broken through the nonretrogression samādhi. Animals lack shame and retreat from good destinies. There is retreat caused by evil karma, retreat caused by views and thought, retreat caused by dust-like ignorance, and retreat caused by fundamental ignorance. To break every retreat, a bodhisattva cultivates discipline to break retreat through evil karma, concentration to suppress retreat through views and thought, arising-and-ceasing and non-arising wisdom to break retreat through views and thought, immeasurable wisdom to break retreat through dust-like ignorance, and non-constructed wisdom to break retreat through fundamental ignorance.
When views and thought are broken, nonretrogression in stage is attained and the samādhi of the real truth is accomplished. When evil karma and dust-like ignorance are broken, nonretrogression in practice is attained and the samādhi of the conventional truth is accomplished. When fundamental ignorance is broken, nonretrogression in thought is attained and the samādhi of the middle way is accomplished. All practices cultivated before contained compassionate vows invisibly perfuming the Dharma realm. If beings in the animal destiny have conditions corresponding to compassion, the bodhisattva goes there without moving from Dharma-nature through the king samādhi and manifests the suitable bodies of dragons, elephants, duo birds, great vultures, and the like, teaching the corresponding Dharma.
Those with capacities for wholesome cultivation receive the compassionate response of discipline and concentration and are enabled to leave suffering and attain happiness. Those with capacities for emptiness receive the compassion of arising-and-ceasing and non-arising wisdom and are led out of existence into emptiness, accomplishing the samādhi of the real truth. Those with capacities for the provisional receive the compassion of immeasurable wisdom and are led out of emptiness into the provisional, accomplishing the samādhi of the conventional truth. Those with capacities for the middle receive the compassion of non-constructed wisdom and are led away from the extremes into the middle, accomplishing the king samādhi. The bodhisattva neither regresses nor allows others to regress and is therefore said to possess the nonretrogression samādhi.
Third, hungry-ghost existence is broken through the mind-joy samādhi. Hungry ghosts constantly suffer evil karma’s intense hunger and thirst, afflictions of views and thought, dark obstruction by adventitious dust, and the root suffering of fundamental ignorance. To break these sufferings, a bodhisattva cultivates the preceding discipline to break suffering from evil karma, concentration to suppress suffering from views and thought, arising-and-ceasing and non-arising wisdom to break suffering from views and thought, immeasurable wisdom to break suffering from dust-like ignorance, and non-constructed wisdom to break suffering from fundamental ignorance.
When suffering from views and thought is broken, the unconditioned mind-joy samādhi is accomplished. When suffering from evil karma and dust-like ignorance is broken, the samādhi of the joy of broad learning and discernment is accomplished. When suffering from fundamental ignorance is broken, the samādhi of permanent happiness is accomplished. Compassion cultivated in the original practices invisibly perfumes the Dharma realm. If beings in the hungry-ghost destiny have conditions corresponding to compassion, the bodhisattva goes there without moving from Dharma-nature through the king samādhi, manifests a corresponding body, and teaches a corresponding Dharma.
Those with capacities for wholesome cultivation receive a compassionate response through discipline, and fragrant milk flows from the bodhisattva’s hand to satisfy them. Those with capacities for emptiness receive the compassion of arising-and-ceasing and non-arising wisdom and reach the shore of the unconditioned. Those with capacities for the provisional receive the compassion of immeasurable wisdom and play throughout the five destinies. Those with capacities for the middle receive the compassion of non-constructed wisdom, purify the roots of the three poisons—desire, anger, and delusion—and accomplish the buddha path without doubt. The bodhisattva attains joy and also enables others to attain joy. It is therefore called the mind-joy samādhi.
Fourth, asura existence is broken through the gladness samādhi. Asuras abound in suspicion and fear. There is suspicion and fear from evil karma, from views and thought, from dust-like ignorance, and from fundamental ignorance. To break them, a bodhisattva cultivates all practices: discipline breaks suspicion and fear from evil karma; concentration suppresses those from views and thought; arising-and-ceasing and non-arising wisdom break those from views and thought; immeasurable wisdom breaks those from dust-like ignorance; and non-constructed wisdom breaks those from fundamental ignorance.
When views and thought are broken, the samādhi of joy in the Dharma of emptiness is accomplished. When evil karma and dust-like ignorance are broken, the samādhi in which all sentient beings rejoice on seeing one is accomplished. When fundamental ignorance is broken, the king samādhi of joy is accomplished. The original practices and compassionate vows invisibly perfume the Dharma realm. If asuras have conditions corresponding to compassion, the bodhisattva goes there without moving from Dharma-nature through the king samādhi, manifests a corresponding body, and teaches a corresponding Dharma.
Those with capacities for wholesome cultivation receive the compassionate response of the disciplinary body and are freed from fear due to evil karma. Those with capacities for emptiness receive the compassion of arising-and-ceasing and non-arising wisdom and are freed from fear due to views and thought. Those with capacities for the provisional receive the compassion of immeasurable wisdom and are freed from fear due to ignorance of particulars. Those with capacities for the middle receive the compassion of non-constructed wisdom and are freed from fear due to fundamental ignorance. The bodhisattva realizes the three kinds of gladness and also frees others from the three fears. It is therefore called the gladness samādhi. The names above are primarily established according to their counteragents.
The Four Continents and the Dhyāna Realms of the Gods
Fifth, existence in eastern Pūrvavideha is broken through the sunlight samādhi. The morning sun rises in the east, so the name is skillfully established from that fact. The sun represents the light of wisdom that illuminates and breaks delusion. People in the eastern continent have darkness of evil karma, views and thought, dust-like ignorance, and fundamental ignorance. To illuminate and remove every darkness, the bodhisattva cultivates the light of discipline to break the darkness of evil karma, the streaming light of concentration to suppress the darkness of views and thought, the light of knowledge of all to break views and thought, the light of knowledge of paths to break dust-like ignorance, and the light of the knowledge of all modes to break fundamental ignorance.
When darkness of views and thought is broken, the sunlight samādhi of knowledge of all is accomplished. When darkness of dust-like ignorance is broken, the sunlight samādhi of knowledge of paths is accomplished. When darkness of fundamental ignorance is broken, the sunlight samādhi of the knowledge of all modes is accomplished. Original practices and compassionate vows invisibly perfume the Dharma realm. If beings in Pūrvavideha have conditions corresponding to compassion, the bodhisattva goes there without moving from Dharma-nature through the king samādhi, manifests a body, and teaches the Dharma. Those with capacities for wholesome cultivation receive the compassion of discipline and escape the darkness of evil karma. Those with capacities for emptiness receive the compassion of arising-and-ceasing and non-arising wisdom and escape the darkness of views and thought. Those with capacities for the provisional receive immeasurable compassion and escape the darkness of ignorance of particulars. Those with capacities for the middle receive non-constructed compassion and escape the darkness of fundamental ignorance. The bodhisattva breaks darkness for self and others and is therefore said to possess the sunlight samādhi.
Sixth, existence in western Aparagodānīya is broken through the moonlight samādhi. The moon first appears in the west at evening, and the name is likewise skillfully established from this fact. The moon also illuminates and breaks darkness. Its remaining qualities, accomplishment of concentration, and responsive transformation are understood according to the sunlight samādhi.
Seventh, existence in northern Uttarakuru is broken through the blazing-heat samādhi. The north is a dark and cold place where hard-frozen ice is difficult to melt; without fierce, blazing heat, it can never melt. People in the northern continent firmly grasp no-self and are difficult to transform; without the blaze of wisdom and a mind without mine, they can never be liberated.
The no-mine they grasp is still a deluded construction; self-nature personal self, dharma-self, and thusness-self remain. To break these selves, the bodhisattva cultivates arising-and-ceasing and non-arising wisdom to break the self-nature personal self, immeasurable wisdom to break dharma-self, and non-constructed wisdom to break thusness-self. Attaining emptiness of persons accomplishes the wisdom-blaze of the real truth. Attaining emptiness of dharmas accomplishes the wisdom-blaze of the conventional truth. Attaining emptiness of thusness accomplishes the wisdom-blaze of the middle way.
Original compassion invisibly perfumes the Dharma realm. If beings in Uttarakuru have conditions corresponding to compassion, the bodhisattva goes there without moving from Dharma-nature through the king samādhi, manifests a body, and teaches the Dharma. Those with capacities for wholesome cultivation receive the compassion of discipline and escape the deludedly constructed no-self. Those with capacities for emptiness receive the compassion of arising-and-ceasing and non-arising wisdom and escape the self-nature self. Those with capacities for the provisional receive immeasurable compassion and escape dharma-self. Those with capacities for the middle receive non-constructed compassion and escape thusness-self. The bodhisattva breaks the deluded self for self and others and is therefore said to possess the blazing-heat samādhi.
Eighth, existence in southern Jambudvīpa is broken through the illusion-like samādhi. Recompense in the southern continent is complex and uncertain in lifespan and other matters, like an illusion. Mind conjures karma, views and thought, ignorance of particulars, and fundamental ignorance.
To break every illusion, the bodhisattva conjures non-constructed discipline from the keeping of discipline and breaks the illusions of affliction and karma; conjures the liberations from concentration; conjures the uncontaminated from arising-and-ceasing and non-arising wisdom; conjures the contaminated from immeasurable wisdom; and conjures what is neither contaminated nor uncontaminated from non-constructed wisdom. When the illusion of views and thought is broken, the illusion of the real truth is accomplished. When the illusion of ignorance of particulars is broken, the illusion of the conventional truth is accomplished. When the illusion of fundamental ignorance is broken, the illusion of the middle way is accomplished. Thus the scripture says that the Tathāgata is a great illusionist.
If sentient beings in Jambudvīpa have conditions corresponding to the vows, the bodhisattva responds according to stimulus through original compassion. Breaking every illusion oneself and also accomplishing for others the corresponding function of illusory transformation is called the illusion-like samādhi. The remaining four layers are as above.
Ninth, existence among the Four Heavenly Kings is broken through the immovable samādhi. The Four Heavenly Kings guard the lands and travel through the world; they have movement as karmic recompense and movement of views and thought, dust-like ignorance, and fundamental ignorance. The bodhisattva cultivates all practices, breaks every movement, and accomplishes samādhi. Vows perfume others; when sentient beings’ conditions evoke a response, original compassion enables them to break the four movements and accomplish the three kinds of immovability—empty, provisional, and middle. It is therefore called the immovable samādhi. Details follow the preceding pattern.
Tenth, existence in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three is broken through the difficult-to-subdue samādhi. This is the highest of the earth-dwelling heavens. Its recompense is difficult to subdue, and it also has views and thought, dust-like ignorance, and fundamental ignorance that are difficult to subdue. The bodhisattva cultivates all practices, goes beyond them, breaks the various things difficult to subdue, and personally accomplishes samādhi. Vows also perfume others. When conditions are present, original compassion enables others to realize it, and it is therefore called the difficult-to-subdue samādhi. The rest is as above.
Eleventh, existence in Yāma Heaven is broken through the pleasing samādhi. This heaven dwells in space and has no combat with blades or clubs, and is therefore called pleasing. Yet this is only the pleasantness of recompense; it does not possess pleasure in immovable karma, uncontaminated wisdom, knowledge of paths, or wisdom of the middle way. To break every displeasure, the bodhisattva cultivates all practices and accomplishes the pleasing samādhis of the three truths. Vows perfume the Dharma realm; when sentient beings have conditions, original compassion brings pleasure to their minds. It is therefore called the pleasing samādhi. The rest is as above.
Twelfth, existence in Tuṣita Heaven is broken through the blue samādhi. Tripiṭaka Master Paramārtha said that this heaven’s recompense delights in blue: palaces, clothes, objects of play, and everything else are blue. To break every blue, the bodhisattva cultivates ultimate meaning. Ultimate meaning is neither blue, yellow, red, nor white, yet can manifest blue, yellow, red, and white. Ultimate meaning is neither discipline, concentration, nor wisdom, yet can fully possess discipline, concentration, and wisdom.
Discipline breaks the blue of recompense; arising-and-ceasing and non-arising wisdom break the blue of views and thought. Seeing the real while not being real, seeing the provisional while not being provisional, and seeing the middle while not being the middle follow the same pattern. When the three blue obstructions are broken, the bodhisattva personally accomplishes the three-blue samādhis of real, conventional, and middle; responsive accomplishment of others’ samādhis is understood according to the preceding examples.
Thirteenth, the yellow samādhi breaks existence in Nirmāṇarati Heaven. Fourteenth, the red samādhi breaks existence in Paranirmitavaśavartin Heaven. Fifteenth, the white samādhi breaks existence in the first dhyāna. All three take color names first from their corresponding recompenses; yellow and red can be understood from the general meaning of the blue samādhi.
In the white samādhi, the first dhyāna is called white because it has left the five desires. Because it has not yet left initial and sustained thought, black remains. There are also the blacknesses of views and thought, dust-like ignorance, and fundamental ignorance. To break every blackness, the bodhisattva cultivates all white practices, personally accomplishes the samādhis of the three truths, and accomplishes samādhi for others, as explained above.
Sixteenth, the manifold samādhi breaks existence as King Brahmā. King Brahmā rules a great-thousand world-system containing many kinds of sentient beings. This is merely the manifold of recompense and has not yet seen manifold emptiness, provisional existence, or middle. The bodhisattva breaks these manifolds, cultivates manifold practices of the three truths, personally accomplishes the manifold samādhi, and accomplishes the manifold samādhi for others, as above.
Seventeenth, existence in the second dhyāna is broken through the paired samādhi. Only the second dhyāna has the two unique factors of inner purity and joy; the other factors are shared with the other dhyānas, making the pair of recompense. It has not yet seen paired emptiness, provisional existence, or middle. Breaking, cultivation, personal accomplishment, and accomplishment for others all follow the preceding pattern.
Eighteenth, existence in the third dhyāna is broken through the thunder-sound samādhi. The pleasure of the third dhyāna is deepest, and beings sink into it like fish beneath ice or insects hibernating in winter. First there is attachment to the pleasure of recompense; there is also attachment to the pleasures of emptiness, provisional existence, and the middle. To awaken all attachment to pleasure, the bodhisattva cultivates thunder-sound practice. The rest is as above.
Nineteenth, existence in the fourth dhyāna is broken through the pouring-rain samādhi. The fourth dhyāna is like the earth, fully holding many seeds. Without rain, sprouts cannot grow. Every wholesome root is present within the fourth dhyāna, including karmic seeds and seeds of the three truths. The bodhisattva cultivates rain of every practice and personally gives rise to samādhi, then follows capacities through compassion and enables others to give rise to samādhi.
Twentieth, existence in the Heaven of Nonperception is broken through the space-like samādhi. What non-Buddhists attain is not truly empty, but they deludedly regard it as nirvāṇa. They regard recompense as nonempty and do not know that the real, conventional, and middle truths all avoid annihilative nothingness. The bodhisattva cultivates every empty and pure practice, accomplishing it for self and others.
Twenty-first, existence in the Nonreturners’ Heavens is broken through the mirror-illumination samādhi. These are uncontaminated noble heavens. Although they attain pure form, it remains only the pure form of recompense. They have not exhausted form as immediately empty, like a mirror not completely bright; do not know form as immediately provisional, like a mirror not yet reflecting images; and do not know form as immediately the middle, like not yet penetrating the perfection of the mirror’s substance. The rest is as above.
Twenty-second, existence in the sphere of space is broken through the unobstructed samādhi. This concentration leaves the cage of the form realm and is unobstructed only in recompense, not yet possessing the nonobstruction of the empty, provisional, and middle truths. The rest is as above.
Twenty-third, existence in the sphere of consciousness is broken through the permanence samādhi. This concentration regards the uninterrupted continuity of consciousness as permanent. This is only the permanence of concentrated recompense, not the unconditioned permanence of the real truth, the permanence of transformative function in the conventional truth, or permanence and happiness in the middle way. The rest is as above.
Twenty-fourth, existence in the “sphere of non-use” (不用處) is broken through the happiness samādhi. This sphere is like delusion and is therefore suffering; even the suffering of fundamental ignorance is present. The bodhisattva breaks it through the happiness of the three truths. The rest is as above.
Twenty-fifth, existence in the sphere of neither perception nor nonperception is broken through the self samādhi. The highest heaven regards its own state as the recompense of nirvāṇa, yet subtle afflictions remain and prevent sovereignty, continuing through the lack of sovereignty of fundamental ignorance. The bodhisattva cultivates to break it and attains the true self, a self conforming to convention, and the self of permanence and happiness. The rest is as above.
Why Are All Twenty-Five Called Kings of Samādhis?
All twenty-five are called samādhi because samādhi straightens and regulates the mind and makes concentration secure and correct. The real truth straightens through emptiness and the uncontaminated; emerging into the provisional straightens by corresponding with capacities; the middle way straightens by stopping the extremes of emptiness and existence. Thus each possesses the three truths and is generally called samādhi.
They are also called kings because the straightening of emptiness and provisional existence cannot yet be called king. The two vehicles’ entry into emptiness and the bodhisattva’s emergence into the provisional do not make a Dharma king; only the middle way’s straightening is king. Every samādhi possesses the middle way and is therefore called a king.
The Great Sutra calls the twenty-five samādhis kings of samādhis, showing their supreme position. It also says that when one enters such a samādhi, all samādhis enter within it, showing the breadth of their substance. Their capacity to respond to sentient beings throughout the twenty-five modes of existence shows their far-reaching function.
The ground of fearlessness fully possesses the varied powers and functions of the twenty-five samādhis. One can place Mount Sumeru inside a mustard seed without harming the trees and place the ocean inside a pore without disturbing turtles or fish. Though physically in hell, body and mind feel no pain. Transforming, appearing, and disappearing freely, reaching distant places without leaving Dharma-nature, precisely reveal the wondrous meaning. This power exists only after noble practice in wisdom is accomplished.
Someone asks: breaking the twenty-five modes of existence through samādhi is originally wording from the Nirvāṇa Sūtra. Why may it be used to explain the Lotus Sūtra?
The answer is that Fascicle Three of the Lotus Sūtra says that the Dharma king who breaks existence appears in the world and teaches the Dharma according to the desires of sentient beings. The four meanings—world, persons, counteraction, and ultimate meaning—are plainly all present. The Nirvāṇa Sūtra speaks of a bodhisattva breaking existence, while this scripture speaks of a Dharma king breaking existence, making the meaning still clearer. Noble practice in wisdom ends here.
Section Eight · Brahmā Practice: Removing Suffering and Giving Happiness through Objectless Compassion
Second is brahmā practice. Brahmā means pure. Attaining realization apart from craving and views at the extremes of emptiness and existence is called purity. Giving this pure Dharma to sentient beings and removing their suffering is objectless kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity.
With the mind of great nirvāṇa, a bodhisattva cultivates noble practice, attains the ground of fearlessness, and fully possesses the unrestricted great functions of the twenty-five samādhis. Only this compassion is true brahmā practice. It is not the four immeasurable minds cultivated by Brahmā gods of the form realm, nor the compassion based on sentient beings and dharmas cultivated in the Tripiṭaka and Shared Teachings. When all practices are perfumed by this kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity, no practice remains unaccomplished.
The Great Sutra says that if someone asks what is the root of all wholesome dharmas, one should answer that kindness is the root. Because kindness is the root of every practice, it is called brahmā practice. In the language of the Perfect Teaching, the Great Sutra further says that kindness is the Tathāgata and kindness is buddha-nature. Kindness that does not possess the Buddha’s ten powers, four fearlessnesses, and thirty-two marks is only a śrāvaka’s kindness. Kindness possessing them all is the Tathāgata’s kindness. Such kindness is the great collection of dharmas and great nirvāṇa. Its power is vast and profound and possesses every adornment of merit; it is therefore called brahmā practice.
Section Nine · Heavenly Practice: Ultimate Principle Becoming Realized Practice
Third is heavenly practice. Ultimate meaning is called heaven because it is natural principle. Before cultivation, heaven is principle. During cultivation, practice is formed from principle. After cultivation, practice reveals principle. Here, practice formed from principle during cultivation is taken and called heavenly practice.
Although a bodhisattva has entered the first ground, the bodhisattva should not remain there, because attainment is still present. The bodhisattva continues to cultivate the wisdom of the ten grounds above; ten levels give rise to the wisdom of real cultivation. Practice formed from principle is called heavenly practice. Heavenly practice is the adornment of wisdom. Noble and heavenly practices seek the buddha path above; brahmā, illness, and infant practices transform sentient beings below.
Section Ten · Infant and Illness Practices: Kindness Shares the Good, Compassion Shares Illness
Fourth is infant practice. As a bodhisattva’s merit and wisdom gradually grow, the true mark becomes increasingly manifest. Even without deliberately contriving benefit for sentient beings, two kinds of benefit—hidden and manifest—arise naturally. The power of heavenly practice brings hidden benefit; the power of brahmā practice brings manifest benefit. Although sentient beings may already have capacities consisting of slight wholesome roots, without a bodhisattva’s development those roots still cannot grow.
The power of wholesome roots of kindness is like a magnet attracting iron. A bodhisattva softens radiance, shares the dust, and performs beneficial practices, allowing sentient beings to see the bodhisattva beginning with them as a beginner. The bodhisattva first manifests as cultivating the five precepts and ten wholesome acts in common, attaining human and heavenly recompense, and performing a small good like a willow leaf. The bodhisattva then manifests as cultivating the two hundred and fifty precepts, contemplating, refining, perfuming, and cultivating, the four truths, twelve links of conditioned arising, and thirty-seven factors in common with the infant practice of the two vehicles. The bodhisattva manifests as cultivating the six perfections over three incalculable eons, cultivating the marks for a hundred eons, and gently subduing afflictions in common with the small goods of a Tripiṭaka Teaching bodhisattva cultivating the six perfections. The bodhisattva manifests form as immediately empty and as neither arising nor ceasing, in common with the Shared Teaching’s small goods; and separately successive stages and a resemblance of the middle way, in common with the Distinct Teaching’s small goods.
All this is the power of the mind of kindness. The bodhisattva stoops to become the same as each kind of beginner and supports and guides them to accomplishment. Giving happiness through kindness gives rise to infant practice.
The Great Sutra says that an infant can pronounce the great syllables, namely ba and he. This means seeking buddhahood while sharing the small practices of the six perfections; they are therefore called great syllables. It further says that an infant does not see such marks as day and night or close and distant relations. This shares the Shared Teaching bodhisattva’s meaning of form as immediately empty. It also says that an infant cannot perform great or small affairs: great affairs are the five heinous deeds, while small affairs are the mind of the two vehicles. This shares the Distinct Teaching. The Distinct Teaching does not abide in birth and death and therefore has no five heinous deeds; it does not abide in nirvāṇa and therefore has no Lesser Vehicle mind.
The scripture also says that parents use a yellow willow leaf to quiet an infant. This shares the infant practice of the five precepts and ten wholesome acts among humans and gods. It says that what is not the path is taught as the path because it can produce a slight condition for the path. This shares the infant practice of the two vehicles. The power of wholesome roots of kindness can emerge into the provisional to transform sentient beings, manifest the same varied skillful means of small goods, and then lead them into Buddha-wisdom, becoming the Perfect Teaching’s infant practice. The scripture further says that an infant cannot rise or remain, come or go, or speak. The rest is as taught in the scripture. Judging the coarse and wondrous and opening the coarse to reveal the wondrous in infant practice are also understood according to the preceding pattern.
Fifth is illness practice, arising from objectless great compassion. As soon as sentient beings begin to produce a small good, the bodhisattva has a corresponding illness practice. Sharing sentient beings’ production of the good is here called infant practice; sharing their afflictions is called illness practice. Because sentient beings are ill, great compassion perfumes the mind, and the bodhisattva therefore says, “I too am ill.”
Sometimes a bodhisattva plays in hell, takes the form of an animal, or transforms into a hungry ghost. These share the illness of sentient beings’ evil karma, as Devadatta and others manifest. The bodhisattva also manifests parents, spouse, and children; undergoes the iron lance and horse fodder; asks for clothing when a cold wind blows; and asks for milk during a fever. These manifest the illnesses of affliction, karma, birth, aging, illness, and death that occur among humans and gods.
The bodhisattva further manifests using thirty-four moments of mind to sever the bonds at the place of awakening, sharing the illness of views and thought of the two vehicles, drawing near through skillful means, and urging diligent work. Bodhisattvas of the Tripiṭaka and Shared Teachings do the same. The bodhisattva also shares the Distinct Teaching’s place of quiescent cessation and its initial severing of dust-like and fundamental ignorance. The bodhisattva therefore universally shares the various illnesses of sentient beings, pervades the Dharma realm, and benefits them. The sequential five practices end here.
Section Eleven · How the Grounds Realized by the Sequential Five Practices Interpenetrate
Someone asks: noble practice realizes three grounds and brahmā practice two. Why are separate realized grounds not taught for heavenly, illness, and infant practices?
The answer is that noble and brahmā practices are cultivated causes, and so the grounds they realize must be stated. Heavenly practice is itself precisely what is realized. Illness and infant practices arise from the fruit as responsive transformation, and so no separate grounds of realization are taught.
Another explanation is that when the scripture reveals the meaning of the Distinct Teaching, each practice separately enters realization before the grounds. When it reveals the Perfect Teaching, entry into the grounds is one shared realization. It is not that the perfect is entirely uncultivated before the grounds or that distinction is entirely absent after entering a ground. The two sides illuminate one another and make understanding easier, so no fuller explanation is given.
When distinction is revealed before the grounds, practice in discipline realizes the ground of immovability as it advances from shallow to deep; practice in concentration realizes the ground of forbearance; and practice in wisdom realizes the ground of fearlessness. After entry into a ground, the three grounds do not remain permanently separate. At entry, one is unmoved by either extreme and is called the ground of immovability. Receiving the Buddha-Dharma above and bearing sentient beings below is called the ground of forbearance. Being sovereign in both birth and death and nirvāṇa is called the ground of fearlessness.
The ground of fearlessness is named from the virtue of self, the ground of forbearance from happiness, and the ground of immovability from permanence; the virtue of purity extends through all three. On the day of entry into a ground, the four virtues of permanence, happiness, self, and purity are accomplished simultaneously without increase or decrease. Their division into three grounds is only required by the method of teaching, like the story of three in the morning and four at night: the numbers differ in speech, but what is gained does not.
After entry, every ground has self-practice and self-realization. Self-practice is cultivation of heavenly practice; self-realization is realization of heavenly practice. No separate ground is therefore taught for heavenly practice. Transforming others before the grounds is called brahmā practice. Kindness, compassion, and sympathetic joy are its concrete practices of transforming others, and their realization is the ground of the only child. Equanimity is its principial practice of transformation, and its realization is the ground of equality with emptiness. These two grounds are not completely separate either: compassion upon entry is called the only child, and compassion’s identity with substance is called equality with emptiness.
Every ground compassionately shares evil, which is called illness practice, and every ground kindly shares the good, which is called infant practice. The path realized is the same, so no separate grounds are taught. The qualities of buddhahood can only be reverently trusted; how could an unclear mind forcibly impose fixed distinctions upon them? This briefly answers the question.
Fahua Xuanyi, Fascicle Four, Part One ends here.
Fahua Xuanyi, Fascicle Four, Part Two, attributed as spoken by the Great Master Zhiyi of Tiantai.
Section Twelve · The Perfect Five Practices: Five Practices Complete in One Mind
The perfect five practices are as the Great Sutra teaches: there is one further practice that is the Tathāgata’s practice, namely, the Great Vehicle, great parinirvāṇa. The Great Vehicle is the perfect cause and nirvāṇa the perfect fruit. This one practice marks the Tathāgata’s practice, not the other six perfections or practices of the Shared and Distinct Teachings.
Although preceding practices were also called the Great Vehicle, they could not perfectly carry all. Although preceding attainments were also called nirvāṇa, something could still be said after passing the graph 茶 (cha); they were only bodhisattva practices and could not be called the Tathāgata’s one practice.
True perfect practice perfectly possesses the ten Dharma realms; one vehicle is every vehicle, and only then is it called the Great Vehicle. This is riding the Buddha Vehicle and is therefore called the Tathāgata’s practice. The meaning of the Great Treatise on the Perfection of Wisdom is that from the first arousal of resolve a bodhisattva constantly contemplates nirvāṇa while practicing the path. The meaning of the Large Prajñāpāramitā is that from the first arousal of resolve a bodhisattva practices, produces, and cultivates, and even when seated at the place of awakening still practices, produces, and cultivates. The ultimate and initial resolves do not differ. All these reveal the meaning of the Tathāgata’s practice.
The Lotus Sūtra teaches the Practices of Ease. Ease is nirvāṇa, the perfect fruit; practice is the perfect cause and shares nirvāṇa’s meaning, and it is therefore called the Tathāgata’s practice. Entering the Tathāgata’s room, putting on the Tathāgata’s robe, and sitting on the Tathāgata’s seat all speak of the Tathāgata in terms of a person, while nirvāṇa speaks in terms of a dharma. When the Dharma is explained in terms of the person, the Tathāgata is nirvāṇa. When the person is explained in terms of the Dharma, nirvāṇa is the Tathāgata. The two scriptures share the same meaning.
The Nirvāṇa Sūtra names the one Tathāgata practice but broadly explains the sequential five practices. The Lotus Sūtra marks the Practices of Ease and broadly explains perfect interfusion. Here the Lotus Sūtra is used to explain the perfect five practices.
When the five practices are complete without lack in one mind, they are called the Tathāgata’s practice. What the scripture calls adorning oneself with the Tathāgata’s adornment is perfect noble practice. The Tathāgata’s room is perfect brahmā practice. The Tathāgata’s seat is perfect heavenly practice. The Tathāgata’s robe has the two aspects of gentleness and forbearance: gentleness is perfect infant practice and forbearance perfect illness practice.
These five practices are the one practice of the true mark. One practice does not produce five other practices, and the five do not produce another one. They neither merge into a mass nor separate from one another. They are inconceivable and are therefore called the one-five practice.
How Adornment, Room, Seat, and Robe Become the Five Practices
Why is adornment called noble practice? The scripture says to keep the Buddha’s pure discipline; the Buddha’s discipline is perfect discipline. It also says to penetrate deeply the marks of offense and merit and illuminate the ten directions everywhere. Only seeing the true mark in offense as itself merit is called deep penetration. Leaving the ten disturbances through the mind of the true mark is all perfect discipline.
The scripture further says that the Buddha himself abides in the Great Vehicle and, in accord with the Dharma he has attained, is adorned by the power of concentration and wisdom. These are the Buddha’s adornments of concentration and wisdom and are therefore called the Buddha’s noble practice.
Why is the Tathāgata’s room called brahmā practice? Objectless compassion can serve as the support of the whole Dharma realm, like a magnet universally attracting iron, so that no sentient being fails to turn toward it. It further guides them through universal vows, supernormal powers, and wisdom and causes them to abide in this Dharma. The Tathāgata’s room is therefore brahmā practice.
Why is the Tathāgata’s seat called heavenly practice? Ultimate-meaning heaven is the wondrous principle of the true mark, the teacher of the buddhas and the shared dwelling of all tathāgatas. The scripture says to contemplate all dharmas as empty, neither moved nor regressing, and not to discriminate upper, middle, or lower dharmas, conditioned or unconditioned, real or unreal. The Tathāgata’s seat is therefore heavenly practice.
Why is the Tathāgata’s robe infant and illness practice? Forbearance simultaneously blocks the extremes of agitation and quiescence, while gentleness simultaneously illuminates the real and conventional truths. The scripture speaks of becoming lowly and enduring this matter, and of removing one’s jeweled necklace and putting on a worn and filthy garment; this shares illness practice. It also speaks of drawing near through skillful means; this shares infant practice.
It may also be contemplated in this way. Contemplating all ten Dharma realms as quiescent cessation is the Tathāgata’s seat and heavenly practice. Arousing compassion to remove suffering in nine Dharma realms and kindness to give happiness in one is brahmā practice. Illuminating the nature and marks of good through gentleness is infant practice; illuminating the nature and marks of evil is illness practice. Illuminating the nature and marks of good is also discipline, while being quiescent yet constantly illuminating is concentration and wisdom, namely, noble practice. Thus one mind illuminating the ten Dharma realms fully possesses the perfect five practices.
Five Practices in One Mind and Samādhis of the Three Truths
The five practices in one mind are also the samādhis of the three truths. Noble practice is the samādhi of the real truth. Brahmā, infant, and illness practices are the samādhi of the conventional truth. Heavenly practice is the king samādhi of the middle way.
The perfectly interfused three samādhis can also perfectly break the twenty-five modes of existence. Because they are immediately empty, they break evil karma, views, and thought in the twenty-five modes. Because they are immediately provisionally existent, they break ignorance of particulars. Because they are immediately the middle, they break fundamental ignorance. They are immediately one and three and three and one. One emptiness is all emptiness, one provisional existence all provisional existence, and one middle all middle. They are therefore called the Tathāgata’s practice.
Further, the Tathāgata’s room invisibly perfumes the Dharma realm. The power of wholesome roots of kindness does not move from the limit of reality yet softens radiance and shares the dust. Responding through the compassion of illness practice, it manifests various bodies, appearing deaf or mute, and teaches various dharmas, appearing mad or foolish. When sentient beings have capacities to produce wholesome roots, it responds through the compassion of infant practice and manifests the skillful means of ba and he, wooden oxen, and willow leaves.
When there is a capacity for entering emptiness, it compassionately responds through noble practice, manifesting one who carries a vessel of excrement and bears a fearful appearance. When there is a capacity for entering the provisional, it compassionately responds through brahmā practice. The power of wholesome roots of kindness sees corresponding events, from sitting on a lion throne with feet supported by a jeweled table to manifesting as a merchant traveling throughout other lands, coming and going in pursuit of benefit. There is nowhere it is absent.
When there is a capacity for entering the middle, it compassionately responds through heavenly practice, like a swift horse that sees the shadow of a whip and runs on a broad, straight road without stagnation or obstruction. Perfect response therefore has no fixed before or after, is neither simultaneous nor mutually separate, and teaches the nondiscriminating Dharma—that all dharmas from the beginning have always themselves borne the mark of quiescent cessation. It is also like the asura’s lute, which no fixed person plays yet which sounds in response to stimulus.
Gradual entry into the Perfect Teaching is as explained before; sudden entry is as explained here. After entry into the perfect, realization is equal and no longer differs. The power of wholesome roots of kindness lets those entering gradually or suddenly see corresponding teachings only to reveal the difference between the initial entrances of the Distinct and Perfect Teachings.
Illuminating the Perfect Five Practices Again through the Preceding Gates of Objects and Wisdom
The perfect five practices are also practices guided by wisdom of the four kinds of twelvefold conditioned arising. Purity of inconceivable consciousness, name-and-form, and the others is noble practice in discipline. Purity of formations, existence, and the others is noble practice in concentration. Purity of fundamental ignorance, craving, and the others is noble practice in wisdom. The quiescent cessation of the twelve links together with absence of the preceding three kinds of conditioned arising is heavenly practice. The capacity to share the cessation of the preceding three is infant practice, and the capacity to share their arising is illness practice.
The perfect five practices are also practices guided by wisdom of the four kinds of four truths. The path of the non-constructed is noble practice in discipline, concentration, and wisdom. Cessation of the non-constructed is heavenly practice. Removing suffering through compassion—removing four kinds of suffering and giving four kinds of happiness—is brahmā practice. Explained only through compassion, it is illness practice; explained only through kindness, infant practice.
The perfect five practices are also practices guided by wisdom of the seven kinds of two truths. Skillful means within the perfect real is noble practice, while the principle of the perfect real is heavenly practice. Compassion for seven kinds of conventional and kindness giving seven kinds of good is brahmā practice. Sharing the seven conventional is illness practice, and sharing the seven real is infant practice.
The perfect five practices are also practices guided by wisdom of the five kinds of three truths. Good within the conventional truth is noble practice in discipline. Dhyāna within the real truth is noble practice in concentration, and wisdom within the real truth is noble practice in wisdom. The truth of the middle is heavenly practice. Removing five kinds of conventional suffering and giving the happiness of five kinds of real and the middle is brahmā practice. Sharing the five conventional is illness practice; sharing the five real and the middle is infant practice.
The perfect five practices are also practices guided by wisdom of the one real truth. The one real truth has path-born discipline, concentration, and wisdom; these are noble practice. The one real object is heavenly practice. Compassion of identical substance spoken together is brahmā practice; kindness and compassion spoken separately are infant and illness practices.
Section Thirteen · Contemplating the Perfect Five Practices in Mind and the Final Question and Answer
The perfect practices explained above need not be sought far away; they are this present mind. The nature of ease is fully present in all dharmas. Contemplating the original nature of mind is called the highest concentration. Mind-nature is immediately empty, provisionally existent, and the middle. The five practices, three truths, and all buddha-dharmas are immediately fully present through mind.
Beginners who can already practice the Tathāgata’s practice in this way should be offered gifts as the Tathāgata is offered gifts. Whichever direction they travel, one should bow toward them; wherever they go, one should raise a stūpa for them, because they already possess the relic of the whole body. If this is so for the initial resolve, how much more for resembling understanding? How much more for entry into the stage of abiding?
The meaning of the Bodhisattvabhūmi Sūtra is that all dhyānas arise from self-nature dhyāna. All dhyānas are of three kinds. First is dhyāna of present-life happiness, which is empty wisdom of the true mark and the samādhi of the middle way. Second is dhyāna producing all lineage samāpattis, including the liberations, superior entries, and the like of the two vehicles; it is the samādhi of the real truth. Third is dhyāna benefiting sentient beings, which is the samādhi of the conventional truth.
Know that the five practices and three truths are fully accomplished in all dhyānas. This is the stage of partial realization at the first abode. Upon entering this stage, no dharma is not buddha-dharma. This is practice of the perfect mind; how could it share the meaning of the preceding sequential five practices? Sequential practice is coarse, while one practice possessing all practices is wondrous; this is relational wondrousness. When the coarse is opened to reveal the wondrous and no fixed coarse remains to serve as contrast, it is the absolute subtlety of practice.
Someone asks: the Lotus Sūtra has already opened the coarse and revealed the wondrous, and every coarse practice has entered the wondrous. Why does the Nirvāṇa Sūtra again teach the sequential five practices?
The answer is that the Lotus Sūtra broke attachment to provisional dharmas for people during the Buddha’s lifetime and brought them into the real. At that time no fixed coarse dharma remained, and the intent of the teaching was complete. The Nirvāṇa Sūtra, however, was taught for ordinary beings of the latter age. Their illnesses of views and thought are grave; they fixedly grasp the one real and revile skillful means. Although drinking ambrosia, they cannot immediately see the real within concrete affairs, and because they do not know how to take the medicine they injure their lives and die early. The Nirvāṇa Sūtra therefore supports discipline, concentration, and wisdom and reveals great nirvāṇa. Consequently, one who grasps the meaning of the Lotus Sūtra need not employ an additional sequence of practices in the Nirvāṇa Sūtra.
行妙先把一個常被分開的問題重新合起來:智慧既已見理,修行是否只是後續附加的工夫?本論的回答是,智慧如眼,行如足。只有足而沒有眼,步步都可能走偏;只有眼而沒有足,所見之處終究不能親到。妙行不是在妙智之外另造一條路,而是讓所知真正成為所行。
所以全章雖展開無數行門,脈絡始終沒有離開智與行的相資。數目可以從一增到不可說,教門可以有深淺,五行可以先次第後圓具;但判斷一行是否入妙,不在它名目多寡,而在它由何智引導、是否與所見實相相應。
〔科一〕行多如塵沙,為何先說智眼與行足
境是所到之處,智是能見之眼,行是實際前往。境、智、行分說為三,卻不是三件互不相干的事。法相具三德,能解之智具三德,如說而行也具三德;從一說三,三不離一,從三說一,一也不減三。妙行因此不是把繁多德目堆在一起,而是所行本身圓具,不因分說而失其整體。
本論先借般若增數:一法可以攝一切行,二法也可以攝一切行,直到十、百、千萬億法,各各仍能攝一切行。這不是說後一項只比前一項多添一件,也不是要求把天下行門列盡;它要顯示,只要正智作主,每一個數目都可成為總攝眾行的入口。
商人雖多,須有導師;長線能縫,須有利針;牛能挽車,須有御者。三個譬喻都把同一件事說得更深:行的力量不能被輕視,但力量若沒有方向,也不能安隱到達。所謂智導行,不是以知識代替實踐,而是令每一步都不離所觀之境。言語只能舉其大意,真正展開時,行便廣如虛空。
〔科二〕四種教門,為何都能從一行說到無量行
依三藏說,一行可以是不放逸,也可以是不取他物。守護一心而遍歷六塵,處處不放逸;不取色、聲、香、味、觸、法,便能使應作之事完成。二行是止與觀:止令惡法不起、威儀不壞,觀令苦、集、盡、道如實可知。三行是戒、定、慧:諸惡莫作屬戒,眾善奉行兼攝定,自淨其意歸於慧。再增為四、五、百千萬億,義例相同。
依通教說,一相是一行,種種相是無量行。若執一相為實,種種相便來破它;若反執種種相各有自性,一相又來破它。火、木、薪三者互相追問:若火自燒,便不需木;若木自燒,也不需火;若二者各有固定自性,便不能相待而成燒。破到能破、所破都無所住,一行與無量行便不再互礙。
依別教說,善財歷參諸善知識,每一位只自稱知一法門,而推許其餘法門非己所知。投巖赴火是一門,算砂、相黶又是別門;次第歷別,不能以一門立即收盡眾門。依圓教說,法界是一行正門,本論又舉十境界、十觀成乘而未展名;一行當下攝一切行。從一而無量,從無量而一,不再以歷別相礙。
四門都能說行,卻不能因此抹平深淺。先各依本門正釋,再判麁妙,最後把先前可入真實的行全部開入妙行。開顯不是把前三種修行判作全無作用,而是不再讓行人把相應方便執為永遠隔絕的終點。
〔科三〕五行為何要先從次第說起
本論接著依《大經》展開聖行、梵行、天行、嬰兒行、病行。五名看似平列,實際有因果與上下化導之別。聖行從戒、定、慧自成其德,梵行以慈悲喜捨利他;天行是由理成行而向上進證,嬰兒行與病行則從慈悲向下俯同眾生。
聖行起於聞法生信。行人相信佛有無上道、大正法、大眾正行,於是厭離在家迫窄,欣求出家寬曠;再由信發願,由願立行。這個次第不是外加的排列:若沒有信,願便無根;若只有願而沒有戒、定、慧,所願也不能成為實際道路。
判、開在相關段落出現,但非五行逐一齊備。慧聖行只釋四種四諦,不再判、開;梵行與天行也不另說判、開。讀者若只見五個名稱,會把長章誤作行門目錄;辨清各段實有層次,才會明白本論始終在問:同一行如何由方便而入真實,又如何在開顯後不被排除在妙外。
〔科四〕戒為何從守一只浮囊說到初不動地
戒聖行先以五支開展。根本業清淨戒以十善性戒為眾戒根本;前後眷屬餘清淨戒包括偷蘭遮等前眷屬、十三等後眷屬及諸經所制餘戒;非惡覺覺清淨戒不讓欲、瞋、害等惡覺進入;護持正念念清淨戒攝持四念處;迴向無上道戒令所有戒行不滯於小果。浮囊只作戒聖行的總喻,正念只繫第四支。前兩支正顯戒,第三支已與定相應,後兩支轉入慧與大願,因此五支不是五條同類禁令。
自制之願把持戒推到極處:寧受烈火、刀山、熱鐵,也不以破戒而求身命與欲樂。護他之願又不只求自己無犯,而願眾生都得清淨、不缺、不析、不退,直到具足波羅蜜。戒由此不再只是防止個人過失,而成為自他同到無上道的方向。
十戒之後,本論即結入初不動地:善能護持,便不動、不退、不墮、不散。這裡的『不動』不是僵硬封閉,而是身口意有了堅固根本,故能在種種境中不失正念。
然而,若把戒相執成固定實法,戒仍不能稱妙。觀罪與福都由心起,見心本空,罪福也不自住;奉律之善解,正要在持戒極嚴處不生法執。於是聲聞之戒、菩薩之戒都能被開入佛戒,長夜所持直到今日才顯出它本來所向的果報。
〔科五〕禪定既寂靜,為何仍須層層辨行
定聖行從世間禪開始,先修根本四禪。行者厭離欲界的逼惱,如大熱悶者入清涼池;離欲得初禪,覺觀止息入二禪,離喜入三禪,捨苦樂而念清淨入四禪。四等以慈、悲、喜、捨廣緣眾生,四空再超越色想,向無邊空、無邊識、無所有與非想非非想深入。
這些定能令心柔軟安穩,卻仍可能只伏惑而未斷惑,所以又說觀禪。九想先直觀死屍青瘀、膨脹、壞爛等相,對治對身的貪著;八背捨、八勝處與十一切處,漸次使觀力自在。九想雖是不淨初門,猶如海中浮屍,仍可依之得度;欲著只是它所對治的病。
練禪是九次第定,以無漏練有漏;熏禪是師子奮迅三昧,次第無間入、出;修禪是超越三昧,作近、遠超及入、出、住。像畫師調和五色,從淡色層層熏出無量色相;定門雖多,不能只按名目視為散列。觀、練、熏、修是一條由伏心、破著、自在到大用的進路。
菩薩住禪而得堪忍,不但自伏煩惱,也能在定中發起眾行。世間禪由下智引導,觀、練、熏、修漸與出世智慧相應;更深一層,九種大禪以自性禪為根,展開一切禪、難禪、一切門禪等。禪不因寂靜而離行,正因心不散亂,眾行才可隨智運轉。
〔科六〕四諦已足,為何慧行還要開出無量
慧聖行先觀四諦。苦是逼迫,集能招感,滅是寂靜,道能通達;行人由此知病、知因、知病可愈,也知道所行之道。四諦若只作四個名目,慧仍未生;必須由聞而思、由思而修,使所聞不只停在言句,才成聖行中的智慧。
但眾生根性與所見不一,同一苦集滅道也有生滅、無生、無量、無作的深淺。生滅觀見因果遷流而厭離;無生觀見四諦當體無自性;無量觀見界內界外因果差別不可窮盡;無作觀則不在實相之外另求一套造作,迷時如寶珠在體而只見瘡痕,悟時珠不從外得。
因此四諦攝法雖盡,攝盡不等於只准一種說法。能治不同病,便須開不同門;門雖不同,所歸不離真實。慧行由聞、思、修而開發,從觀一諦到觀四諦,從四諦各別到一諦圓照。智既能照,理便顯現;理窮之時,能照與所照也不再隔成兩物。
無作慧最容易被誤解為什麼都不做。本論說無苦、無諦而有實,無集、道、滅、無諦而有實,正是破除對四諦名相的固定執取,不是否定因果與修行。若因『無作』而廢棄戒定慧,便仍是以一句話遮蔽行;真正無作,是行一切行而不見另有一個可執的行體。
〔科七〕離五種怖畏,為何要展開二十五三昧
慧行成就,便入無畏地。貪、瞋、癡不再從內逼迫,惡名與大眾威德不能從外動搖;不活、死亡、惡道等怖畏,也因見實相而失去根本。記錄者在此另以三番申釋:第一番以五怖畏配無作四諦,貪欲等是集壞、惡道是苦壞、大眾威德是道立、不活與死是滅立;第二番約二十五有因果壞而道滅立;第三番約四德成。這一段是記錄者附於講說之後的展解,以下轉入二十五三昧,又回到智者自釋。
二十五三昧不是二十五個彼此封閉的禪名,而是菩薩對二十五有逐一破惑、成法、慈悲應化。地獄重苦以無垢三昧破,畜生無慚愧、退失善道,以不退三昧破;餓鬼飢渴以心樂三昧破,阿修羅多猜疑怖畏,以歡喜三昧破。四洲、諸天直到非想非非想處,也各有相應的執著與三昧。
每一處都具四層:先破果報之有,再破見思,再破塵沙,最後破無明;破後又成空、假、中三諦之法,並以本慈悲與眾生因緣相應,前往示身說法。菩薩自度不是終點;自己破有,還要令他人破有,才顯三昧之王的自在。
須彌入芥而不傷樹木,毛孔納海而不嬈龜魚,正顯法性之中大小無礙。二十五三昧總攝諸定,卻不是以一個大定吞沒其餘差別;它像王能統領群臣,每一定仍對相應根機發用。破有法王出現於世,正因能隨眾生所欲而說法。
〔科八〕向上求道與向下同塵,如何同在五行
梵行以慈悲喜捨為本。慈能與樂,悲能拔苦,喜見眾生離苦得樂而不嫉,捨令三心平等不著。若問一切善法以何為根本,慈便是根本;慈與如來、佛性相應,所以梵行不是世間善意,而是由無緣慈悲廣利一切。
天行不是另有一個天界可往,而是以第一義為天。未修時,理是所依;正修時,由理成行;修成後,由行顯理。菩薩不住初地所得,仍以十重真修向上進趣。聖行與天行向上求佛道,梵行、嬰兒行與病行則向下成熟眾生,五行因此同時具足自成與化他。
嬰兒行取嬰兒柔和、無分別而又須人提攜的形象。菩薩以慈善根俯同小善,與人天同修五戒十善,與二乘同修相應道品,又隨各類菩薩所行而示同。楊樹黃葉本非真金,父母卻可用它止住嬰兒啼哭;方便並非究竟,卻能生起入道微因,所以不能因它未究竟便一概棄除。
病行則由大悲發起。眾生有煩惱、業與生死之病,菩薩便示同其病:或遊戲地獄,或現畜生、餓鬼之形,或示有父母妻子,受寒熱與病苦。這不是菩薩實被煩惱綁縛,而是眾生有病,大悲熏心,故能同其境而不失所證。嬰兒行同眾生之善,病行同眾生之惡,慈悲由此不留在遠處。
〔科九〕既已說次第五行,為何又說佛的五行
次第五行各有進路:由戒入定,由定發慧,由慧成無畏,再以慈悲下化。到佛地時,五行不再前後相待。佛的聖行、梵行、天行、嬰兒行、病行,一一都不可思議;不可思議不是捨棄前五行,而是五行在果上互具、同時發用。
阿修羅琴無人鼓奏,卻能隨意發聲。佛行也如此,不須臨時造作先後安排,便能隨眾生根機而現相應行。若只看外相,似乎仍有持戒、入定、說法、同病等差別;若看佛心,這些行都由法性自然流出,無一行妨礙另一行。
這裡也回答天行、嬰兒行、病行為何不逐一另說證地。聖行與梵行從修因說,所以標明所證;天行本就是所證之行,嬰兒、病行又從果後應化而起,故不必另安一地。分別說時,因果次第清楚;圓具說時,一證便具眾行。
〔科十〕如來只有一行,怎會具足前面一切行
經又說有一行是如來行,即大乘大般涅槃。若把它理解為五行之外的第六行,便會重新造成隔絕。本論反而說,從初發心便常觀涅槃而行道;初心與究竟發心雖有明昧差別,所緣實相並無兩種。因地所行已向如來行,果地所成也沒有離開最初所觀。
如來室是大慈悲,如來衣是柔和忍辱,如來座是一切法空。室能攝受眾生,衣能安忍眾惱,座令一切行不被法相繫縛;三者再與戒、定、慧、慈悲諸行互相莊嚴。所謂如來莊嚴而自莊嚴,不是借來一套外在裝飾,而是讓自己的行與佛所行相應。
一行具一切行,也不是把所有細目塞進同一刻。眼前持一戒時,若由實相智引導,便不離定、慧與慈悲;修一禪時,若不為自證所拘,也能攝戒、發慧、利益眾生。行行互具,重點在不隔,不在取消每一行的具體相貌。
〔科十一〕觀心五行,為何把遙遠佛行放回當下一念
若只把圓五行安在佛果,初心便永遠只能站在門外。本論最後轉為觀心:觀心性即空、即假、即中,五行、三諦與一切佛法都不離此心。這不是把凡夫妄念直接稱佛行,而是指出修行的檢驗處只能在當下心行,不能在名相外另尋一個圓融境界。
初發心若能依此而行,已行如來行,故值得如供養如來般恭敬;其所到之處可起塔供養,因為全身法性已在初心中顯發。初心尚且如此,何況相似理解與分證進位。這種稱歎不是取消階位,而是防止行人把究竟之理推遠,因自輕而不肯起行。
自性禪能發一切禪:現法樂禪顯實相空慧與中道三昧,出生種種三摩跋提攝真諦之定,利益眾生禪顯俗諦之用。五行、三諦都在一切禪中成就,進入分證時,無一法不是佛法。
因此本章末後再問:《法華》既已開麁顯妙,《涅槃》為何仍說次第五行?回答從眾生時機著眼。《法華》為在世之人破權入實,開顯已足;《涅槃》面對末代凡夫執實毀權,便扶戒、定、慧,使人不因誤服甘露反傷慧命。真正得到《法華》義意,便能在次第中見不次第,不須再把次第行立成另一個究竟。
釋籤之眼
湛然讀此長章,第一個動作不是增添新行,而是把正文層次重新照明。行妙開頭先標通途增數與約教增數;進入正釋後,又可看成標、列、釋三段。所謂增數,只是數目增加,法體沒有固定:一行攝一切,不等於到了二行便只能比前面多一件。這一眼守住全章的總意,使讀者不把浩繁名目讀成逐項累加的清單。
釋四教時,湛然特別指出正釋、判麁妙、開麁三層。正釋讓每一門依自己的義理成立,判麁妙辨其深淺,開麁則令前行都入妙而不再固定為麁。若跳過正釋,方便會被草率否定;若停在判麁,權實會變成兩堆法;若只高喊開顯而不知所開何物,修行又會失去具體內容。三層相續,正是行妙由差別而圓融的節奏。
五行段中,湛然先釐清五支戒並非全屬同類:前二支攝戒,第三支攝定,後二支攝慧。這一判使戒聖行內部已含戒定慧,不至於把護念與迴向讀成附屬戒條。談十戒異文時,他又留下『誤文亦不須改』的提醒:讀本論須先守住本論所承之文,不能見今本不同便逕行抹平。字面差異被保留,義理線索才不會在校改中消失。
到五怖畏後的『私謂』,湛然明判為章安三釋;自『今釋二十五三昧名』以下,才是智者再度自釋。這個層次十分關鍵:三番申釋確實屬本論傳承的一部分,卻不能倒寫成講說者原有的同一聲音。分清智者說與灌頂記,不是把正文拆散,而是讓長章每一層發言都各安其位。
二十五三昧看似最容易迷失在表格般的對配中,湛然卻反覆抓住四義:破有、成法、本慈悲、赴緣。破惑不是終點,成就三諦也不是終點;還須由本有慈悲熏於法界,待眾生因緣相應,便現身說法,使他人同破其有。這四步讓每一三昧都從自證走向應化,也讓『三昧王』不只是定力高下的稱號。
圓教增數處,湛然把一行具十行解得格外精密。一法界不是孤立的一界,一界又具十如是;行人發心時所面對的,從來不是一個被削薄的抽象真理,而是具足差別的整體法界。因此,一行三昧稱為一行,並不是只做一件事;十行也不是十條先後完成的清單。行行都由法界智導向法界境,數目雖有一與十,所趣沒有兩處。這正好回扣開章的智目、行足:眼所見有多深,足所行便須有多廣。
對定聖行,湛然又防止把觀、練、熏、修當成四組華麗禪名。觀禪破著,練禪使出入熟練,熏禪以無漏熏有漏,修禪則令深定發起廣大功德;由世間根本定而至九種大禪,層次各有作用。若只羨慕高名而跳過治欲、攝心與觀身,便失去行的次第;若執前方便為究竟,又不能開入菩薩大用。鏡中所照的,始終是每一禪如何被智慧引導,而不是定名如何排得更高。
末後從次第五行轉入圓五行,湛然以初後俱頓收束:初發心所觀與究竟所顯同是一實相,並非先有一個不圓的真理,後來才換成另一個圓理。明昧與位次仍有差別,所依之理卻不二。於是戒定慧的次第沒有被廢除,圓行也沒有被推到修行末端;次第能扶持行人,圓意使每一步不離究竟。行妙全章,正是在這兩面同時站穩。
The subtlety of practice first rejoins a question often split in two: once wisdom has seen the principle, is cultivation merely an additional task that follows? The treatise answers that wisdom is like the eye and practice like the foot. With feet but no eyes, every step may go astray; with eyes but no feet, one can never personally reach what one sees. Wondrous practice does not make another road apart from wondrous wisdom. It lets what is known truly become what is practiced.
Thus, although the chapter unfolds innumerable gates of practice, its thread never departs from the mutual reliance of wisdom and practice. The count may increase from one to the inexpressible, teaching gates may be shallow or deep, and the five practices may first be sequential and later perfectly inclusive. Yet whether a practice enters the wondrous is not judged by how many names it has, but by the wisdom that guides it and whether it accords with the true mark that has been seen.
Section One · Practices Are Numerous as Dust: Why Begin with Wisdom as the Eye and Practice as the Foot?
The object is the place to be reached, wisdom is the eye that sees, and practice is the actual going there. Object, wisdom, and practice are separately spoken of as three, but they are not three unrelated things. The marks of dharmas possess the three virtues; the wisdom that understands possesses the three virtues; and practice in accord with what has been taught also possesses the three virtues. When three are spoken from one, the three do not leave the one; when one is spoken from three, the one does not diminish the three. Wondrous practice therefore does not heap up many virtuous items. Practice itself is perfectly inclusive and does not lose its wholeness when divided in explanation.
The treatise first borrows the increasing numbers of prajñā: one dharma can encompass all practices, two dharmas can also encompass all practices, and so can ten, a hundred, and thousands of myriads of millions of dharmas. This does not mean that each later item adds only one thing to the preceding one, nor does it demand that every gate of practice under heaven be listed. It shows that when right wisdom is master, every number can become an entrance that encompasses all practices.
However many the merchants, they need a guide; a long thread can sew, but it needs a sharp needle; an ox can draw a cart, but it needs a driver. All three analogies deepen the same point: the power of practice must not be slighted, but power without direction cannot arrive safely. For wisdom to guide practice is not for knowledge to replace practice, but for every step never to leave the object contemplated. Words can indicate only the general meaning. When actually unfolded, practice is as vast as space.
Section Two · Why Can All Four Teaching Gates Proceed from One Practice to Immeasurable Practices?
According to the Tripiṭaka Teaching, one practice may be vigilance or not taking what belongs to another. Guarding the one mind while passing through the six sense objects means remaining vigilant everywhere; not taking forms, sounds, smells, tastes, tangibles, or dharmas brings what must be done to completion. Two practices are calm and insight: calm prevents evil dharmas from arising and deportment from breaking down, while insight permits suffering, its arising, its exhaustion, and the path to be known as they are. Three practices are discipline, concentration, and wisdom: doing no evil belongs to discipline, undertaking every good also encompasses concentration, and purifying one’s own mind returns to wisdom. Increase these to four, five, or hundreds of thousands of myriads of millions, and the pattern is the same.
According to the Shared Teaching, the one mark is one practice and the various marks are immeasurable practices. If the one mark is grasped as real, the various marks refute it; if the various marks are instead grasped as each having its own nature, the one mark refutes them. Fire, wood, and fuel interrogate one another: if fire burns by itself, it does not need wood; if wood burns by itself, it does not need fire; and if each has a fixed self-nature, they cannot depend on one another to produce burning. When both refuter and refuted are broken through until neither abides, one practice and immeasurable practices no longer obstruct one another.
According to the Distinct Teaching, Sudhana visits spiritual advisers in succession. Each claims to know only one Dharma gate and commends the other gates as beyond his knowledge. Leaping from a cliff and entering fire is one gate; counting grains of sand and reading bodily marks are other gates. They remain sequentially distinct, and one gate cannot immediately encompass all gates. According to the Perfect Teaching, the Dharma realm is the primary gate of one practice, while the treatise also names the ten objects and the ten contemplations that form the vehicle without expanding their names. One practice immediately encompasses all practices. From one to the immeasurable, and from the immeasurable to one, they no longer obstruct one another through sequential separation.
All four gates can speak of practice, but their depths must not therefore be flattened. First, each is directly explained according to its own gate; next the coarse and wondrous are judged; finally all earlier practices capable of entering reality are opened into wondrous practice. Opening and revealing does not judge the first three kinds of cultivation utterly useless. It prevents practitioners from grasping the skillful means suited to them as permanently separate endpoints.
Section Three · Why Must the Five Practices First Be Explained Sequentially?
The treatise next follows the Great Sutra in unfolding noble practice, brahmā practice, heavenly practice, infant practice, and illness practice. The five names seem parallel, but in fact they differ in cause and result and in upward attainment and downward transformation. Noble practice completes one’s own virtue through discipline, concentration, and wisdom; brahmā practice benefits others through kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity. Heavenly practice advances upward in realization as practice formed from principle, while infant practice and illness practice stoop downward from compassion to share the circumstances of sentient beings.
Noble practice begins when hearing the Dharma gives rise to faith. The practitioner believes that the Buddha possesses the unsurpassed path, the great right Dharma, and the great assembly’s right practice. One then becomes weary of the confinement of home life and aspires to the openness of renunciation. Faith gives rise to vows, and vows establish practice. This sequence is not imposed from outside: without faith, vows have no root; with vows but without discipline, concentration, and wisdom, what is vowed cannot become an actual road.
Judging and opening appear in the relevant passages but are not mechanically repeated for all five practices. Wisdom within noble practice explains only the four kinds of four truths and does not again judge and open; brahmā practice and heavenly practice likewise receive no separate judging and opening. If readers see only five names, they will mistake the long chapter for a catalogue of practices. Only by distinguishing the actual layers within each passage can they see that the treatise always asks how the same practice enters reality through skillful means and, once opened and revealed, is no longer excluded from the wondrous.
Section Four · Why Does Discipline Extend from Guarding a Single Flotation Bladder to the First Ground of Immovability?
Noble practice in discipline first unfolds through five branches. The discipline of purity in fundamental actions takes the ten wholesome acts of natural discipline as the root of all discipline. The discipline of residual purity in the preceding and following retinues includes sthūlātyaya and the like as preceding retinues, the thirteen and the like as following retinues, and residual precepts established in other scriptures. The discipline of purity in awareness that is not awareness of evil does not admit thoughts of desire, anger, harm, and the like. The discipline of purity in mindfulness that guards right mindfulness encompasses the four applications of mindfulness. The discipline that dedicates all toward the unsurpassed path keeps every practice of discipline from stagnating in a lesser fruit. The flotation bladder is only the general analogy for noble practice in discipline, and right mindfulness belongs only to the fourth branch. The first two branches expressly encompass discipline, the third already corresponds to concentration, and the last two turn toward wisdom and the great vows. The five are therefore not five prohibitions of one kind.
The vows of self-restraint carry discipline to an extreme: one would rather endure blazing fire, a mountain of knives, and hot iron than break discipline for life, limb, or sensual pleasure. The vows to protect others do not merely seek personal blamelessness. They vow that sentient beings will attain pure, unbroken, unanalyzed, nonretrogressive discipline, all the way through the discipline complete in the pāramitās. Discipline thereby ceases to be only the prevention of personal faults and becomes the direction in which self and others together reach the unsurpassed path.
After the ten precepts, the treatise immediately concludes by entering the first ground of immovability: if they are well guarded, one is immovable, nonretrogressive, not fallen, and undispersed. “Immovable” here does not mean rigid closure. Body, speech, and mind have gained a firm foundation, and one therefore does not lose right mindfulness amid varied objects.
Yet if the marks of discipline are grasped as fixed, real dharmas, discipline still cannot be called wondrous. One contemplates that offense and merit both arise from mind; seeing mind as originally empty, one sees that offense and merit do not abide on their own. The good understanding of one who upholds the vinaya is precisely not to generate attachment to dharmas at the point of strictest discipline. Thus the discipline of śrāvakas and of bodhisattvas can both be opened into the Buddha’s discipline, and what was kept throughout the long night reveals only today the fruit toward which it had always been directed.
Section Five · If Meditative Concentration Is Quiescent, Why Must Its Practices Still Be Distinguished Layer by Layer?
Noble practice in concentration begins with worldly dhyāna and first cultivates the four fundamental dhyānas. A practitioner becomes weary of the pressures of the desire realm like one oppressed by great heat entering a cool pool. Separation from desire attains the first dhyāna; the cessation of initial and sustained thought enters the second; leaving joy enters the third; and relinquishing pain and pleasure, with mindfulness purified, enters the fourth. The four immeasurables universally take sentient beings as objects through kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity. The four formless attainments then transcend perceptions of form and deepen into infinite space, infinite consciousness, nothing whatsoever, and neither perception nor nonperception.
These concentrations can make the mind pliant and stable, yet they may still only suppress delusion without severing it. Contemplative dhyāna is therefore taught next. The nine corpse contemplations directly contemplate a corpse’s lividity, swelling, decay, and other marks to counter attachment to the body. The eight liberations, eight superior bases, and ten universal bases gradually make contemplative power sovereign. Though the nine contemplations are only an initial gate of impurity contemplation, they are like a floating corpse at sea upon which one may still rely to cross. Sensual attachment is only the illness they treat.
Refining dhyāna is the nine sequential concentrations, using the uncontaminated to refine the contaminated. Perfuming dhyāna is the lion’s-sport samādhi, entering and emerging in uninterrupted sequence. Cultivating dhyāna is transcending samādhi, making near and distant leaps in entering, emerging, and abiding. Like a painter who blends five colors and, through successive shades, brings forth immeasurable forms and hues, the many gates of concentration must not be treated as a scattered list of names. Contemplating, refining, perfuming, and cultivating form a course from subduing the mind and breaking attachment to sovereignty and great function.
A bodhisattva abides in dhyāna and attains the ground of forbearance: one not only subdues one’s own afflictions but can also give rise to all practices within concentration. Worldly dhyāna is guided by lower wisdom; contemplation, refining, perfuming, and cultivating progressively correspond to world-transcending wisdom. At a deeper level, the nine great dhyānas take self-nature dhyāna as their root and unfold all dhyāna, difficult dhyāna, all-gate dhyāna, and the others. Dhyāna does not cease to be practice because it is still. Precisely because the mind is undistracted, all practices can operate in accord with wisdom.
Section Six · If the Four Truths Are Complete, Why Must Wisdom Practice Still Open into the Immeasurable?
Noble practice in wisdom first contemplates the four truths. Suffering is oppressive, arising brings about results, cessation is quiescent, and the path leads through. The practitioner thereby knows the illness, its cause, that it can be cured, and the road to follow. If the four truths remain only four names, wisdom has not yet arisen. What is heard must pass from hearing to reflection and from reflection to cultivation, so that it does not remain in words and phrases alone. Only then does it become the wisdom within noble practice.
Yet sentient beings differ in capacities and views, and the same suffering, arising, cessation, and path have the depths of arising-and-ceasing, non-arising, immeasurable, and non-constructed. The arising-and-ceasing contemplation sees the flux of cause and effect and becomes disenchanted. The non-arising contemplation sees that the four truths in themselves lack self-nature. The immeasurable contemplation sees inexhaustible distinctions among causes and effects within and beyond the realms. The non-constructed contemplation does not seek another set of contrived practices outside the true mark: in delusion, it is like possessing a jewel within one’s body but seeing only the wound; on awakening, the jewel is not obtained from outside.
Thus, although the four truths fully encompass dharmas, encompassing them fully does not permit only one way of speaking. Different illnesses require different gates of treatment. Though the gates differ, what they return to never leaves reality. Wisdom practice develops through hearing, reflecting, and cultivating, from contemplating one truth to contemplating four, and from the four truths separately to one truth’s perfect illumination. When wisdom can illuminate, principle is revealed; when principle is exhausted, illuminator and illuminated no longer remain two separate things.
Non-constructed wisdom is most easily misunderstood as doing nothing. The treatise says that there is no suffering and no truth, yet there is the real; there are no arising, path, or cessation and no truth, yet there is the real. This breaks fixed grasping at the names and marks of the four truths; it does not deny cause and effect or cultivation. If “non-constructed” is used to abandon discipline, concentration, and wisdom, a phrase still conceals practice. True non-construction is to practice all practices without seeing a separate substance of practice to grasp.
Section Seven · Why Does Freedom from the Five Fears Unfold into Twenty-Five Samādhis?
When wisdom practice is accomplished, one enters the ground of fearlessness. Desire, anger, and delusion no longer press from within, while bad reputation and the imposing power of assemblies cannot disturb one from without. Fear for one’s livelihood, fear of death, and fear of bad destinies also lose their roots when the true mark is seen. Here the recorder adds three rounds of explanation. The first correlates the five fears with the non-constructed four truths: desire and the others show that arising has been destroyed, bad destinies that suffering has been destroyed, imposing assemblies that the path has been established, and the fears for life and of death that cessation has been established. The second explains the destruction of the causes and results of the twenty-five modes of existence and the establishment of path and cessation. The third explains the accomplishment of the four virtues. This passage is the recorder’s appended elaboration following the lecture. With the transition into the twenty-five samādhis, the text returns to Zhiyi’s own explanation.
The twenty-five samādhis are not twenty-five mutually sealed names for concentration. In each of the twenty-five modes of existence, a bodhisattva breaks delusion, accomplishes a dharma, and compassionately responds to transform beings. The heavy suffering of hell is broken through the stainless samādhi. Animals’ lack of shame and retreat from the wholesome are broken through the nonretrogression samādhi. The hunger and thirst of hungry ghosts are broken through the mind-joy samādhi, and asuras’ suspicion and fear through the gladness samādhi. The four continents and the heavens, all the way through neither perception nor nonperception, also have their corresponding attachments and samādhis.
Each contains four layers: first breaking the existence of its retribution, then views and thought, then dust-like ignorance, and finally fundamental ignorance. What has been broken then accomplishes the dharmas of emptiness, provisional existence, and the middle. Through inherent compassion corresponding with the conditions of sentient beings, the bodhisattva goes forth, manifests a body, and teaches the Dharma. Self-liberation is not the endpoint. Only when one has oneself broken existence and then enables others to break existence is the sovereignty of the king of samādhis revealed.
Mount Sumeru enters a mustard seed without harming the trees, and the ocean enters a pore without troubling turtles or fish: these reveal the nonobstruction of large and small within Dharma-nature. The twenty-five samādhis encompass all concentrations but do not swallow their distinctions into one great concentration. They are like a king who leads the ministers, while each concentration continues to function for its corresponding capacity. The Dharma king who breaks existence appears in the world precisely because he can teach the Dharma in accord with the desires of sentient beings.
Section Eight · How Can Seeking the Path Above and Sharing the Dust Below Both Abide in the Five Practices?
Brahmā practice is rooted in kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity. Kindness gives happiness; compassion removes suffering; sympathetic joy sees sentient beings leave suffering and gain happiness without envy; equanimity makes the first three minds impartial and unattached. If asked what is the root of all wholesome dharmas, kindness is that root. Because kindness accords with the Tathāgata and buddha-nature, brahmā practice is not worldly goodwill but the universal benefit of all through objectless compassion.
Heavenly practice is not another heaven to which one can go; it takes ultimate meaning as heaven. Before cultivation, principle is what one relies upon. During cultivation, principle forms practice. After cultivation, practice reveals principle. A bodhisattva does not abide in the attainment of the first ground but continues upward with the tenfold cultivation of reality. Noble practice and heavenly practice seek buddhahood above, while brahmā, infant, and illness practices mature sentient beings below. The five practices thus possess both self-accomplishment and the transformation of others.
Infant practice takes the image of an infant’s gentleness and nondiscrimination together with its need to be guided. Through wholesome roots of kindness, a bodhisattva stoops to share small goods: cultivating the five precepts and ten wholesome acts together with humans and gods, the corresponding factors of the path with the two vehicles, and the practices of the various kinds of bodhisattva. A yellow willow leaf is not real gold, yet parents can use it to stop an infant’s crying. Skillful means is not ultimate, but it can give rise to a slight condition for entering the path and therefore cannot be discarded wholesale because it is not ultimate.
Illness practice arises from great compassion. Sentient beings suffer the illnesses of affliction, karma, and birth and death, and a bodhisattva therefore manifests as sharing their illnesses: playing in hell, taking the forms of animals or hungry ghosts, or manifesting parents and spouse and undergoing cold, heat, and disease. This does not mean that the bodhisattva is actually bound by afflictions. Because sentient beings are ill, great compassion perfumes the mind, and the bodhisattva can share their circumstances without losing realization. Infant practice shares the good of sentient beings; illness practice shares their evil. Compassion thereby does not remain far away.
Section Nine · If the Sequential Five Practices Have Already Been Taught, Why Teach the Buddha’s Five Practices?
The sequential five practices each have a course: from discipline one enters concentration, concentration gives rise to wisdom, wisdom accomplishes fearlessness, and compassion then transforms those below. At the stage of buddhahood, the five practices no longer await one another in sequence. Each of a buddha’s noble, brahmā, heavenly, infant, and illness practices is inconceivable. “Inconceivable” does not abandon the earlier five practices; at the fruit, the five mutually include one another and function simultaneously.
No one plays the asura’s lute, yet it produces sounds in accord with intentions. A buddha’s practice is the same. Without freshly contriving an order, it manifests the corresponding practice according to the capacities of sentient beings. Seen only from appearances, there still seem to be distinctions among keeping discipline, entering concentration, teaching the Dharma, and sharing illness. Seen from the Buddha’s mind, these practices all flow naturally from Dharma-nature, and none obstructs another.
This also answers why heavenly, infant, and illness practices are not each assigned a separate ground of realization. Noble and brahmā practices are spoken from cultivated causes, and so their realizations are marked. Heavenly practice is itself the practice of what has been realized, while infant and illness practices arise as responsive transformation following the fruit; they therefore require no separate ground. When distinguished, their causal and resultant sequence is clear; when perfectly included, one realization possesses all practices.
Section Ten · If the Tathāgata Has Only One Practice, How Can It Possess All the Practices Above?
The sutra further says that there is one practice that is the Tathāgata’s practice: the Great Vehicle, great parinirvāṇa. If this is understood as a sixth practice outside the five, separation is created anew. Instead, the treatise says that from the first arousal of resolve a bodhisattva constantly contemplates nirvāṇa while practicing the path. Although the initial and ultimate resolves differ in obscurity and clarity, the true mark they take as object is not of two kinds. Practice on the causal ground already tends toward the Tathāgata’s practice, and what is accomplished in the fruit does not leave what was contemplated at the beginning.
The Tathāgata’s room is great kindness and compassion, the Tathāgata’s robe is gentleness and forbearance, and the Tathāgata’s seat is the emptiness of all dharmas. The room receives sentient beings, the robe patiently endures all troubles, and the seat keeps every practice from bondage to the marks of dharmas. These three in turn adorn one another with discipline, concentration, wisdom, compassion, and all practices. For the Tathāgata’s adornment to adorn oneself is not to borrow an external ornament, but to bring one’s own practice into accord with what the Buddha practices.
For one practice to possess all practices also does not mean cramming every item into the same instant. When keeping one precept now, if it is guided by the wisdom of the true mark, it does not leave concentration, wisdom, or compassion. When cultivating one dhyāna, if one is not confined by personal realization, it can also encompass discipline, give rise to wisdom, and benefit sentient beings. Practices mutually include one another: the point is nonseparation, not the cancellation of each practice’s concrete appearance.
Section Eleven · Why Does Contemplation of Mind Return the Distant Buddha-Practice to the Present Thought?
If the perfect five practices are placed only at the fruit of buddhahood, beginners will forever stand outside the gate. The treatise therefore turns at the end to contemplation of mind: contemplate mind-nature as immediately empty, provisionally existent, and the middle; the five practices, three truths, and all buddha-dharmas do not leave this mind. This does not directly call an ordinary being’s deluded thought buddha-practice. It points out that cultivation can be tested only in one’s present activity of mind, not in a perfect realm sought elsewhere beyond names and marks.
If beginners can practice in this way, they already practice the Tathāgata’s practice and thus deserve reverence as one reveres the Tathāgata. A stūpa may be raised wherever they go, because the Dharma-nature of the whole body has already become manifest in their initial resolve. If this is so for the initial resolve, how much more for resembling understanding and entry into the stages? Such praise does not cancel the stages. It prevents practitioners from pushing ultimate principle far away and refusing to practice because they disparage themselves.
Self-nature dhyāna can give rise to all dhyānas. Dhyāna of present-life happiness reveals the empty wisdom of the true mark and the samādhi of the middle. Dhyānas that give rise to the various samāpattis encompass the concentrations of the real truth, while dhyāna that benefits sentient beings reveals the function of the conventional truth. The five practices and three truths are accomplished within every dhyāna; when partial realization is entered, no dharma is not buddha-dharma.
The chapter therefore asks once more at its end: if the Lotus has already opened the coarse and revealed the wondrous, why does the Nirvāṇa Sūtra still teach the sequential five practices? The answer concerns the capacities of sentient beings in different times. For people during the Buddha’s life, the Lotus broke attachment to the provisional and led them into the real; opening and revealing was sufficient. Facing ordinary beings of the latter age who grasp the real and revile the provisional, the Nirvāṇa Sūtra supports discipline, concentration, and wisdom so that mistaken consumption of ambrosia will not instead injure the life of wisdom. One who truly grasps the meaning of the Lotus can see the nonsequential within sequence and need not establish sequential practice as another ultimate.
Through the Eye of the Shiqian
Zhanran’s first move in reading this long chapter is not to add a new practice but to illuminate the layers of the main text. The opening of the subtlety of practice first marks increasing numbers in general and increasing numbers according to the teachings. Once the direct explanation begins, it can also be read as marking, listing, and explaining. “Increasing numbers” means only that the number increases; the body of dharmas is not fixed. One practice encompasses all practices, but this does not mean that at two practices only one item has been added to the preceding one. This insight guards the chapter’s general meaning and prevents readers from treating its profusion of names as a cumulatively assembled checklist.
When explaining the four teachings, Zhanran particularly marks three layers: direct explanation, judging the coarse and wondrous, and opening the coarse. Direct explanation lets each gate stand according to its own meaning; judging the coarse and wondrous distinguishes their depths; opening the coarse then brings the earlier practices into the wondrous so that they no longer remain fixed as coarse. If direct explanation is skipped, skillful means will be dismissed too hastily. If one stops at judging the coarse, provisional and real become two piles of dharmas. If one merely proclaims opening and revealing without knowing what is opened, cultivation loses its concrete content. The continuity of these three layers is precisely the rhythm by which the subtlety of practice moves from distinction into perfect interfusion.
Within the five practices, Zhanran first clarifies that the five branches of discipline are not all of one kind: the first two encompass discipline, the third concentration, and the last two wisdom. This judgment shows that noble practice in discipline already contains discipline, concentration, and wisdom, and prevents guarding mindfulness and dedication from being read as supplementary precepts. When discussing the variant ten-precept lists, he also leaves the reminder, 『誤文亦不須改』 tr. “Even an erroneous wording need not be changed.” Reading the treatise requires first preserving the text it received; one must not see a difference in present editions and immediately erase it. Only when graph-level differences are retained can doctrinal threads avoid being lost through emendation.
At the 『私謂』 tr. “I privately say” following the five fears, Zhanran expressly judges the passage to be Zhang’an’s three explanations. Only from 『今釋二十五三昧名』 tr. “Now explain the names of the twenty-five samādhis” onward does Zhiyi resume his own explanation. This layering is crucial. The three rounds of elaboration certainly belong to the transmitted treatise, but they cannot be written backward into a single voice belonging originally to the lecturer. Distinguishing Zhiyi’s teaching from Guanding’s record does not break the main text apart; it lets every speaking layer of the long chapter stand in its proper place.
The twenty-five samādhis may seem the part most likely to disappear into table-like correspondences, but Zhanran repeatedly holds to four meanings: breaking existence, accomplishing a dharma, inherent compassion, and going forth in response to conditions. Breaking delusion is not the endpoint, nor is accomplishing the three truths. Inherent compassion must also perfume the Dharma realm; when the conditions of sentient beings correspond, the bodhisattva manifests a body and teaches the Dharma so that others break their modes of existence as well. These four steps carry each samādhi from personal realization to responsive transformation, and they keep “king of samādhis” from being merely a title indicating a higher degree of concentration.
At the Perfect Teaching’s increasing numbers, Zhanran explains with particular precision how one practice possesses ten practices. One Dharma realm is not an isolated realm; each realm also possesses the ten suchnesses. What practitioners face when arousing resolve is never an abstract truth stripped of distinctions, but the whole Dharma realm complete with distinctions. Thus, to call one-practice samādhi “one practice” does not mean doing only one thing, and ten practices are not a checklist completed one after another. Every practice is guided by Dharma-realm wisdom toward the Dharma-realm object. Although the numbers are one and ten, they do not tend toward two places. This returns exactly to wisdom as the eye and practice as the foot at the chapter’s beginning: as deep as what the eye sees, so broad must be what the feet practice.
For noble practice in concentration, Zhanran also prevents contemplating, refining, perfuming, and cultivating from becoming four ornate names for dhyāna. Contemplative dhyāna breaks attachment; refining dhyāna makes entry and emergence practiced and fluent; perfuming dhyāna perfumes the contaminated with the uncontaminated; and cultivating dhyāna lets deep concentration give rise to vast qualities. From worldly fundamental concentrations to the nine great dhyānas, every level has its own function. If one admires lofty names and skips treating desire, collecting the mind, and contemplating the body, the sequence of practice is lost. If one grasps an earlier skillful means as ultimate, it cannot open into the bodhisattva’s great function. What this mirror illuminates throughout is how wisdom guides each dhyāna, not how high its title may be ranked.
Finally, as the text moves from the sequential five practices to the perfect five, Zhanran concludes that both beginning and end are sudden. What is contemplated at the initial resolve and what is revealed at the ultimate are the same one true mark; there is not first an imperfect truth that is later exchanged for a different, perfect truth. Clarity and obscurity and the stages still differ, but the principle relied upon is nondual. Thus the sequence of discipline, concentration, and wisdom is not abolished, and perfect practice is not pushed to the end of cultivation. Sequence can support the practitioner, while the perfect meaning keeps every step from leaving the ultimate. The whole chapter on the subtlety of practice stands firmly in both dimensions at once.
考據Apparatus
行妙是十妙中第三妙,也是本書別解釋名一章最長的單元。全文先以增數明行,次以別、圓兩種五行廣開戒、定、慧與慈悲應物,最後歸到一心圓具、相待與絕待。讀此單元,須同時守住三條線:智者所說與灌頂所記的著作層次、智者引經時的本論字面與今本字面、次第展開與圓融開顯之間的先後關係。
一、科判定位
本單元起於卷第三下「○第三、行妙者,為二:一、通途增數行,二、約教增數行。」〔T33 0715b16〕,止於卷第四下「得《法華》意者,於《涅槃》不用次第行也。」〔0726b09–b10〕;下一行「○第四明位妙者」〔0726b11〕已入位妙。正文跨卷第三下、卷第四上與卷第四下,卷題及天台智者大師說屬傳本題署,不另立義理科段。
《法華玄義釋籤》(T1717)由「次明行妙中,文自為二,今又為三:標、列、釋。」〔T33 0869b12〕起正釋,至「得《法華》意則初後俱頓,請揣心撫臆自曉沈浮。」〔0883b15〕收束;下一科「第四位妙」〔0883b23〕方起。依其科判,可將全篇分成三大段:
- 通途增數:由行、智、境相須反顯妙行,說一行一切行,並以針線、牛車等譬明智導眾行。
- 約教增數:依四教明一法至無量法,經判麁妙、今經顯妙而至開麁;其內可細分三藏、通、別、圓、判、待、開七節。
- 約五數:先明次第五行,內含聖行的戒、定、慧,及梵、天、嬰兒、病四行;再明圓五行、一心五行與觀心,末以《法華》《涅槃》問答結束。
長章內以〔科一〕至〔科十三〕作讀路:〔科一〕行妙總綱;〔科二〕四教增數;〔科三〕別五行總標;〔科四〕戒聖行;〔科五〕定聖行;〔科六〕慧聖行四種四諦;〔科七〕無畏地與二十五三昧;〔科八〕梵行;〔科九〕天行;〔科十〕嬰兒行與病行;〔科十一〕次第五行證地料簡;〔科十二〕圓五行;〔科十三〕觀心與終問答。二十五有保留二十五個子錨,但仍統屬慧聖行,不拆成二十五個同級大章。
著作層次有一處明確換層。正文自「私謂:不畏貪欲等,無作集壞。」〔T33 0721c26〕起,至「四德宛然矣。」〔0722a06〕止,是灌頂附釋;《法華玄義釋籤》明判此段為「章安三釋」〔T33 0878c28〕。自「今釋二十五三昧名」〔T33 0722a06〕起恢復智者自釋,《法華玄義釋籤》也明說此下是「大師自釋。」〔T33 0879a16〕。
二、成立與傳本
本論緣起所誌,是智者在江陵講說玄義,灌頂受聞筆錄;灌頂自稱「次在江陵,奉蒙玄義」〔T33 0681a16〕,又明記「聿遵聖典,書而傳之,《玄》、《文》各十卷。」〔0681a22〕。因此本單元的預設著作層為智者說、灌頂記,不把記錄者與講說者混成一人,也不因一處灌頂附釋而擴張為全章皆是記者私說。
現存本以 T1716《妙法蓮華經玄義》為底,行妙正文跨三個半卷題面。嫡傳正解取湛然 T1717《法華玄義釋籤》;後出古注另見智銓 X0592《法華經玄籤證釋》。後兩書可辨科、辨源、辨傳寫,不取代 T1716 的本論字面。卷前《釋籤緣起序》末署「君山除饉男普門子屬辭」〔T33 0815a05〕,是普門子敬序;湛然正文署「天台沙門湛然述」〔0815b04〕,二者亦須分層。
三、所引經論覆核
以下依本論出現次序列出本輪已逐項覆核者。表中本論字面一律守 T1716;今本題名取各藏本題首,凡有節引、合引、換序、異字或只得場景者,並錄關係而不改本論。不能形成題名、典號、位置三者相合者,明記所指待考。
通途、四教增數與今經增數
| 次 | 本論所引或場景 | 今本對讀與關係 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 《妙法蓮華經》作「本從無數佛,具足行諸道。」〔T33 0715b21〕 | T262 作「本從無數佛,具足行諸道,」〔T09 0005c19〕,句末標點異。 |
| 2 | 本論作「無量諸佛所,而行深妙道。」〔T33 0715b22〕 | T262 同作「無量諸佛所,而行深妙道。」〔T09 0008a09〕。 |
| 3 | 本論作「盡行諸佛所有道法。」〔T33 0715b22〕 | T262 作「盡行諸佛無量道法,」〔T09 0005b28〕,所有與無量、句末標點皆異。 |
| 4 | 《釋論》說一法、二法乃至無量法攝一切行〔T33 0715c03–c07〕。 | 《大智度論》(T1509)先說「如是等一法門相攝一切法。復次,二法門攝一切法」〔T25 0294a27〕,後至「三、四、五、六乃至無量法門相攝一切法。」〔0294b02〕;本論改寫為菩薩行般若及十、百、千萬億之增數。 |
| 5 | 本論以「智如利針,行如長線。」〔T33 0715c09〕明智導行。 | T1509 作「如針導綖縫衣,縫非針也。」〔T25 0282b01〕;本論將針綖譬重配為智與行。 |
| 6 | 本論作「智御行牛,車則安隱,能有所至。」〔T33 0715c10〕 | T1509 作「譬如牛力雖能挽車,要須御者能有所至」〔T25 0108b28〕;牛車場景相合,智行配義屬本論。 |
| 7 | 《阿含》不放逸一行〔T33 0715c14–c17〕。 | 《增壹阿含經》(T125)作「當修行一法,當廣布一法」〔T02 0563c12〕,並說「所謂無放逸行。云何為無放逸行?所謂護心也。」〔0563c15〕;角色、護心與漏盡結局相合,本論有所壓縮。 |
| 8 | 《阿含》所引「他物莫取。」〔T33 0715c17〕 | 《思惟略要法》(T617)保存恒水邊問道及「他物莫取。」〔T15 0298a09〕,《五門禪經要用法》(T619)同作「他物莫取。」〔T15 0332c01〕;尚未鎖定單一阿含今本,所指待考。 |
| 9 | 《阿含》止、觀二行〔T33 0715c23–c28〕。 | T125 作「阿練比丘當修行二法。云何二法?所謂止與觀也。」〔T02 0600b01〕,後續具苦、習、盡、出要;場景相合,本論作阿練若並合引完整問答。 |
| 10 | 《戒經》作「諸惡莫作,諸善奉行,自淨其意,是諸佛教。」〔T33 0715c29〕 | 同偈見 T125「諸惡莫作,諸善奉行,自淨其意,是諸佛教。」〔T02 0551a13〕,亦見《法句經》(T210)〔T04 0567b01〕、《四分律》(T1428)〔T22 0817b07〕及《毘尼母經》(T1463)〔T24 0809b17〕;《戒經》是類稱,不強繫唯一一部。 |
| 11 | 本論稱《五部律》廣明七支罪相〔T33 0716a02〕。 | 《法華玄義釋籤》列彌沙塞、曇無德、迦葉遺、婆麁富羅、薩婆多〔T33 0870b14–b15〕;這是五部律藏集合名,不虛配單一典號。 |
| 12 | 《論》說一相、種種相及四大互破〔T33 0716a11–a25〕。 | T1509 作「雖知諸法一相,亦能知一切法種種相」〔T25 0194b02〕,並在火中四大場景反覆詰難〔0194c23–c29〕;本論續加火木燒薪而自燒的結釋。 |
| 13 | 善財於摩耶所得如幻三昧〔T33 0716a29〕。 | 《大方廣佛華嚴經》(T278)摩耶自說「我唯知此大願智幻法門」〔T09 0764c29〕;本論以如幻三昧撮其義。 |
| 14 | 善財所見投巖赴火〔T33 0716b01〕。 | T278 作「從彼山上,自投火聚。」〔T09 0700c12〕,所在場景四面火聚、中有刀山。 |
| 15 | 善財所見算砂相黶〔T33 0716b01〕。 | T278 先見「萬童子弄沙嬉戲」〔T09 0704b27〕,又見「相黶子法,算數法、印法」〔0704c02〕及「我悉分別算知其數。」〔0704c14〕;三個場景元素相合。 |
| 16 | 本論統攝諸知識之辭為「佛法如海,我唯知此一法門,餘非所知。」〔T33 0716b03〕 | T278 個別結語如摩耶「我唯知此大願智幻法門」〔T09 0764c29〕、釋天主「我唯知此巧術智慧法門」〔0704c19〕;本論是歷參場景的統攝,不是今本單一連句。 |
| 17 | 本論短題《文殊問經》而說一行三昧〔T33 0716b07〕。 | 內容所在為《文殊師利所說摩訶般若波羅蜜經》(T232):「云何名一行三昧?」〔T08 0731a26〕,並說「法界一相,繫緣法界,是名一行三昧。」〔同處〕;《文殊師利問經》(T468)未見此修法場景,故題名依內容歸 T232,仍保留本論短題。 |
| 18 | 《觀經》作「於三七日,一心精進。」〔T33 0716b28〕 | 題名、場景線在《佛說觀普賢菩薩行法經》(T277)「專心修習,心心相次,不離大乘,一日至三七日得見普賢」〔T09 0389c22〕;近逐字線在 T262「於三七日中,應一心精進。」〔T09 0061b11〕。兩線並錄,不判唯一來源。 |
| 19 | 本論作「若行、若坐,思惟此經。」〔T33 0716b29〕 | T262 作「是人若坐思惟此經」〔T09 0061b02〕;本論增若行並重寫句首。 |
| 20 | 本論作「若聞是經,思惟修習,善行菩薩道。」〔T33 0716c01〕 | T262 分見「得聞是經典者,乃能善行菩薩之道。」〔T09 0031c06〕與「若得聞解、思惟、修習」〔0031c14〕;本論合引重組。 |
| 21 | 本論以「四安樂行」作圓教增數四法〔T33 0716c02〕。 | T262 以「當安住四法」總標安樂行〔T09 0037a15〕,後依次展開四行;本論用四安樂行撮其增數。 |
| 22 | 本論以「五品弟子」作圓教增數五法〔T33 0716c03〕。 | 五品所本見 T262 如來滅後隨喜、讀誦受持、為他人說、兼行六度及正行六度的次第〔T09 0045b23–0045c25〕;根經不作「五品弟子」這一撮名。 |
| 23 | 本論以「六根清淨」作圓教增數六法〔T33 0716c04〕。 | T262 明作「得是六根清淨已」〔T09 0051a06〕;本論以此作六法。 |
| 24 | 本論以低頭、舉手、積土、弄砂皆成佛道〔T33 0716c05〕。 | T262 分見聚沙作塔〔T09 0008c23–c25〕及「乃至舉一手,或復小低頭」〔0009a20〕;本論合群為開麁結語。 |
| 25 | 本論作「雖說種種法,其實為一乘。」〔T33 0716c06〕 | T262 作「無數諸法門,其實為一乘。」〔T09 0009b07〕;雖說種種法與無數諸法門有別。 |
戒聖行
| 次 | 本論所引或場景 | 今本對讀與關係 |
|---|---|---|
| 26 | 《涅槃》列五行,並由聞經生信立聖行〔T33 0716c09–c13〕。 | 《大般涅槃經》(T374)作「一者聖行、二者梵行、三者天行、四者嬰兒行、五者病行。」〔T12 0432a10〕,並有「得聞如是大涅槃經,聞已生信」〔0432a15〕。 |
| 27 | 本論引「諸佛世尊,有無上道,有大正法、大眾正行。」〔T33 0716c11〕 | T374 作「諸佛世尊有無上道,有大正法,大眾正行」〔T12 0432a16〕,標點各守其本。 |
| 28 | 在家如牢獄、出家如虛空,不能盡壽修梵行〔T33 0716c20–c22〕。 | T374 分作「居家迫迮,猶如牢獄」〔T12 0432a21〕、「出家寬曠,猶如虛空」〔0432a22〕及「不得盡壽淨修梵行」〔0432a23〕;逼迫與迫迮有異。 |
| 29 | 本論指《止觀》愛見羅剎毀戒浮囊〔T33 0716c25〕。 | 《摩訶止觀》(T1911)作「愛、見羅剎乞戒浮囊。」〔T46 0038a20〕;此逐字引句的所屬原始文本為 T1911,在考據中的論證角色仍是三大部姊妹互讀與本論明指,並非 T1716 引句所屬,也不取代 T374 的經譬身分。 |
| 30 | 本論列根本、眷屬、非惡覺、護持正念、迴向無上道五支戒〔T33 0716c26–0717a15〕。 | T374 連列「根本業清淨戒、前後眷屬餘清淨戒、非諸惡覺覺清淨戒、護持正念念清淨戒、迴向阿耨多羅三藐三菩提戒。」〔T12 0432c10〕;末支題形有別。 |
| 31 | 本論總誌十二自制願〔T33 0717a25–a28〕。 | T374 自「寧以此身投於熾然猛火深坑」〔T12 0433a23〕起,至不貪觸〔0433b18–b20〕,連列十二願;數目與場景相合,本論未逐項重錄。 |
| 32 | 本論列護他十願,含禁、淨、善、不缺、不析、大乘、不退、隨順、畢竟、具足波羅蜜〔T33 0717a28–b02〕。 | T374 可見「得清淨戒、善戒、不缺戒、不析戒、大乘戒、不退戒、隨順戒、畢竟戒,具足成就波羅蜜戒。」〔T12 0433b23〕;顯示名不含自在戒,不為湊數增補。 |
| 33 | 《大論》十戒與《大經》十戒對位〔T33 0717b23–c02〕。 | T1509 一處列「不缺戒,不破戒,不穿戒,不雜戒,自在戒,不著戒,智者所讚戒。」〔T25 0225c29〕,另一處列「無缺戒、無隙戒、無瑕戒、無濁戒、無著戒、自在戒、智者所讚戒、具足戒、隨定戒。」〔0667c24〕;今本不是一處連續十項,名序與本論皆有差。 |
| 34 | 《涅槃》說戒清淨住初不動地,不動、不墮、不退、不散〔T33 0717c02–c04〕。 | T374 作「即得住於初不動地」〔T12 0433b26〕,又作「不動、不墮、不退、不散。」〔0433b27〕。 |
| 35 | 《淨名》作「其能如是,是名奉律,是名善解。」〔T33 0717c18〕 | 《維摩詰所說經》(T475)作「其知此者,是名奉律;其知此者,是名善解。」〔T14 0541b28〕;能與知、句法與標點有異。 |
| 36 | 本論作「我等長夜持佛淨戒,法王法中久修梵行,始於今日得其果報。」〔T33 0717c19〕 | T262 作「我等長夜,持佛淨戒,始於今日,得其果報,法王法中,久修梵行」〔T09 0018c17–c19〕;同偈而語序重排。 |
| 37 | 本論作「羅睺羅密行,唯我能知之。」〔T33 0717c20〕 | T262 作「羅睺羅密行,唯我能知之,」〔T09 0030a29〕,句末標點異。 |
| 38 | 他師命題《梵網》是菩薩戒〔T33 0717c24〕。 | 《梵網經》為 T1484;此處只是本論所述他師命題,不冒充經文逐字。 |
| 39 | 本論節引「汝實我子」〔T33 0718a06〕。 | T262 作「此實我子,我實其父。」〔T09 0017b13〕;節引與今本句形有別。 |
定聖行
| 次 | 本論所引或場景 | 今本對讀與關係 |
|---|---|---|
| 40 | 本論署《大品》而作「諸佛成道,轉法輪,入涅槃,悉在禪中。」〔T33 0718a18〕 | 《摩訶般若波羅蜜經》(T223)未得整句;T1509 有「及佛得道、捨壽。如是等種種功德、妙定,皆在禪中。」〔T25 0185b25〕,《釋禪波羅蜜次第法門》(T1916)又明署《摩訶衍論》作「若諸佛成道,起轉法輪,入般涅槃,所有種種功德悉在禪中。」〔T46 0476c18〕。三線並錄,不把近句冒作 T223 原文。 |
| 41 | 《大論》作「已得離婬火,則獲清涼定。如人大熱悶,入冷池則樂」〔T33 0718a27〕 | T1509 作「已得離婬火,則獲清涼定;如人大熱悶,入冷池則樂。」〔T25 0185c04〕,分號、句號各異。 |
| 42 | 《論》作「是故除覺、觀,得入一識處,內心清淨故,定生得喜樂」〔T33 0718b07〕 | T1509 作「是故除覺觀,得入一識處。內心清淨故,定生得喜樂,」〔T25 0185c13–c14〕;頓號與句界有別。 |
| 43 | 《論》作「由愛故有苦,失喜則生憂,離苦樂身安,捨念及方便」〔T33 0718b12〕 | T1509 作「由受故有喜,失喜則生憂,離喜,樂身受,捨念及方便。」〔T25 0185c18〕;愛與受、苦與喜、身安與身受皆有顯著差異。 |
| 44 | 第四禪偈作「若能知樂患,見不動大安。憂喜先已除,苦樂今亦斷」〔T33 0718b15–b16〕。 | T1509 作「若能知樂患,見不動大安,憂喜先已除,苦樂今亦斷。」〔T25 0185c21–c22〕;句界與標點有別。 |
| 45 | 《大論》作「是慈在色界四禪中間得修。」〔T33 0718b18〕 | T1509 相應場景只鎖得「第四禪中,以慈廣大」〔T25 0388a14〕,未得本論整句;只列相應場景,不冒稱逐字。 |
| 46 | 本論指四空方便委在《禪門》〔T33 0718c07〕。 | 所指書為《釋禪波羅蜜次第法門》(T1916);這是指廣,不製造不存在的逐字引文。 |
| 47 | 本論作「遊止三四,出生十二。」〔T33 0718c18〕 | 《太子瑞應本起經》(T185)作「遊志三四,出十二門」〔T03 0476c27〕,《修行本起經》(T184)同作「遊志三四出十二門」〔T03 0469c07〕;T1916 所引則作「遊止三四,出生十二。」〔T46 0524b18〕。止與志、出生十二與出十二門並錄。 |
| 48 | 本論於根本淨禪證相後指「悉在《禪門》」〔T33 0719b09〕。 | 所指書為《釋禪波羅蜜次第法門》(T1916);只誌指廣角色,不把本論指廣語冒作 T1916 逐字引文。 |
| 49 | 九想、背捨、勝處、一切處兩度指廣於《禪門》〔T33 0719c12、c19〕。 | 所指仍為 T1916;兩處各守本論位置,不把第一次指廣代作第二次。 |
| 50 | 本論稱《阿毘曇》明熏練〔T33 0719c24〕。 | 類稱不足以唯一定位,所指待考,不強繫《阿毘達磨大毘婆沙論》。 |
| 51 | 《大經》作「菩薩住禪得堪忍地。」〔T33 0720a10〕 | T374 作「得四念處已,則得住於堪忍地中。」〔T12 0434b18〕;場景相合,但今本以四念處為近因。 |
| 52 | 《毘曇》說無色有道共戒〔T33 0720a24–a26〕。 | 《阿毘達磨大毘婆沙論》(T1545)反說「此則遮說無色界有無漏戒。」〔T27 0723b22〕,又由無色無大種說戒亦無〔0723c03–c06〕;這是反向見證,本論所稱毘曇仍待考。 |
| 53 | 成論人說色是無教法、不至無色〔T33 0720a26〕。 | 《成實論》(T1646)未得該整句;本論明作成論人之說,屬學派報告,不冒作論書逐字。 |
| 54 | 《舍利弗毘曇》說無色有色〔T33 0720a27〕。 | 《舍利弗阿毘曇論》(T1548)細色條含「若色色界繫、若無色界繫、若不繫」〔T28 0543b07〕;本論壓縮論義,今本不作四字整句。 |
| 55 | 《大經》作「無色界色,非諸聲聞所知。」〔T33 0720a28〕 | T374 未得整句;T475 只見「如無色界色」〔T14 0547b06〕之譬。所指待考,不把半句冒充本論整句。 |
| 56 | 《大論》說念處中已具三十七品〔T33 0720b03–b09〕。 | T1509 作「佛說四念處,是中不離四正懃、四如意足、五根、五力。」〔T25 0192b13〕,又說「若說三分、八正道,當知已說一切三十七品。」〔0192c05〕;結論相合,本論改寫成逐級名目。 |
| 57 | 九種大禪如《地持》所釋〔T33 0720b26〕。 | 《菩薩地持經》(T1581)作「略說九種:一者自性禪;二者一切禪」〔T30 0921b29〕,後續列滿九名至 0921c03;本論只舉自性禪。 |
慧聖行、五怖畏與二十五三昧
| 次 | 本論所引或場景 | 今本對讀與關係 |
|---|---|---|
| 58 | 《大經》說四諦若攝法不盡便應有第五諦,又以十方土譬未說之法〔T33 0721a16–a20〕。 | T374 以手中葉與大地草木設問〔T12 0442b09–b17〕,答「如是諸法,悉已攝在四聖諦中。」〔0442b19〕,又說陰有無量相非二乘所知〔0442b24–b27〕;本論重寫譬面。 |
| 59 | 本論於無量四諦慧末指「廣說如《止觀》」〔T33 0721a29〕。 | 所指書為《摩訶止觀》(T1911);只誌姊妹部指廣,不把本論指廣語冒作 T1911 逐字引文。 |
| 60 | 《大經》寶珠在體而誤認失去〔T33 0721b02–b07〕。 | T374 作「寶珠在體,謂呼失去。」〔T12 0408b02〕;本論壓縮後續瘡、鏡、憂悲場景。 |
| 61 | 《大品》作「一切種智即寂滅相。」〔T33 0721b11〕 | T223 作「一相故,名一切種智,所謂一切法寂滅相。」〔T08 0375c22〕,續以行類、相貌、名字顯示說解;本論有所壓縮。 |
| 62 | 《大經》作「無苦、無諦,有實。無集、道、滅、無諦,有實。」〔T33 0721b15〕 | T374 作「有苦有諦有實,有集有諦有實,有滅有諦有實,有道有諦有實。」〔T12 0443c01〕,又作「如來非苦非諦是實」〔0443c03〕;有與無、句法皆異,白話仍守本論。 |
| 63 | 《大經》不畏貪欲、恚、癡、地獄、沙門、婆羅門等〔T33 0721b29–c12〕。 | T374 作「則不復畏貪恚愚癡、生老病死」〔T12 0448b05〕及「亦復不畏沙門、婆羅門、外道邪見」〔0448b10〕;場景相合,本論拆配五怖畏。 |
| 64 | 《地持》離五怖畏〔T33 0721c12–c19〕。 | T1581 自「修無我智我想不生」〔T30 0941a19〕起,連列不活、惡名、死、惡道、大眾畏至 0941a25;直接相合。 |
| 65 | 《十地經》亦列五怖畏〔T33 0721c19〕。 | 《十住經》(T286)作「不活畏、惡名畏、死畏、墮惡道畏、大眾威德畏」〔T10 0500c17〕,後逐解至 0500c24。 |
| 66 | 《十地論》以身口意配屬五怖畏〔T33 0721c19–c25〕。 | 《十地經論》(T1522)作「是五怖畏,第一第二第五依身口意,第三第四依身。」〔T26 0137a04〕;本論的逐項配屬不同,並錄不齊一。 |
| 67 | 經言「如來是大幻師。」〔T33 0723b09〕。 | 多部典籍有大幻師譬,如 T278 作「譬如大幻師,能令眾歡喜」〔T09 0428b05〕,但未得本論整句及唯一題名,所指待考。 |
| 68 | 真諦三藏說兜率陀天果報樂青,宮殿服玩皆青〔T33 0723b28–c01〕。 | 本論明署譯師口說,T1717 與 X0592 也未給所屬典號;只作古德語見證,不冒充經論。 |
| 69 | 《大經》作「是二十五三昧名諸三昧王」〔T33 0724a16〕。 | T374 作「如是二十五三昧,名諸三昧王。」〔T12 0448c02–c03〕;節引而字面相合。 |
| 70 | 本論續作「若入是三昧,一切三昧悉入其中」〔T33 0724a17〕。 | T374 此處未見該句;X0592 明署《大經疏》而引「一切三昧悉入其中」〔X28 0596a04〕。故只繫《大經疏》傳承線,不冒作 T374 逐字。 |
| 71 | 《法華》第三作「破有法王,出現於世,隨眾生欲,而為說法。」〔T33 0724a23〕 | T262 作「破有法王,出現世間,隨眾生欲,種種說法。」〔T09 0019c10〕;於世與世間、而為與種種皆異。 |
梵行、天行、嬰兒行與病行
| 次 | 本論所引或場景 | 今本對讀與關係 |
|---|---|---|
| 72 | 《大經》作「若有人問:誰是一切諸善根本?當言:慈是。」〔T33 0724b04〕 | T374 作「若有人問:『誰是一切諸善根本?』當言慈是。」〔T12 0456b12〕,引號與標點異。 |
| 73 | 本論合引「慈即如來,慈即佛性」〔T33 0724b06〕。 | T374 分見「慈即如來」〔T12 0456b15〕及「佛性即慈,慈即如來。」〔0456b23〕;今本沒有慈即佛性的同序短句。 |
| 74 | 天行以第一義天、由理成行立義〔T33 0724b10–b17〕。 | 本論未署典;T1717 說「《涅槃》不釋指在雜華,即《華嚴》也。」〔T33 0880c28〕,這是湛然辨源,不倒寫為智者明引。 |
| 75 | 嬰兒行引「能說大字,所謂婆和」〔T33 0724c01〕。 | T374 作「能說大字」〔T12 0485b27〕及「所謂婆啝」〔0485b28〕,和與啝異。 |
| 76 | 本論作「不見晝夜、親疏等相」〔T33 0724c02〕。 | T374 作「無晝夜想,於諸眾生其心平等,故無父母親踈等相。」〔T12 0485c04–c05〕;親疏與親踈異,本論有所壓縮。 |
| 77 | 本論作「不能造作,大小諸事」〔T33 0724c04〕。 | T374 作「不能造作大小諸事。」〔T12 0485c05〕,後解大為五逆、小為二乘心。 |
| 78 | 本論節引「楊樹黃葉」〔T33 0724c06〕。 | T374 作「父母即以楊樹黃葉」〔T12 0485c10〕。 |
| 79 | 本論作「非道為道,以能生道微因緣故。」〔T33 0724c07〕 | T374 作「以能生道微因緣故,說非道為道。」〔T12 0485c29〕;語序倒置。 |
| 80 | 本論作「不能起住、來去、語言。」〔T33 0724c10〕 | T374 作「不能起住、來去、語言,是名嬰兒。」〔T12 0485b14–b15〕;本論節引。 |
| 81 | 病行列金鏘、馬麥、寒風索衣、熱病求乳等示病〔T33 0724c15–c18〕。 | T1717 分繫《大論》九惱、《乳光經》及《興起行經》宿緣〔T33 0881c08–c13〕;T1716 此段未署單一典名,故只誌辨源線,不以一部包攬全部事件。 |
圓五行與觀心
| 次 | 本論所引或場景 | 今本對讀與關係 |
|---|---|---|
| 82 | 《大經》作「復有一行是如來行,所謂大乘、大般涅槃。」〔T33 0725a25〕 | T374 作「復有一行是如來行,所謂大乘大涅槃經。」〔T12 0432a12–a13〕;頓號、般字及末經字有別。 |
| 83 | 《大論》作「從初發心,常觀涅槃行道。」〔T33 0725b03〕 | T1509 作「菩薩觀涅槃,行佛道」〔T25 0139c11〕;本論增從初發心、常,並把佛道改作行道。 |
| 84 | 《大品》說從初發心行、生、修,直到坐道場仍行、生、修〔T33 0725b04–b06〕。 | T223 作「從初發意乃至坐道場,應行、應生、應修般若波羅蜜。」〔T08 0373a19〕;發心與發意有異,畢竟發心二不別是本論判語。 |
| 85 | 本論作「如來莊嚴而自莊嚴」〔T33 0725b13〕。 | T262 作「當知是人以佛莊嚴而自莊嚴」〔T09 0031a04〕;如來與佛、句首皆異。 |
| 86 | 如來室、衣、座〔T33 0725b14–b17〕。 | T262 作「入如來室,著如來衣,坐如來座」〔T09 0031c23–c24〕,後以大慈悲、柔和忍辱、一切法空分釋〔0031c25–c27〕;本論再配圓五行。 |
| 87 | 本論引「持佛淨戒」〔T33 0725b18〕。 | T262 同作「持佛淨戒,」〔T09 0018c17〕,句末標點異。 |
| 88 | 本論作「深達罪福相,遍照於十方」〔T33 0725b19〕。 | T262 作「深達罪福相,遍照於十方,」〔T09 0035b28〕,句末標點異。 |
| 89 | 本論作「佛自住大乘,如其所得法,定慧力莊嚴」〔T33 0725b21〕。 | T262 同作「佛自住大乘,如其所得法,定慧力莊嚴」〔T09 0008a23–a24〕。 |
| 90 | 如來座一段合引觀一切法空與不分別上中下、有為無為等〔T33 0725b28–c01〕。 | T262 長行作「觀一切法空,如實相,不顛倒、不動、不退、不轉」〔T09 0037b12〕,重頌另作「又復不行,上中下法,有為無為,實不實法,亦不分別,是男是女。」〔0037c10〕;本論合引、重排並節略。 |
| 91 | 本論作「能為下劣,忍于斯事」〔T33 0725c02〕。 | T262 同作「能為下劣,忍于斯事,」〔T09 0019a05〕,句末標點異。 |
| 92 | 本論作「即脫瓔珞,著弊垢衣」〔T33 0725c03〕。 | T262 長行分作「即脫瓔珞」〔T09 0017a15〕、「更著麁弊垢膩之衣」〔0017a16〕,偈又作「著弊垢衣」〔0018a21〕;本論合取兩處。 |
| 93 | 本論節引「方便附近」〔T33 0725c04〕。 | T262 同作「方便附近,」〔T09 0018a22〕。 |
| 94 | 本論引「諸法從本來,常自寂滅相」〔T33 0725c26〕。 | T262 作「諸法從本來,常自寂滅相。」〔T09 0008b25〕,句末標點異。 |
| 95 | 《地持》說從自性禪發一切禪,並列現法樂、出生種性三摩跋提、利益眾生三類〔T33 0726a24–a28〕。 | T1581 先列自性禪、一切禪〔T30 0921b29–c03〕,一切禪三類作「現法樂住禪」〔0921c08〕、「出生三昧功德禪」〔0921c09〕、「利益眾生禪」〔同處〕;從某禪發某禪是本論銷釋。 |
| 96 | 末問答以《法華》已開麁、《涅槃》仍扶戒定慧為問〔T33 0726b04–b10〕。 | 這是本論對兩部教意的料簡,沒有另引新句;兩部題名分別為 T262《妙法蓮華經》、T374《大般涅槃經》。 |
所指待考者共十二類:阿含他物莫取的單一經本、《戒經》的唯一題名、《五部律》的單一所屬、《阿毘曇》熏練、毘曇無色道共戒、成論人無教色、《大經》無色界色、如來大幻師的唯一出處、真諦三藏兜率樂青的書面所屬,以及《觀經》三七、《大品》禪中成道、一切三昧悉入其中三項的雙線或後疏線。待考不等於無來源,只表示現有傳本不足以安全收成唯一三合一。
四、釋籤釋要〔鏡〕
《法華玄義釋籤》先順本論說行、智、境相須:智行是能到,理境是所到;隨即指出只到相須仍未顯妙,因為尚未見一理而三理、一行而三行及初後不二。它以四種三昧中一一皆具法界諸度,解一行一切行;又把境、智、行分別照作法身、般若、解脫,使三者同在一涅槃三德中成立。
對增數,鏡中特別說「今言增數,但是數增,法體無定」〔T33 0870a03〕,防止把增數理解為每次只在前法上添一法。通途尚未判屬一教,約教才隨教分別;四教段又依正釋、判麁妙、開麁三層展開。三藏一行取護心不放逸,二行取止觀,三行取戒定慧;通教以一相與無相兩重破執;別教由善財歷參顯次第不相攝;圓教則以法界為正門而一行始終具十。
本論正文只舉十境界、十觀成乘而未展名〔T33 0716b18–b20〕。湛然判「文且增至十法者,為取十乘觀法故也。」並指向《止觀》〔T33 0871b08–b13〕;《摩訶止觀》具列「觀心具十法門:一、觀不可思議境,二、起慈悲心,三、巧安止觀,四、破法遍,五、識通塞,六、修道品,七、對治助開,八、知次位,九、能安忍,十、無法愛也。」〔T46 0052b01–b04〕。
五行段的骨架不是先列五名便平行直下。戒聖行由聞經立信、依信立願、依願立行;戒中又有釋、判、開。五支戒雖都稱戒,鏡中明判前二攝戒、第三攝定、後二攝慧,因此定共、道共與迴向無上道不能壓成同類戒條。十戒與兩論參互處,鏡中甚至明說「誤文亦不須改」〔T33 0873a13〕,正可守住本論與今本差異。
本論傳本原形為「以不起迷著依、正」〔T33 0720c15–c16〕;湛然則判此中恐剩「不」字,末又明言故知剩「不」字〔T33 0876b25–b29〕。本版白話繼續守 T1716 傳本原形,這裡只並錄嫡傳剩字判,不自行裁改。
定聖行先分世間、出世、上上三類,再各有釋、判、開。世間禪由根本味、根本淨展開;出世禪以觀、練、熏、修分別善觀、善入、善出、善住;上上禪只舉自性禪而指向九大禪。二乘以自度熏成四枯念處,菩薩以慈悲誓願荷負眾生而成四榮、住堪忍地,差別不只在禪名,而在所為。
慧聖行只釋生滅、無生、無量、無作四種四諦,不另機械複製戒、定兩段的判、開。無作四諦由寶珠在體的迷悟說苦集與道滅相即,再入無畏地、五怖畏、二十五三昧。灌頂三番附語的起訖由私謂與今釋二詞鎖定;其後二十五段每段都具出有過患、本法功德、結行成定、慈悲破有四意,四意又由五行貫通,故二十五名不是孤立對照表。
梵行取離二邊的無緣慈悲,天行取第一義天而由理成行,嬰兒行由慈同眾生小善,病行由悲同眾生之病。五行證地的料簡,再以地前顯別、登地同證使前三地與自行化他互融。圓五行則把莊嚴、室、座、衣配成聖、梵、天、嬰兒、病五行;一不作五、五不作一,名相不混而體無二。
末段觀心不是另立一套。境、智、行與前來因緣、四諦、二諦、三諦、一實諦,都被收回一心五行與三諦。終問答所說扶戒定慧,也不是《法華》廢事、《涅槃》再補事;鏡中同時防尚理而謗權、尚事而謗實兩失,以初後俱頓作全章收束。
五、諸家異釋
智銓《法華經玄籤證釋》(X0592)有本單元連續直扣文,起於「○第三行玅。」〔X28 0589c01〕,止於觀心圓五行「利益禪有十一種。」〔0598a01〕;下一行「第四位,妙。」〔0598a02〕已入後科。這不是零星詞見,而是一段逐科證釋。
其中三項辨源尤要。第一,智銓說「鍼導線,大論三十三卷無,第三十卷中有如鍼導綖縫衣,縫非鍼也。」〔X28 0590a14〕,又說「御導牛。大論二十卷無。第七卷云:譬如牛力雖能挽車,要須御者能有所至。」〔0590a16〕,正面校正《釋籤》傳統卷數。第二,它以《文殊師利所說摩訶般若波羅蜜經》繫一行三昧〔0591a03〕,又以普賢觀經繫三七日題名線〔0591b05〕,使短題與內容所屬得以分辨。第三,它明署「大經疏云」而引一切三昧悉入其中〔0596a03〕,保存後疏線,防止把這句冒充今本《大般涅槃經》。
智銓又記《大經》現文未見自在戒〔X28 0591c23〕,保存遊止與遊志的傳承差〔0593a03–a04〕,並逐接五怖畏、二十五三昧、嬰兒行、病行、圓五行與觀心。限定連續讀取的 0589c01–0598a01 範圍內,未見以山家、山外名目直接標示宗諍;這只是該段乾淨結果,不擴作全書或全傳統的負面總斷。
六、術語
行妙。 行是進趣,必由智導而入正境;但三者只作相互資須,尚非妙。妙的標誌是本論自說的一行一切行、三一互論與無缺無減。
通途、約教。 通途尚未判屬某一教;約教才依不同教門各明增數。兩者不是一般修行與宗派修行的現代二分。
增數。 所增是數目,所攝法體沒有固定一套。由一、二、三直到百千萬億,重點在任何數門都能攝一切行,不與《增壹阿含經》的題名混同。
一行一切行。 一行不是排除其餘行,而是此行圓具諸行。具、深、盡三字又由本論自釋為廣、高、究竟,不能另造階位。
一相、無相。 通教段先由四大互難破異相,再以無相破一相;如火燒薪後也自燒,所破的一相不能留下成為新實體。
次第五行、圓五行。 前者依戒、定、慧、慈悲應物次第展開,後者使五行在一心中具足。一與五既不互相造作,也不相離混同。
戒五支。 根本、前後眷屬、非惡覺、護持正念、迴向無上道五支,實際橫跨戒、定、慧。定共依定心止惡,道共依正念發真,不析戒兼有體法入空與戒品牢固兩義。
根本味、根本淨。 味禪以隱沒、有垢、無記為相;淨禪正與其相反,開六妙門、十六特勝與通明。味不是感官滋味,而是闇證與愛著的判語。
觀、練、熏、修。 觀攝九想、背捨、勝處、一切處;練是九次第定,熏是師子奮迅,修是超越三昧。四名各有入、出、住的操作分際。
四種四諦慧。 生滅、無生、無量、無作既是竪次第,也可橫照自行與化他。無作由寶珠在體之譬顯迷悟,不能把苦集即道滅讀成經驗層毫無差別。
二十五三昧。 依地獄至非想非非想二十五有,次第配無垢、不退、心樂、歡喜、日光、月光、熱焰、如幻、不動、難伏、悅意、青色、黃色、赤色、白色、種種、雙、雷音、注雨、如虛空、照鏡、無礙、常、樂、我二十五名。每一段都含自行破有與慈悲應物,不只是一張名目表。
梵、天、嬰兒、病行。 梵行之淨在離二邊愛見,以無緣慈悲拔苦與樂;天行之天是第一義天;嬰兒行由慈同小善;病行由悲同眾生之病。同是方便應化,不是菩薩退失所證或真造惡業。
一五行。 五行在一心中具足,一不作五、五不作一,非共非離。這既不把五行排成永不相通的五段,也不把五名抹平成一個無差別概念。
扶戒定慧。 終問答為末代執實而謗方便者說扶持戒、定、慧;其用意在令事與理不相傷,不是說前經已廢三學、後經重新設立。
後世常用的一些撮要名稱,包括五時八教、化儀、化法、藏通別圓、迹門十妙、本門十妙與一念三千,都不是本單元本論字面。若以它們作後世導讀,只能明標為約詞,不能放入逐字徵引替代本論自己的四教、迹中十妙、本十妙及觀心行文。
七、譬喻、互讀與承衍
智目、行足與清涼池,是全章第一幅總圖:眼使足不迷,足使眼所見成為到達;到池後,智顯理而理窮智息。針與長線、御者與行牛,又把智導行說得更細:線能縫而須針導,牛能挽而須御者指向。這些譬都不貶行,只說眾行若無正智便不能安隱到境。
定聖行的意象由冷池、畫師、四大生五陰一路展開。觀、練、熏、修如五彩相淡而出無量色;九想對治六欲,如海中浮屍可被依憑而得度。慧聖行又以寶珠在體、只見瘡而不見珠鏡,顯迷時苦集、悟時道滅;二十五三昧則以須彌入芥、毛孔納海總寫無畏地的自在力用。
嬰兒行的楊葉、木牛與方便附近,和病行的同病示身,共同把慈悲從抽象德目變成隨機俯同。圓五行再取如來室、衣、座,把慈悲、柔和忍辱與一切法空配入五行;阿修羅琴無人鼓而隨意出聲,則顯圓應眾機而無前後並別。
與《妙法蓮華經》(T262)互讀,本章由序品行道偈、安樂行、開權諸譬、如來室衣座等多處收成行妙;與《摩訶止觀》(T1911)互讀,戒浮囊及禪觀法門顯三大部教觀互照;與《妙法蓮華經文句》(T1718)互讀,本論「本從無數佛,具足行諸道。」〔T33 0715b21〕在《文句》逐文作「本從無數佛具足行諸道」,並判為頌二佛、釋歎結歎之意〔T34 0044b14–b19〕。後兩部都是三大部姊妹見證,不因此成為每一處引句的所屬典籍;這一互讀也不表示《玄義》引用《文句》。
行妙承前境妙與智妙:境是所到,智是能導,行使所解成為實際進趣。它又承衍後面的位妙與三法妙:行若展開便有階位,境智行三若圓具便能以三德互照。最終相待不是終點;開麁之後,一切行都不再被隔在妙外,才把第三妙推向後續各妙。
八、校本定位
一、本單元底本為 T1716,正文範圍 0715b16–0726b10;可見流實測一萬八千九百二十六字元,其中漢字一萬五千一百九十五。卷第三下終題、卷第四上題、卷第四上終題、卷第四下題及兩處智者題署都屬傳本題面,白話仍逐項保存,不計作義理科段。
二、本範圍大正校異節點共二筆,皆在 0719b28。第一筆通行字作「趺」〔T33 0719b28〕,大正原讀作跌;第二筆通行字為罕見足旁字「𨄔」〔T33 0719b28〕,大正原讀為「𬧅」。兩形並錄不判,不用常見字替換吞併。
三、本論引經常有合引、節引、換序與換字。尤其《觀經》三七日有題名線與近逐字線,《大品》禪中成道有本論署名、論書近句與姊妹論明引三線,《大經》一切三昧悉入其中另屬後疏線;三項皆不得只留一線。
四、頁錨一律取引文首字之前最近同版行號。黃色三昧與赤色三昧同起 0723c06,不能為追求一名一行而虛拆位置;跨頁、跨卷及同句多見者各按本單元實際出現處定位。
五、唯一明證的灌頂附語是 0721c26–0722a06。自 0722a06 今釋二十五三昧名起恢復智者自釋;傳本題面、湛然科判與智銓校語各守自身層次,不回灌本論。
The subtlety of practice is the third of the ten subtleties and the longest unit in this work’s separate explanation of the chapter on explaining the name. The text first explains practice through increasing numbers; next it uses the sequential and perfect five practices to unfold discipline, concentration, wisdom, and compassionate response; finally it returns to perfect inclusion in one mind and to relational and absolute wondrousness. Three threads must be preserved together: the authorial layers of what Zhiyi taught and what Guanding recorded, the wording of Zhiyi’s quotations in this treatise and that of received witnesses, and the order between sequential unfolding and perfect opening and revelation.
1. Doctrinal-Outline Placement
This unit begins in Fascicle Three, Part Two with 「○第三、行妙者,為二:一、通途增數行,二、約教增數行。」 tr. “Third, as for the subtlety of practice, it has two parts: first, practices of increasing number in general; second, practices of increasing number according to the teachings.” 〔T33 0715b16〕. It ends in Fascicle Four, Part Two with 「得《法華》意者,於《涅槃》不用次第行也。」 tr. “One who has grasped the meaning of the Lotus does not use sequential practices in the Nirvāṇa Sūtra.” 〔0726b09–b10〕. The next line, 「○第四明位妙者」 tr. “Fourth, clarifying the subtlety of stages” 〔0726b11〕, already enters the subtlety of stages. The main text crosses Fascicle Three, Part Two and both parts of Fascicle Four. Fascicle titles and the attribution “spoken by the Great Master Zhiyi of Tiantai” belong to the transmitted title surface and do not establish additional doctrinal sections.
The Fahua Xuanyi Shiqian (T1717) begins its direct explanation with 「次明行妙中,文自為二,今又為三:標、列、釋。」 tr. “Next, in clarifying the subtlety of practice, the text itself has two parts; now these are further made three: marking, listing, and explaining.” 〔T33 0869b12〕. It concludes with 「得《法華》意則初後俱頓,請揣心撫臆自曉沈浮。」 tr. “If one grasps the meaning of the Lotus, both beginning and end are sudden; please examine your mind and breast and discern rise and fall for yourself.” 〔0883b15〕. Only at 「第四位妙」 tr. “Fourth, the subtlety of stages” 〔0883b23〕 does the next section begin. Following its outline, the whole unit may be divided into three major parts:
- Increasing numbers in general: mutual dependence among practice, wisdom, and object is used to reveal wondrous practice by contrast; one practice as all practices is explained; and the needle and thread, ox and cart, and other similes show wisdom guiding all practices.
- Increasing numbers according to the teachings: from one dharma through immeasurable dharmas is explained according to the Four Teachings, followed by judging the coarse and wondrous, revealing the wondrous in the present scripture, and opening the coarse. Internally this can be divided into seven sections: Tripiṭaka, Shared, Distinct, Perfect, judging, relational, and opening.
- The number five: first come the sequential five practices, including discipline, concentration, and wisdom within noble practice together with brahmā, heavenly, infant, and illness practices; then come the perfect five practices, the five practices in one mind, and contemplation of mind. The unit closes with a question and answer on the Lotus and the Nirvāṇa Sūtra.
Sections One through Thirteen provide a reading route through the long chapter: Section One, the general framework of wondrous practice; Section Two, increasing numbers in the Four Teachings; Section Three, the general marking of the distinct five practices; Section Four, noble practice in discipline; Section Five, noble practice in concentration; Section Six, the four kinds of four truths in noble practice in wisdom; Section Seven, the ground of fearlessness and the twenty-five samādhis; Section Eight, brahmā practice; Section Nine, heavenly practice; Section Ten, infant and illness practices; Section Eleven, resolving questions about the grounds realized by the sequential five practices; Section Twelve, the perfect five practices; and Section Thirteen, contemplation of mind and the concluding question and answer. The twenty-five modes of existence retain twenty-five child anchors, but all remain subordinate to noble practice in wisdom rather than becoming twenty-five major sections at the same level.
There is one explicit shift of authorial layer. From 「私謂:不畏貪欲等,無作集壞。」 tr. “I privately say: not fearing desire and the others means that non-constructed arising has been destroyed.” 〔T33 0721c26〕 through 「四德宛然矣。」 tr. “The four virtues are manifestly clear.” 〔0722a06〕, the main text contains Guanding’s appended explanation. The Fahua Xuanyi Shiqian expressly identifies this passage as 「章安三釋」 tr. “Zhang’an’s three explanations” 〔T33 0878c28〕. At 「今釋二十五三昧名」 tr. “Now explain the names of the twenty-five samādhis” 〔T33 0722a06〕, Zhiyi’s own explanation resumes; the Fahua Xuanyi Shiqian likewise states that what follows is 「大師自釋。」 tr. “the Great Master’s own explanation.” 〔T33 0879a16〕.
2. Formation and Transmission
The treatise’s account of its origins states that Zhiyi lectured on the profound meaning in Jiangling and Guanding heard and recorded it. Guanding says 「次在江陵,奉蒙玄義」 tr. “Next, in Jiangling, I reverently received the Profound Meaning” 〔T33 0681a16〕, and further records 「聿遵聖典,書而傳之,《玄》、《文》各十卷。」 tr. “Thereupon, following the sacred canon, I wrote and transmitted it, the Profound Meaning and the Words and Phrases each in ten fascicles.” 〔0681a22〕. The unit’s default authorial layer is therefore Zhiyi speaking and Guanding recording. Recorder and lecturer are not collapsed into one person, nor is the single passage of Guanding’s appended explanation expanded into a claim that the whole chapter is the recorder’s private discourse.
The extant base text is T1716, Fahua Xuanyi, whose discussion of wondrous practice crosses the title surfaces of three half-fascicles. The direct lineage commentary is Zhanran’s T1717, Fahua Xuanyi Shiqian; a later old commentary is Zhiquan’s X0592, Fahua Jing Xuanqian Zhengshi. The latter two may distinguish outlines, sources, and transmissional readings, but they do not replace the wording of T1716. The prefatory Shiqian Origins Preface is signed 「君山除饉男普門子屬辭」 tr. “Words composed by Pumenzi, a śramaṇa of Junshan” 〔T33 0815a05〕 and is Pumenzi’s respectful preface. Zhanran’s main text is signed 「天台沙門湛然述」 tr. “Composed by the Tiantai śramaṇa Zhanran” 〔0815b04〕. These layers must also remain distinct.
3. Scriptures and Treatises Cited by Zhiyi
The following entries list, in the treatise’s order, every item rechecked in this review. The treatise wording in the middle column always preserves T1716. Titles of received texts follow their own canonical headings. Where there is an excerpt, composite quotation, changed order, variant graph, or only a corresponding scene, the relation is recorded without altering the treatise. Where title, canon number, and locus cannot all be made to agree, the referent is expressly left for further investigation.
Increasing Numbers in General, in the Four Teachings, and in the Present Scripture
| No. | Quotation or Scene in the Treatise | Received Witness and Relation |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | The Lotus Sūtra reads 「本從無數佛,具足行諸道。」 tr. “Originally following innumerable buddhas, they fully practiced all paths.” 〔T33 0715b21〕 | T262 reads 「本從無數佛,具足行諸道,」 tr. “Originally following innumerable buddhas, they fully practiced all paths,” 〔T09 0005c19〕. Final punctuation differs. |
| 2 | The treatise reads 「無量諸佛所,而行深妙道。」 tr. “In the presence of immeasurable buddhas, they practiced the profound and wondrous path.” 〔T33 0715b22〕 | T262 identically reads 「無量諸佛所,而行深妙道。」 tr. “In the presence of immeasurable buddhas, they practiced the profound and wondrous path.” 〔T09 0008a09〕 |
| 3 | The treatise reads 「盡行諸佛所有道法。」 tr. “They completely practiced all the path-dharmas possessed by the buddhas.” 〔T33 0715b22〕 | T262 reads 「盡行諸佛無量道法,」 tr. “They completely practiced the buddhas’ immeasurable path-dharmas,” 〔T09 0005b28〕. 所有 and 無量, and the final punctuation, differ. |
| 4 | The Explanatory Treatise says that one dharma, two dharmas, and onward through immeasurable dharmas encompass all practices 〔T33 0715c03–c07〕. | The Great Treatise on the Perfection of Wisdom (T1509) first says 「如是等一法門相攝一切法。復次,二法門攝一切法」 tr. “Such gates of one dharma encompass all dharmas. Further, gates of two dharmas encompass all dharmas” 〔T25 0294a27〕, and later reaches 「三、四、五、六乃至無量法門相攝一切法。」 tr. “Gates of three, four, five, six, and even immeasurable dharmas encompass all dharmas.” 〔0294b02〕. The present treatise recasts this as a bodhisattva’s practice of prajñā and increasing numbers of ten, a hundred, and thousands of myriads of millions. |
| 5 | The treatise uses 「智如利針,行如長線。」 tr. “Wisdom is like a sharp needle; practice is like a long thread.” 〔T33 0715c09〕 to show wisdom guiding practice. | T1509 reads 「如針導綖縫衣,縫非針也。」 tr. “It is like a needle guiding thread to sew a garment; the sewing is not the needle.” 〔T25 0282b01〕. The treatise reallocates needle and thread to wisdom and practice. |
| 6 | The treatise reads 「智御行牛,車則安隱,能有所至。」 tr. “When wisdom drives the ox of practice, the cart is secure and can reach its destination.” 〔T33 0715c10〕 | T1509 reads 「譬如牛力雖能挽車,要須御者能有所至」 tr. “It is like an ox whose strength can draw a cart, yet it requires a driver to reach a destination.” 〔T25 0108b28〕. The ox-and-cart scene agrees; its correlation with wisdom and practice belongs to the present treatise. |
| 7 | The one practice of vigilance in the Āgamas 〔T33 0715c14–c17〕. | The Ekottarika Āgama (T125) reads 「當修行一法,當廣布一法」 tr. “One should cultivate one dharma and widely spread one dharma” 〔T02 0563c12〕, and explains 「所謂無放逸行。云何為無放逸行?所謂護心也。」 tr. “It is the practice of vigilance. What is the practice of vigilance? It is guarding the mind.” 〔0563c15〕. The role, guarding of mind, and conclusion in ending the contaminants correspond; the treatise compresses the passage. |
| 8 | The Āgama quotation reads 「他物莫取。」 tr. “Do not take what belongs to another.” 〔T33 0715c17〕 | The Concise Essentials for Contemplation (T617) preserves the questioning beside the Ganges and 「他物莫取。」 tr. “Do not take what belongs to another.” 〔T15 0298a09〕; the Essential Methods of the Five-Gate Dhyāna Scripture (T619) identically reads 「他物莫取。」 tr. “Do not take what belongs to another.” 〔T15 0332c01〕. No single received Āgama has yet been locked; the referent remains for investigation. |
| 9 | The two practices of calm and insight in the Āgamas 〔T33 0715c23–c28〕. | T125 reads 「阿練比丘當修行二法。云何二法?所謂止與觀也。」 tr. “A forest-dwelling monk should cultivate two dharmas. What are the two? They are calm and insight.” 〔T02 0600b01〕, followed by suffering, arising, exhaustion, and the essential way out. The scene corresponds; the treatise writes araṇya in a fuller form and combines the entire question and answer. |
| 10 | The “Discipline Scripture” reads 「諸惡莫作,諸善奉行,自淨其意,是諸佛教。」 tr. “Do no evil, undertake every good, purify one’s own mind: this is the teaching of the buddhas.” 〔T33 0715c29〕 | The same verse occurs in T125 as 「諸惡莫作,諸善奉行,自淨其意,是諸佛教。」 tr. “Do no evil, undertake every good, purify one’s own mind: this is the teaching of the buddhas.” 〔T02 0551a13〕, and also in the Dhammapada (T210) 〔T04 0567b01〕, the Dharmaguptaka Vinaya (T1428) 〔T22 0817b07〕, and the Vinayamātṛkā Sūtra (T1463) 〔T24 0809b17〕. “Discipline Scripture” is a class designation and is not forced onto one unique work. |
| 11 | The treatise says that the “five vinayas” broadly explain the marks of offenses involving the seven bodily and verbal branches 〔T33 0716a02〕. | The Fahua Xuanyi Shiqian lists Mahīśāsaka, Dharmaguptaka, Kāśyapīya, Vātsīputrīya, and Sarvāstivāda 〔T33 0870b14–b15〕. This is a collective name for five vinaya transmissions and is not artificially assigned one canon number. |
| 12 | A treatise explains the one mark, various marks, and the mutual refutation of the four elements 〔T33 0716a11–a25〕. | T1509 reads 「雖知諸法一相,亦能知一切法種種相」 tr. “Although knowing that dharmas have one mark, one can also know the various marks of all dharmas” 〔T25 0194b02〕, and repeatedly interrogates the four elements within fire 〔0194c23–c29〕. The present treatise adds its concluding explanation in which fire and wood burn the fuel and are themselves burned. |
| 13 | Sudhana obtains an illusion-like samādhi from Māyā 〔T33 0716a29〕. | Māyā says in the Avataṃsaka Sūtra (T278), 「我唯知此大願智幻法門」 tr. “I know only this Dharma gate of the illusion of wisdom arising from great vows.” 〔T09 0764c29〕. The treatise summarizes its meaning as an illusion-like samādhi. |
| 14 | Sudhana sees leaping from a cliff and entering fire 〔T33 0716b01〕. | T278 reads 「從彼山上,自投火聚。」 tr. “From that mountain he cast himself into the mass of fire.” 〔T09 0700c12〕. The scene has masses of fire on four sides and a mountain of blades within. |
| 15 | Sudhana sees counting sand and reading bodily marks 〔T33 0716b01〕. | T278 first shows 「萬童子弄沙嬉戲」 tr. “ten thousand children playing with sand” 〔T09 0704b27〕, then 「相黶子法,算數法、印法」 tr. “methods for reading moles, methods of calculation, and methods of seals” 〔0704c02〕, and 「我悉分別算知其數。」 tr. “I distinguish and calculate them all, knowing their numbers.” 〔0704c14〕. The three elements of the scene correspond. |
| 16 | The treatise synthesizes the spiritual advisers’ statements as 「佛法如海,我唯知此一法門,餘非所知。」 tr. “The Buddha-Dharma is like an ocean. I know only this one Dharma gate; the others are not what I know.” 〔T33 0716b03〕 | Individual conclusions in T278 include Māyā’s 「我唯知此大願智幻法門」 tr. “I know only this Dharma gate of the illusion of wisdom arising from great vows” 〔T09 0764c29〕 and Śakra’s 「我唯知此巧術智慧法門」 tr. “I know only this Dharma gate of skillful arts and wisdom.” 〔0704c19〕. The treatise synthesizes the sequence of visits rather than quoting one continuous sentence from the received text. |
| 17 | The treatise gives the short title “Mañjuśrī Questions Scripture” while teaching one-practice samādhi 〔T33 0716b07〕. | The content occurs in the Mañjuśrī Teaching the Mahāprajñāpāramitā Sūtra (T232): 「云何名一行三昧?」 tr. “What is called one-practice samādhi?” 〔T08 0731a26〕 and 「法界一相,繫緣法界,是名一行三昧。」 tr. “The Dharma realm has one mark; binding the object to the Dharma realm is called one-practice samādhi.” 〔同處〕. The Mañjuśrī Questions Sūtra (T468) does not contain this cultivation scene. The title is therefore assigned to T232 by content while preserving the treatise’s short title. |
| 18 | The “Contemplation Scripture” reads 「於三七日,一心精進。」 tr. “For three periods of seven days, advance diligently with one mind.” 〔T33 0716b28〕 | The title-and-scene line occurs in the Sūtra on the Practice of Contemplating Samantabhadra Bodhisattva (T277): 「專心修習,心心相次,不離大乘,一日至三七日得見普賢」 tr. “Practice single-mindedly, thought after thought in succession, never leaving the Great Vehicle; from one day to three periods of seven days, one will see Universally Worthy (Samantabhadra).” 〔T09 0389c22〕. A near-verbatim line occurs in T262: 「於三七日中,應一心精進。」 tr. “During three periods of seven days, one should advance diligently with one mind.” 〔T09 0061b11〕. The two lines are recorded side by side without adjudication as a unique source. |
| 19 | The treatise reads 「若行、若坐,思惟此經。」 tr. “Whether walking or sitting, contemplate this scripture.” 〔T33 0716b29〕 | T262 reads 「是人若坐思惟此經」 tr. “If this person sits and contemplates this scripture” 〔T09 0061b02〕. The treatise adds “whether walking” and rewrites the beginning. |
| 20 | The treatise reads 「若聞是經,思惟修習,善行菩薩道。」 tr. “If one hears this scripture, contemplates and cultivates it, one practices the bodhisattva path well.” 〔T33 0716c01〕 | T262 separately has 「得聞是經典者,乃能善行菩薩之道。」 tr. “Those who can hear this scripture can then practice the bodhisattva path well.” 〔T09 0031c06〕 and 「若得聞解、思惟、修習」 tr. “If one can hear and understand, contemplate, and cultivate it” 〔0031c14〕. The treatise combines and rearranges the lines. |
| 21 | The treatise uses 「四安樂行」 tr. “the four practices of ease” as the four dharmas of the Perfect Teaching’s increasing numbers 〔T33 0716c02〕. | T262 introduces the Practices of Ease with 「當安住四法」 tr. “one should abide securely in four dharmas” 〔T09 0037a15〕 and then unfolds the four practices in sequence. The treatise summarizes the increasing number with the four Practices of Ease. |
| 22 | The treatise uses 「五品弟子」 tr. “disciples of the five grades” as the five dharmas of the Perfect Teaching’s increasing numbers 〔T33 0716c03〕. | Its basis is the sequence in T262 following the Tathāgata’s nirvāṇa: rejoicing in accord, reading and reciting, receiving and upholding, teaching others, additionally practicing the six perfections, and directly practicing the six perfections 〔T09 0045b23–0045c25〕. The root scripture does not use the summary name 「五品弟子」 tr. “disciples of the five grades.” |
| 23 | The treatise uses 「六根清淨」 tr. “purification of the six faculties” as six dharmas in the Perfect Teaching’s increasing numbers 〔T33 0716c04〕. | T262 expressly reads 「得是六根清淨已」 tr. “having attained this purification of the six faculties” 〔T09 0051a06〕. The treatise uses this as the six dharmas. |
| 24 | The treatise says that lowering the head, raising a hand, piling earth, and playing with sand all accomplish the buddha path 〔T33 0716c05〕. | T262 separately has piling sand to make stūpas 〔T09 0008c23–c25〕 and 「乃至舉一手,或復小低頭」 tr. “even raising a single hand or slightly lowering the head” 〔0009a20〕. The treatise groups them in its conclusion on opening the coarse. |
| 25 | The treatise reads 「雖說種種法,其實為一乘。」 tr. “Although various dharmas are taught, in reality they are for the One Vehicle.” 〔T33 0716c06〕 | T262 reads 「無數諸法門,其實為一乘。」 tr. “The innumerable Dharma gates are in reality for the One Vehicle.” 〔T09 0009b07〕. “Although various dharmas are taught” differs from “innumerable Dharma gates.” |
Noble Practice in Discipline
| No. | Quotation or Scene in the Treatise | Received Witness and Relation |
|---|---|---|
| 26 | The Nirvāṇa Sūtra lists the five practices and establishes noble practice through faith arising after hearing the scripture 〔T33 0716c09–c13〕. | The Mahāparinirvāṇa Sūtra (T374) reads 「一者聖行、二者梵行、三者天行、四者嬰兒行、五者病行。」 tr. “First, noble practice; second, brahmā practice; third, heavenly practice; fourth, infant practice; fifth, illness practice.” 〔T12 0432a10〕 and has 「得聞如是大涅槃經,聞已生信」 tr. “one can hear such a Great Nirvāṇa Sūtra and, having heard it, gives rise to faith.” 〔0432a15〕 |
| 27 | The treatise quotes 「諸佛世尊,有無上道,有大正法、大眾正行。」 tr. “The buddhas, the World-Honored Ones, possess the unsurpassed path, the great right Dharma, and the great assembly’s right practice.” 〔T33 0716c11〕 | T374 reads 「諸佛世尊有無上道,有大正法,大眾正行」 tr. “The buddhas, the World-Honored Ones, possess the unsurpassed path, the great right Dharma, and the great assembly’s right practice.” 〔T12 0432a16〕. Each text retains its own punctuation. |
| 28 | Home life is like a prison, renunciation like empty space, and in home life one cannot cultivate brahmā practice purely for the whole of life 〔T33 0716c20–c22〕. | T374 separately reads 「居家迫迮,猶如牢獄」 tr. “Home life is confined and narrow, like a prison” 〔T12 0432a21〕, 「出家寬曠,猶如虛空」 tr. “Renunciation is broad and open, like empty space” 〔0432a22〕, and 「不得盡壽淨修梵行」 tr. “one cannot cultivate brahmā practice purely for the whole of life.” 〔0432a23〕. The treatise’s wording for confinement differs. |
| 29 | The treatise points to the Mohe Zhiguan for the demons of craving and views destroying the flotation bladder of discipline 〔T33 0716c25〕. | The Mohe Zhiguan (T1911) reads 「愛、見羅剎乞戒浮囊。」 tr. “The rākṣasas of craving and views beg for the flotation bladder of discipline.” 〔T46 0038a20〕. The primary textual home of this verbatim line is T1911. Its evidentiary role here remains a cross-reading with a sister work of the Three Great Works and an explicit pointer from the present treatise; it is not the source of a quotation in T1716 and does not displace the scriptural simile in T374. |
| 30 | The treatise lists the five branches of discipline: fundamental, retinue, absence of evil awareness, guarding right mindfulness, and dedication to the unsurpassed path 〔T33 0716c26–0717a15〕. | T374 continuously lists 「根本業清淨戒、前後眷屬餘清淨戒、非諸惡覺覺清淨戒、護持正念念清淨戒、迴向阿耨多羅三藐三菩提戒。」 tr. “the discipline of purity in fundamental actions; residual purity in the preceding and following retinues; purity in awareness that is not awareness of evil; purity in mindfulness that guards right mindfulness; and discipline dedicated to anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhi.” 〔T12 0432c10〕. The form of the last branch’s title differs. |
| 31 | The treatise collectively notes twelve vows of self-restraint 〔T33 0717a25–a28〕. | T374 begins with 「寧以此身投於熾然猛火深坑」 tr. “I would rather cast this body into a deep pit of blazing, fierce fire” 〔T12 0433a23〕 and continues through not coveting touch 〔0433b18–b20〕, listing twelve vows in succession. Number and scenes correspond; the treatise does not repeat them item by item. |
| 32 | The treatise lists ten vows to protect others: prohibitive, pure, wholesome, unbroken, unanalyzed, Great Vehicle, nonretrogressive, conforming, ultimate, and complete in the pāramitās 〔T33 0717a28–b02〕. | T374 has 「得清淨戒、善戒、不缺戒、不析戒、大乘戒、不退戒、隨順戒、畢竟戒,具足成就波羅蜜戒。」 tr. “attain pure discipline, wholesome discipline, unbroken discipline, unanalyzed discipline, Great Vehicle discipline, nonretrogressive discipline, conforming discipline, ultimate discipline, and discipline that fully accomplishes the pāramitās.” 〔T12 0433b23〕. This shows that “sovereign discipline” is not among the names; it is not added merely to complete a count. |
| 33 | The ten precepts of the Great Treatise are correlated with the ten precepts of the Great Sutra 〔T33 0717b23–c02〕. | One passage of T1509 lists 「不缺戒,不破戒,不穿戒,不雜戒,自在戒,不著戒,智者所讚戒。」 tr. “unbroken, unviolated, unpierced, unmixed, sovereign, unattached, and praised-by-the-wise discipline.” 〔T25 0225c29〕. Another lists 「無缺戒、無隙戒、無瑕戒、無濁戒、無著戒、自在戒、智者所讚戒、具足戒、隨定戒。」 tr. “discipline without break, gap, blemish, turbidity, or attachment; sovereign discipline; discipline praised by the wise; complete discipline; and discipline conforming to concentration.” 〔0667c24〕. The received text does not give ten continuous items in one place, and both names and order differ from the treatise. |
| 34 | The Nirvāṇa Sūtra says that one whose discipline is pure abides on the first ground of immovability and is immovable, not fallen, nonretrogressive, and undispersed 〔T33 0717c02–c04〕. | T374 reads 「即得住於初不動地」 tr. “one immediately comes to abide on the first ground of immovability” 〔T12 0433b26〕 and 「不動、不墮、不退、不散。」 tr. “immovable, not fallen, nonretrogressive, and undispersed.” 〔0433b27〕 |
| 35 | The Vimalakīrti reads 「其能如是,是名奉律,是名善解。」 tr. “One capable of this is called an upholder of the vinaya and is called one who understands well.” 〔T33 0717c18〕 | The Vimalakīrtinirdeśa (T475) reads 「其知此者,是名奉律;其知此者,是名善解。」 tr. “One who knows this is called an upholder of the vinaya; one who knows this is called one who understands well.” 〔T14 0541b28〕. “Capable” and “knows,” sentence structure, and punctuation differ. |
| 36 | The treatise reads 「我等長夜持佛淨戒,法王法中久修梵行,始於今日得其果報。」 tr. “Throughout the long night we kept the Buddha’s pure discipline and long cultivated brahmā practice in the Dharma king’s Dharma; only today have we gained its recompense.” 〔T33 0717c19〕 | T262 reads 「我等長夜,持佛淨戒,始於今日,得其果報,法王法中,久修梵行」 tr. “Throughout the long night we kept the Buddha’s pure discipline; only today have we gained its recompense, having long cultivated brahmā practice in the Dharma king’s Dharma.” 〔T09 0018c17–c19〕. It is the same verse in a different order. |
| 37 | The treatise reads 「羅睺羅密行,唯我能知之。」 tr. “Rāhula’s hidden practice—only I can know it.” 〔T33 0717c20〕 | T262 reads 「羅睺羅密行,唯我能知之,」 tr. “Rāhula’s hidden practice—only I can know it,” 〔T09 0030a29〕. Final punctuation differs. |
| 38 | Another master proposes that the Brahmā’s Net Sūtra is bodhisattva discipline 〔T33 0717c24〕. | The Brahmā’s Net Sūtra is T1484. Here it is a proposition by another master reported in the treatise, not a scriptural passage passed off as verbatim. |
| 39 | The treatise excerpts 「汝實我子」 tr. “You truly are my child.” 〔T33 0718a06〕 | T262 reads 「此實我子,我實其父。」 tr. “This truly is my child, and I truly am his father.” 〔T09 0017b13〕. The excerpt and the received sentence differ in form. |
Noble Practice in Concentration
| No. | Quotation or Scene in the Treatise | Received Witness and Relation |
|---|---|---|
| 40 | Attributed to the Large Prajñāpāramitā, the treatise reads 「諸佛成道,轉法輪,入涅槃,悉在禪中。」 tr. “The buddhas attain the path, turn the Dharma wheel, and enter nirvāṇa, all within dhyāna.” 〔T33 0718a18〕 | The whole sentence has not been found in the Mahāprajñāpāramitā Sūtra (T223). T1509 has 「及佛得道、捨壽。如是等種種功德、妙定,皆在禪中。」 tr. “And the Buddha’s attaining the path and relinquishing life: such various qualities and wondrous concentrations are all within dhyāna.” 〔T25 0185b25〕. The Sequential Dharma Gate of the Dhyāna Pāramitā (T1916), expressly attributing its line to the Mahāyāna Treatise, reads 「若諸佛成道,起轉法輪,入般涅槃,所有種種功德悉在禪中。」 tr. “When the buddhas attain the path, begin turning the Dharma wheel, and enter parinirvāṇa, all the various qualities they possess are within dhyāna.” 〔T46 0476c18〕. The three lines are recorded side by side without passing a near parallel off as the words of T223. |
| 41 | The Great Treatise reads 「已得離婬火,則獲清涼定。如人大熱悶,入冷池則樂」 tr. “Having escaped the fire of lust, one then attains cooling concentration; as one oppressed by great heat is happy on entering a cold pool.” 〔T33 0718a27〕 | T1509 reads 「已得離婬火,則獲清涼定;如人大熱悶,入冷池則樂。」 tr. “Having escaped the fire of lust, one then attains cooling concentration; as one oppressed by great heat is happy on entering a cold pool.” 〔T25 0185c04〕. Semicolon and period differ. |
| 42 | A treatise reads 「是故除覺、觀,得入一識處,內心清淨故,定生得喜樂」 tr. “Therefore, removing initial and sustained thought, one enters the place of single consciousness; because the inner mind is pure, joy and pleasure arise from concentration.” 〔T33 0718b07〕 | T1509 reads 「是故除覺觀,得入一識處。內心清淨故,定生得喜樂,」 tr. “Therefore, removing initial and sustained thought, one enters the place of single consciousness. Because the inner mind is pure, joy and pleasure arise from concentration,” 〔T25 0185c13–c14〕. The separator within “initial and sustained thought” and the sentence boundary differ. |
| 43 | A treatise reads 「由愛故有苦,失喜則生憂,離苦樂身安,捨念及方便」 tr. “Because of craving there is suffering; when joy is lost, sorrow arises; apart from suffering the body is at ease in pleasure, with equanimity, mindfulness, and skillful means.” 〔T33 0718b12〕 | T1509 reads 「由受故有喜,失喜則生憂,離喜,樂身受,捨念及方便。」 tr. “Because of feeling there is joy; when joy is lost, sorrow arises; separated from joy, the body experiences pleasure, with equanimity, mindfulness, and skillful means.” 〔T25 0185c18〕. 愛 and 受, 苦 and 喜, and 身安 and 身受 all differ substantially. |
| 44 | The fourth-dhyāna verse reads 「若能知樂患,見不動大安。憂喜先已除,苦樂今亦斷」 tr. “If one can know the fault of pleasure, one sees the great peace of immovability. Sorrow and joy were already removed; pain and pleasure are now also ended.” 〔T33 0718b15–b16〕 | T1509 reads 「若能知樂患,見不動大安,憂喜先已除,苦樂今亦斷。」 tr. “If one can know the fault of pleasure, one sees the great peace of immovability; sorrow and joy were already removed, and pain and pleasure are now also ended.” 〔T25 0185c21–c22〕. Sentence boundaries and punctuation differ. |
| 45 | The Great Treatise reads 「是慈在色界四禪中間得修。」 tr. “This kindness can be cultivated among the four dhyānas of the form realm.” 〔T33 0718b18〕 | The only corresponding scene secured in T1509 is 「第四禪中,以慈廣大」 tr. “in the fourth dhyāna, making kindness vast” 〔T25 0388a14〕. Only the corresponding scene is recorded; it is not claimed to be verbatim. |
| 46 | The treatise says that detailed skillful means for the four formless attainments are in the Dhyāna Gate 〔T33 0718c07〕. | The indicated work is the Sequential Dharma Gate of the Dhyāna Pāramitā (T1916). This is a pointer to a fuller treatment and does not fabricate a verbatim quotation. |
| 47 | The treatise reads 「遊止三四,出生十二。」 tr. “Coursing and resting in three and four, producing twelve.” 〔T33 0718c18〕 | The Sūtra of the Crown Prince’s Auspicious Responses (T185) reads 「遊志三四,出十二門」 tr. “Coursing the intent through three and four, bringing forth twelve gates” 〔T03 0476c27〕; the Sūtra of the Origin of Cultivation (T184) identically reads 「遊志三四出十二門」 tr. “Coursing the intent through three and four, bringing forth twelve gates” 〔T03 0469c07〕. The quotation in T1916 reads 「遊止三四,出生十二。」 tr. “Coursing and resting in three and four, producing twelve.” 〔T46 0524b18〕. 止 and 志, and “producing twelve” and “bringing forth twelve gates,” are all preserved. |
| 48 | After the realization signs of purified fundamental dhyāna, the treatise points with 「悉在《禪門》」 tr. “all of this is in the Dhyāna Gate” 〔T33 0719b09〕. | The indicated work is the Sequential Dharma Gate of the Dhyāna Pāramitā (T1916). Only its role as a pointer to fuller treatment is noted; the treatise’s pointer is not passed off as a verbatim line in T1916. |
| 49 | The nine corpse contemplations, liberations, superior bases, and universal bases are twice referred for fuller treatment to the Dhyāna Gate 〔T33 0719c12、c19〕. | The indicated work remains T1916. The two locations in the treatise are each retained; the first pointer is not substituted for the second. |
| 50 | The treatise says that the Abhidharma explains perfuming and refining 〔T33 0719c24〕. | The class designation is insufficient for unique identification. The referent remains for investigation and is not forced onto the Mahāvibhāṣā. |
| 51 | The Great Sutra reads 「菩薩住禪得堪忍地。」 tr. “A bodhisattva abides in dhyāna and attains the ground of forbearance.” 〔T33 0720a10〕 | T374 reads 「得四念處已,則得住於堪忍地中。」 tr. “Having attained the four applications of mindfulness, one comes to abide in the ground of forbearance.” 〔T12 0434b18〕. The scene corresponds, but the received text makes the four applications of mindfulness the immediate condition. |
| 52 | The Abhidharma says that the formless realm has discipline co-arisen with the path 〔T33 0720a24–a26〕. | The Mahāvibhāṣā (T1545) says in the reverse direction, 「此則遮說無色界有無漏戒。」 tr. “This blocks the claim that the formless realm has uncontaminated discipline.” 〔T27 0723b22〕. It further argues from the absence of great elements in the formless realm that discipline is also absent 〔0723c03–c06〕. This is reverse testimony; the Abhidharma intended by the treatise remains for investigation. |
| 53 | Followers of the Satyasiddhi say that form is an unmanifest dharma and does not reach the formless realm 〔T33 0720a26〕. | The complete sentence has not been found in the Satyasiddhi Śāstra (T1646). The treatise expressly presents it as a school report and does not pass it off as the treatise’s verbatim wording. |
| 54 | The Śāriputra Abhidharma says that there is form in the formless realm 〔T33 0720a27〕. | Under subtle form, the Śāriputra Abhidharma Śāstra (T1548) has 「若色色界繫、若無色界繫、若不繫」 tr. “whether form bound to the form realm, bound to the formless realm, or unbound” 〔T28 0543b07〕. The treatise compresses the doctrinal point; the received text does not contain the four-graph sentence. |
| 55 | The Great Sutra reads 「無色界色,非諸聲聞所知。」 tr. “The form of the formless realm is not known by śrāvakas.” 〔T33 0720a28〕 | The full line has not been found in T374. T475 has only the simile 「如無色界色」 tr. “like the form of the formless realm” 〔T14 0547b06〕. The referent remains for investigation; the half-line is not passed off as the complete sentence in the treatise. |
| 56 | The Great Treatise says that the thirty-seven factors are already present within the applications of mindfulness 〔T33 0720b03–b09〕. | T1509 reads 「佛說四念處,是中不離四正懃、四如意足、五根、五力。」 tr. “The Buddha taught the four applications of mindfulness; within them are not separate the four right efforts, four bases of supernormal power, five faculties, and five powers.” 〔T25 0192b13〕. It further says 「若說三分、八正道,當知已說一切三十七品。」 tr. “If the three divisions and the eightfold right path have been taught, know that all thirty-seven factors have been taught.” 〔0192c05〕. The conclusion agrees; the treatise recasts it as a stepwise list of names. |
| 57 | The nine great dhyānas are as explained in the Bodhisattvabhūmi 〔T33 0720b26〕. | The Bodhisattvabhūmi Sūtra (T1581) reads 「略說九種:一者自性禪;二者一切禪」 tr. “In brief there are nine kinds: first, self-nature dhyāna; second, all dhyāna” 〔T30 0921b29〕, and continues through all nine names at 0921c03. The treatise mentions only self-nature dhyāna. |
Noble Practice in Wisdom, the Five Fears, and the Twenty-Five Samādhis
| No. | Quotation or Scene in the Treatise | Received Witness and Relation |
|---|---|---|
| 58 | The Great Sutra says that if the four truths do not encompass all dharmas there should be a fifth truth, and uses the lands in the ten directions as a simile for dharmas not yet taught 〔T33 0721a16–a20〕. | T374 frames its question through the leaves in the Buddha’s hand and all the plants on the earth 〔T12 0442b09–b17〕, answers 「如是諸法,悉已攝在四聖諦中。」 tr. “All such dharmas have been completely encompassed within the four noble truths.” 〔0442b19〕, and says that the aggregates have immeasurable marks unknown to the two vehicles 〔0442b24–b27〕. The treatise rewrites the simile’s surface. |
| 59 | At the end of immeasurable wisdom of the four truths, the treatise says 「廣說如《止觀》」 tr. “the broad explanation is as in the Zhiguan” 〔T33 0721a29〕. | The indicated work is the Mohe Zhiguan (T1911). Only the pointer to the sister work’s fuller treatment is noted; the treatise’s pointer is not passed off as a verbatim line in T1911. |
| 60 | In the Great Sutra, the jewel is within the body but is mistakenly thought lost 〔T33 0721b02–b07〕. | T374 reads 「寶珠在體,謂呼失去。」 tr. “The jewel was within the body, but he said and thought it lost.” 〔T12 0408b02〕. The treatise compresses the subsequent scene of wound, mirror, sorrow, and grief. |
| 61 | The Large Prajñāpāramitā reads 「一切種智即寂滅相。」 tr. “The knowledge of all modes is itself the mark of quiescent cessation.” 〔T33 0721b11〕 | T223 reads 「一相故,名一切種智,所謂一切法寂滅相。」 tr. “Because it has one mark, it is called the knowledge of all modes: namely, the mark of quiescent cessation of all dharmas.” 〔T08 0375c22〕, and continues to reveal explanation through categories of practices, appearances, and names. The treatise compresses the passage. |
| 62 | The Great Sutra reads 「無苦、無諦,有實。無集、道、滅、無諦,有實。」 tr. “There is no suffering and no truth, yet there is the real. There are no arising, path, or cessation and no truth, yet there is the real.” 〔T33 0721b15〕 | T374 reads 「有苦有諦有實,有集有諦有實,有滅有諦有實,有道有諦有實。」 tr. “There is suffering, truth, and the real; there is arising, truth, and the real; there is cessation, truth, and the real; there is the path, truth, and the real.” 〔T12 0443c01〕. It further reads 「如來非苦非諦是實」 tr. “The Tathāgata is not suffering and not truth, but is the real.” 〔0443c03〕. Presence and absence and the syntax all differ; the Vernacular preserves the treatise’s wording. |
| 63 | The Great Sutra speaks of not fearing desire, anger, delusion, hell, śramaṇas, brahmans, and the others 〔T33 0721b29–c12〕. | T374 reads 「則不復畏貪恚愚癡、生老病死」 tr. “then one no longer fears desire, anger, delusion, birth, aging, illness, or death” 〔T12 0448b05〕 and 「亦復不畏沙門、婆羅門、外道邪見」 tr. “nor does one fear śramaṇas, brahmans, or the wrong views of non-Buddhists.” 〔0448b10〕. The scene corresponds; the treatise distributes it across the five fears. |
| 64 | The Bodhisattvabhūmi teaches departure from the five fears 〔T33 0721c12–c19〕. | T1581 begins at 「修無我智我想不生」 tr. “Cultivating knowledge of no-self, the perception of self does not arise” 〔T30 0941a19〕 and continuously lists fear for livelihood, bad reputation, death, bad destinies, and assemblies through 0941a25. It corresponds directly. |
| 65 | The Ten Stages Scripture also lists the five fears 〔T33 0721c19〕. | The Ten Abidings Sūtra (T286) reads 「不活畏、惡名畏、死畏、墮惡道畏、大眾威德畏」 tr. “fear for one’s livelihood, fear of bad reputation, fear of death, fear of falling into bad destinies, and fear of the imposing power of assemblies” 〔T10 0500c17〕, and explains them in sequence through 0500c24. |
| 66 | The Treatise on the Ten Stages Scripture assigns the five fears to body, speech, and mind 〔T33 0721c19–c25〕. | The Daśabhūmika-vibhāṣā (T1522) reads 「是五怖畏,第一第二第五依身口意,第三第四依身。」 tr. “Of these five fears, the first, second, and fifth rely on body, speech, and mind; the third and fourth rely on the body.” 〔T26 0137a04〕. Its item-by-item assignment differs from the treatise; both are recorded without forcing uniformity. |
| 67 | A scripture says 「如來是大幻師。」 tr. “The Tathāgata is a great illusionist.” 〔T33 0723b09〕 | Several scriptures use the great-illusionist simile. T278, for example, reads 「譬如大幻師,能令眾歡喜」 tr. “Like a great illusionist, he can make the assembly rejoice.” 〔T09 0428b05〕. The complete sentence and a unique title have not been found; the referent remains for investigation. |
| 68 | Tripiṭaka Master Paramārtha says that the karmic recompense of Tuṣita Heaven delights in blue, and that its palaces, clothing, and objects of play are all blue 〔T33 0723b28–c01〕. | The treatise expressly attributes this to the translator’s oral teaching. Neither T1717 nor X0592 supplies a canon number. It is retained only as testimony from an ancient master and is not passed off as scripture or treatise. |
| 69 | The Great Sutra reads 「是二十五三昧名諸三昧王」 tr. “These twenty-five samādhis are called the kings of samādhis.” 〔T33 0724a16〕 | T374 reads 「如是二十五三昧,名諸三昧王。」 tr. “Such twenty-five samādhis are called the kings of samādhis.” 〔T12 0448c02–c03〕. The excerpt corresponds in wording. |
| 70 | The treatise continues, 「若入是三昧,一切三昧悉入其中」 tr. “If one enters this samādhi, all samādhis enter within it.” 〔T33 0724a17〕 | This line has not been found here in T374. X0592 expressly attributes to the Commentary on the Great Sutra the line 「一切三昧悉入其中」 tr. “all samādhis enter within it.” 〔X28 0596a04〕. It is therefore tied only to the later-commentary transmission and is not passed off as a verbatim line in T374. |
| 71 | Lotus Fascicle Three reads 「破有法王,出現於世,隨眾生欲,而為說法。」 tr. “The Dharma king who breaks existence appears in the world and teaches the Dharma according to the desires of sentient beings.” 〔T33 0724a23〕 | T262 reads 「破有法王,出現世間,隨眾生欲,種種說法。」 tr. “The Dharma king who breaks existence appears in the world and teaches various dharmas according to the desires of sentient beings.” 〔T09 0019c10〕. 於世 and 世間, and 而為 and 種種, differ. |
Brahmā, Heavenly, Infant, and Illness Practices
| No. | Quotation or Scene in the Treatise | Received Witness and Relation |
|---|---|---|
| 72 | The Great Sutra reads 「若有人問:誰是一切諸善根本?當言:慈是。」 tr. “If someone asks, ‘What is the root of all wholesome dharmas?’ one should say: kindness is.” 〔T33 0724b04〕 | T374 reads 「若有人問:『誰是一切諸善根本?』當言慈是。」 tr. “If someone asks, ‘What is the root of all wholesome dharmas?’ one should say kindness is.” 〔T12 0456b12〕. Quotation marks and punctuation differ. |
| 73 | The treatise combines 「慈即如來,慈即佛性」 tr. “Kindness is the Tathāgata; kindness is buddha-nature.” 〔T33 0724b06〕 | T374 has separately 「慈即如來」 tr. “Kindness is the Tathāgata” 〔T12 0456b15〕 and 「佛性即慈,慈即如來。」 tr. “Buddha-nature is kindness; kindness is the Tathāgata.” 〔0456b23〕. The received text does not have the short sequence “kindness is buddha-nature.” |
| 74 | Heavenly practice is established through ultimate-meaning heaven and practice formed from principle 〔T33 0724b10–b17〕. | The treatise cites no scripture here. T1717 says 「《涅槃》不釋指在雜華,即《華嚴》也。」 tr. “The Nirvāṇa does not explain it but points to the Miscellaneous Flowers, namely, the Avataṃsaka.” 〔T33 0880c28〕. This is Zhanran’s source identification and is not written backward as an explicit citation by Zhiyi. |
| 75 | Infant practice quotes 「能說大字,所謂婆和」 tr. “able to pronounce the great syllables, namely ba and he.” 〔T33 0724c01〕 | T374 reads 「能說大字」 tr. “able to pronounce the great syllables” 〔T12 0485b27〕 and 「所謂婆啝」 tr. “namely ba and he” 〔0485b28〕. The graphs 和 and 啝 differ. |
| 76 | The treatise reads 「不見晝夜、親疏等相」 tr. “not seeing such marks as day and night, close and distant relations.” 〔T33 0724c02〕 | T374 reads 「無晝夜想,於諸眾生其心平等,故無父母親踈等相。」 tr. “Without perceptions of day and night, one’s mind is equal toward sentient beings, and therefore there are no such marks as parents or close and distant relations.” 〔T12 0485c04–c05〕. The graphs 親疏 and 親踈 differ, and the treatise compresses the line. |
| 77 | The treatise reads 「不能造作,大小諸事」 tr. “unable to perform great or small affairs.” 〔T33 0724c04〕 | T374 reads 「不能造作大小諸事。」 tr. “unable to perform great or small affairs.” 〔T12 0485c05〕, and later explains the great as the five heinous deeds and the small as the mind of the two vehicles. |
| 78 | The treatise excerpts 「楊樹黃葉」 tr. “a yellow willow leaf.” 〔T33 0724c06〕 | T374 reads 「父母即以楊樹黃葉」 tr. “the parents then use a yellow willow leaf.” 〔T12 0485c10〕 |
| 79 | The treatise reads 「非道為道,以能生道微因緣故。」 tr. “It teaches what is not the path as the path, because it can produce a slight condition for the path.” 〔T33 0724c07〕 | T374 reads 「以能生道微因緣故,說非道為道。」 tr. “Because it can produce a slight condition for the path, it teaches what is not the path as the path.” 〔T12 0485c29〕. The order is reversed. |
| 80 | The treatise reads 「不能起住、來去、語言。」 tr. “unable to rise or remain, come or go, or speak.” 〔T33 0724c10〕 | T374 reads 「不能起住、來去、語言,是名嬰兒。」 tr. “Unable to rise or remain, come or go, or speak: this is called an infant.” 〔T12 0485b14–b15〕. The treatise excerpts it. |
| 81 | Illness practice lists the iron lance, horse fodder, requesting clothing in a cold wind, requesting milk during fever, and other manifested illnesses 〔T33 0724c15–c18〕. | T1717 separately connects these to the nine troubles in the Great Treatise and to past conditions in the Milk-Radiance Sūtra and Sūtra on the Arising of Practices 〔T33 0881c08–c13〕. T1716 names no single scripture for the passage; only the source-identification lines are recorded, and no one work is made to cover every event. |
Perfect Five Practices and Contemplation of Mind
| No. | Quotation or Scene in the Treatise | Received Witness and Relation |
|---|---|---|
| 82 | The Great Sutra reads 「復有一行是如來行,所謂大乘、大般涅槃。」 tr. “There is further one practice that is the Tathāgata’s practice, namely, the Great Vehicle, great parinirvāṇa.” 〔T33 0725a25〕 | T374 reads 「復有一行是如來行,所謂大乘大涅槃經。」 tr. “There is further one practice that is the Tathāgata’s practice, namely, the Great Vehicle Great Nirvāṇa Sūtra.” 〔T12 0432a12–a13〕. The punctuation, the graph 般, and the final graph for “scripture” differ. |
| 83 | The Great Treatise reads 「從初發心,常觀涅槃行道。」 tr. “From the first arousal of resolve, constantly contemplate nirvāṇa while practicing the path.” 〔T33 0725b03〕 | T1509 reads 「菩薩觀涅槃,行佛道」 tr. “A bodhisattva contemplates nirvāṇa and practices the Buddha path.” 〔T25 0139c11〕. The treatise adds “from the first arousal of resolve” and “constantly,” and changes “Buddha path” to “practices the path.” |
| 84 | The Large Prajñāpāramitā says that from the first arousal of resolve one practices, produces, and cultivates, and that even when seated at the place of awakening one still practices, produces, and cultivates 〔T33 0725b04–b06〕. | T223 reads 「從初發意乃至坐道場,應行、應生、應修般若波羅蜜。」 tr. “From the first arousal of intention until sitting at the place of awakening, one should practice, produce, and cultivate the perfection of wisdom.” 〔T08 0373a19〕. “Arousal of resolve” and “arousal of intention” differ; “ultimate and initial arousal of resolve are not two” is the treatise’s own judgment. |
| 85 | The treatise reads 「如來莊嚴而自莊嚴」 tr. “adorn oneself with the Tathāgata’s adornment.” 〔T33 0725b13〕 | T262 reads 「當知是人以佛莊嚴而自莊嚴」 tr. “Know that this person adorns himself with the Buddha’s adornment.” 〔T09 0031a04〕. “Tathāgata” and “Buddha,” and the opening words, differ. |
| 86 | The Tathāgata’s room, robe, and seat 〔T33 0725b14–b17〕. | T262 reads 「入如來室,著如來衣,坐如來座」 tr. “enter the Tathāgata’s room, put on the Tathāgata’s robe, and sit on the Tathāgata’s seat” 〔T09 0031c23–c24〕, and subsequently explains them as great kindness and compassion, gentleness and forbearance, and the emptiness of all dharmas 〔0031c25–c27〕. The treatise further correlates them with the perfect five practices. |
| 87 | The treatise quotes 「持佛淨戒」 tr. “keep the Buddha’s pure discipline.” 〔T33 0725b18〕 | T262 identically reads 「持佛淨戒,」 tr. “keep the Buddha’s pure discipline,” 〔T09 0018c17〕. Final punctuation differs. |
| 88 | The treatise reads 「深達罪福相,遍照於十方」 tr. “deeply penetrate the marks of offense and merit and illuminate the ten directions everywhere.” 〔T33 0725b19〕 | T262 reads 「深達罪福相,遍照於十方,」 tr. “deeply penetrate the marks of offense and merit and illuminate the ten directions everywhere,” 〔T09 0035b28〕. Final punctuation differs. |
| 89 | The treatise reads 「佛自住大乘,如其所得法,定慧力莊嚴」 tr. “The Buddha himself abides in the Great Vehicle; in accord with the Dharma he has attained, he is adorned by the power of concentration and wisdom.” 〔T33 0725b21〕 | T262 identically reads 「佛自住大乘,如其所得法,定慧力莊嚴」 tr. “The Buddha himself abides in the Great Vehicle; in accord with the Dharma he has attained, he is adorned by the power of concentration and wisdom.” 〔T09 0008a23–a24〕 |
| 90 | The passage on the Tathāgata’s seat combines contemplating the emptiness of all dharmas with not discriminating upper, middle, and lower, conditioned and unconditioned, and other dharmas 〔T33 0725b28–c01〕. | T262 prose reads 「觀一切法空,如實相,不顛倒、不動、不退、不轉」 tr. “contemplate all dharmas as empty, according with the true mark, neither inverted, moved, regressing, nor turning.” 〔T09 0037b12〕. A later verse separately reads 「又復不行,上中下法,有為無為,實不實法,亦不分別,是男是女。」 tr. “Further, do not practice upper, middle, or lower dharmas, conditioned or unconditioned, real or unreal dharmas; and do not discriminate whether male or female.” 〔0037c10〕. The treatise combines, reorders, and abridges the two passages. |
| 91 | The treatise reads 「能為下劣,忍于斯事」 tr. “able to become lowly and endure this matter.” 〔T33 0725c02〕 | T262 identically reads 「能為下劣,忍于斯事,」 tr. “able to become lowly and endure this matter,” 〔T09 0019a05〕. Final punctuation differs. |
| 92 | The treatise reads 「即脫瓔珞,著弊垢衣」 tr. “immediately removing his jeweled necklace and putting on a worn and filthy garment.” 〔T33 0725c03〕 | T262 prose separately reads 「即脫瓔珞」 tr. “immediately removing his jeweled necklace” 〔T09 0017a15〕 and 「更著麁弊垢膩之衣」 tr. “putting on in its place a coarse, worn, filthy, and greasy garment.” 〔0017a16〕. The verse also reads 「著弊垢衣」 tr. “putting on a worn and filthy garment.” 〔0018a21〕. The treatise combines two locations. |
| 93 | The treatise excerpts 「方便附近」 tr. “drawing near through skillful means.” 〔T33 0725c04〕 | T262 identically reads 「方便附近,」 tr. “drawing near through skillful means,” 〔T09 0018a22〕 |
| 94 | The treatise quotes 「諸法從本來,常自寂滅相」 tr. “Dharmas from the beginning have always themselves borne the mark of quiescent cessation.” 〔T33 0725c26〕 | T262 reads 「諸法從本來,常自寂滅相。」 tr. “Dharmas from the beginning have always themselves borne the mark of quiescent cessation.” 〔T09 0008b25〕. Final punctuation differs. |
| 95 | The Bodhisattvabhūmi says that all dhyānas issue from self-nature dhyāna and lists three kinds: present-life happiness, production of lineage samāpattis, and benefit of sentient beings 〔T33 0726a24–a28〕. | T1581 first lists self-nature dhyāna and all dhyāna 〔T30 0921b29–c03〕. Its three kinds of all dhyāna are 「現法樂住禪」 tr. “dhyāna abiding in present-life happiness” 〔0921c08〕, 「出生三昧功德禪」 tr. “dhyāna producing the qualities of samādhi” 〔0921c09〕, and 「利益眾生禪」 tr. “dhyāna benefiting sentient beings” 〔同處〕. The relation in which one dhyāna issues from another is the treatise’s interpretive resolution. |
| 96 | The final question and answer asks why, after the Lotus has opened the coarse, the Nirvāṇa Sūtra still supports discipline, concentration, and wisdom 〔T33 0726b04–b10〕. | This is the treatise’s doctrinal resolution of the intent of the two scriptures and does not cite a new line. Their titles respectively designate T262, the Lotus Sūtra, and T374, the Mahāparinirvāṇa Sūtra. |
Twelve categories remain for investigation: a unique Āgama text for “do not take what belongs to another”; a unique title for the “Discipline Scripture”; a single textual home for the “five vinayas”; the Abhidharma on perfuming and refining; the Abhidharma claim of discipline co-arisen with the path in the formless realm; the Satyasiddhi school’s unmanifest form; form in the formless realm in the Great Sutra; a unique source for the Tathāgata as great illusionist; a written textual home for Paramārtha’s statement about delight in blue; and the three dual-line or later-commentary cases of three periods of seven days in the “Contemplation Scripture,” attaining the path within dhyāna in the Large Prajñāpāramitā, and all samādhis entering within one. “For investigation” does not mean source-less. It means that the extant witnesses cannot safely yield a unique alignment of title, canon number, and locus.
4. Essential Explanations from the Shiqian [the Mirror]
The Fahua Xuanyi Shiqian first follows the treatise in saying that practice, wisdom, and object require one another: wisdom and practice are what can arrive, and the principial object is where they arrive. It immediately observes that this mutual dependence alone still does not reveal the wondrous, for it has not yet shown one principle as three principles, one practice as three practices, or the nonduality of beginning and end. By showing that every one of the four samādhis possesses all the perfections of the Dharma realm, it explains one practice as all practices. It further illuminates object, wisdom, and practice as dharmakāya, prajñā, and liberation, so that all three are established within the three virtues of one nirvāṇa.
On increasing numbers, the Mirror especially says 「今言增數,但是數增,法體無定」 tr. “The present expression ‘increasing numbers’ means only that the number increases; the body of dharmas is not fixed.” 〔T33 0870a03〕. This prevents increasing numbers from being understood as adding only one dharma to the preceding dharma each time. The general explanation has not yet assigned practice to one teaching; only the explanation according to the teachings distinguishes them. The Four Teachings passage further unfolds in three layers: direct explanation, judging the coarse and wondrous, and opening the coarse. In the Tripiṭaka Teaching, one practice is guarding the mind through vigilance, two are calm and insight, and three are discipline, concentration, and wisdom. In the Shared Teaching, the one mark and no-mark successively break attachment. In the Distinct Teaching, Sudhana’s successive visits show a sequence whose gates do not encompass one another. In the Perfect Teaching, the Dharma realm is the primary gate, and one practice possesses ten throughout.
The main text names the ten objects and ten contemplations that form the vehicle without expanding them 〔T33 0716b18–b20〕. Zhanran judges, 「文且增至十法者,為取十乘觀法故也。」 tr. “The text for the moment increases to ten dharmas because it takes up the ten contemplative dharmas of the vehicle.” He points to the Zhiguan 〔T33 0871b08–b13〕. The Mohe Zhiguan fully lists them: 「觀心具十法門:一、觀不可思議境,二、起慈悲心,三、巧安止觀,四、破法遍,五、識通塞,六、修道品,七、對治助開,八、知次位,九、能安忍,十、無法愛也。」 tr. “Contemplation of mind has ten Dharma gates: first, contemplate the inconceivable object; second, arouse the mind of compassion; third, skillfully establish calm and insight; fourth, break dharmas universally; fifth, discern passage and obstruction; sixth, cultivate the factors of the path; seventh, use counteragents to assist opening; eighth, know the successive stages; ninth, be capable of patient endurance; tenth, have no attachment to dharmas.” 〔T46 0052b01–b04〕
The skeleton of the five-practices passage is not a parallel descent after merely listing five names. Noble practice in discipline proceeds from hearing the scripture to establishing faith, from faith to establishing vows, and from vows to establishing practice. Within discipline there are also explanation, judgment, and opening. Although all five branches are called discipline, the Mirror expressly judges the first two to encompass discipline, the third concentration, and the final two wisdom. Concentration-born and path-born discipline and dedication to the unsurpassed path therefore cannot be flattened into precepts of one kind. Where the ten precepts interact with the two treatises, the Mirror even says 「誤文亦不須改」 tr. “Even an erroneous wording need not be changed.” 〔T33 0873a13〕. This precisely preserves differences between the treatise and received witnesses.
The transmitted wording of the treatise is 「以不起迷著依、正」 tr. “through not giving rise to deluded attachment to dependent and primary recompense” 〔T33 0720c15–c16〕. Zhanran judges that a surplus 「不」 tr. “not” may remain here, and concludes expressly that it is known to be a surplus 「不」 tr. “not” 〔T33 0876b25–b29〕. The Vernacular continues to preserve the transmitted form of T1716. The direct lineage judgment that one graph is surplus is recorded alongside it here without independently emending the text.
Noble practice in concentration first divides into worldly, world-transcending, and highest world-transcending types; each then has explanation, judgment, and opening. Worldly dhyāna unfolds through flavored fundamental concentration and purified fundamental concentration. World-transcending dhyāna uses contemplating, refining, perfuming, and cultivating to distinguish skill in contemplation, entry, emergence, and abiding. Highest dhyāna names only self-nature dhyāna and points toward the nine great dhyānas. The two vehicles perfume their practices toward self-liberation and thus make the four withered applications of mindfulness. With compassionate vows, bodhisattvas carry sentient beings and make the four flourishing applications, abiding on the ground of forbearance. The difference lies not only in the names of concentrations but in whom they serve.
Noble practice in wisdom explains only the four kinds of four truths—arising-and-ceasing, non-arising, immeasurable, and non-constructed—and does not mechanically repeat the judgment and opening of the two preceding passages. Through the simile of the jewel already within the body, the non-constructed four truths show suffering and arising as inseparable from path and cessation in delusion and awakening. They then enter the ground of fearlessness, the five fears, and the twenty-five samādhis. The bounds of Guanding’s three appended explanations are locked by the expressions “I privately say” and “now explain.” Thereafter, every one of the twenty-five passages contains four meanings: the faults of existence, the qualities of the present dharma, combining practices to accomplish concentration, and compassion breaking existence. These four meanings are themselves traversed by the five practices; the twenty-five names are therefore not an isolated correspondence chart.
Brahmā practice takes objectless compassion free of both extremes; heavenly practice takes ultimate-meaning heaven and forms practice from principle; infant practice compassionately shares the small goods of sentient beings; and illness practice compassionately shares their illnesses. The resolution of the grounds realized by the five practices uses distinction before the grounds and shared realization after entry into a ground to integrate the first three grounds with self-practice and transformation of others. The perfect five practices then correlate adornment, room, seat, and robe with noble, brahmā, heavenly, infant, and illness practices. One does not produce five, nor do five produce one; the names and marks do not mix, yet their substance is nondual.
The concluding contemplation of mind does not establish another system. Object, wisdom, and practice, together with the preceding conditioned arising, four truths, two truths, three truths, and one real truth, all return to the five practices and three truths in one mind. Supporting discipline, concentration, and wisdom in the final question and answer likewise does not mean that the Lotus abolishes concrete practice and the Nirvāṇa Sūtra later restores it. The Mirror guards at once against honoring principle while reviling the provisional and honoring concrete practices while reviling the real. It closes the chapter by saying that beginning and end are both sudden.
5. Explanations of Various Masters
Zhiquan’s Fahua Jing Xuanqian Zhengshi (X0592) contains a continuous passage directly keyed to this unit. It begins with 「○第三行玅。」 tr. “Third, the subtlety of practice.” 〔X28 0589c01〕 and ends in contemplation of the perfect five practices with 「利益禪有十一種。」 tr. “There are eleven kinds of dhyāna benefiting sentient beings.” 〔0598a01〕. The next line, 「第四位,妙。」 tr. “Fourth, the subtlety of stages.” 〔0598a02〕, has already entered the next section. This is not a scatter of isolated terms but a continuous, section-by-section evidentiary explanation.
Three source identifications are especially important. First, Zhiquan says 「鍼導線,大論三十三卷無,第三十卷中有如鍼導綖縫衣,縫非鍼也。」 tr. “The needle guiding thread is absent from Fascicle Thirty-Three of the Great Treatise; Fascicle Thirty has ‘like a needle guiding thread to sew a garment; the sewing is not the needle.’” 〔X28 0590a14〕. He also says 「御導牛。大論二十卷無。第七卷云:譬如牛力雖能挽車,要須御者能有所至。」 tr. “Driving and guiding the ox is absent from Fascicle Twenty of the Great Treatise. Fascicle Seven says: ‘It is like an ox whose strength can draw a cart, yet it requires a driver to reach a destination.’” 〔0590a16〕. These directly correct traditional fascicle numbers in the Shiqian. Second, he assigns one-practice samādhi to the Mañjuśrī Teaching the Mahāprajñāpāramitā Sūtra 〔0591a03〕 and the three periods of seven days title line to the Samantabhadra Contemplation Sūtra 〔0591b05〕, allowing short title and textual content to be distinguished. Third, he expressly writes 「大經疏云」 tr. “the Commentary on the Great Sutra says” before quoting “all samādhis enter within it” 〔0596a03〕. This preserves the later-commentary line and prevents it from being passed off as a sentence in the received Mahāparinirvāṇa Sūtra.
Zhiquan also records that “sovereign discipline” is not found in the current Great Sutra text 〔X28 0591c23〕, preserves the transmitted difference between 遊止 and 遊志 〔0593a03–a04〕, and follows the five fears, twenty-five samādhis, infant practice, illness practice, perfect five practices, and contemplation of mind in sequence. Within the delimited continuous reading of 0589c01–0598a01, no controversy is directly labeled with the later categories “Mountain School” or “Off-Mountain.” This is a clean result for that passage alone, not a negative claim expanded to the whole book or tradition.
6. Terminology
Subtlety of practice. Practice means advancing toward a destination and must be guided by wisdom to enter the right object. Yet mere mutual dependence among the three is not wondrous. Wondrousness is marked by the treatise’s own one practice as all practices, the mutual discussion of three and one, and the absence of deficiency or diminution.
In general; according to the teachings. “In general” has not yet assigned the practices to any one teaching. “According to the teachings” distinguishes increasing numbers through different teaching gates. These are not the modern opposition between generic practice and sectarian practice.
Increasing numbers. What increases is the number; the body of dharmas encompassed is not a fixed set. From one, two, and three through hundreds of thousands of myriads of millions, the point is that any numerical gate can encompass all practices. The expression is not to be confused with the title of the Ekottarika Āgama.
One practice as all practices. One practice does not exclude the others; this practice perfectly possesses all practices. The treatise itself explains the three words “complete,” “deep,” and “exhaustive” as broad, high, and ultimate. They must not be turned into newly invented stages.
One mark; no-mark. The Shared Teaching first uses the mutual interrogation of the four elements to break various marks and then uses no-mark to break the one mark. Like a fire that consumes fuel and then itself burns out, the one mark that performs the refutation cannot remain as a new entity.
Sequential five practices; perfect five practices. The first unfold in sequence through discipline, concentration, wisdom, and compassionate response to capacities. The latter make the five practices complete in one mind. One and five neither produce one another nor become separate or conflated.
Five branches of discipline. Fundamental; preceding and following retinues; absence of evil awareness; guarding right mindfulness; and dedication to the unsurpassed path: these five actually extend across discipline, concentration, and wisdom. Concentration-born discipline stops evil through a concentrated mind; path-born discipline gives rise to the real through right mindfulness. “Unanalyzed discipline” carries both the meanings of entering emptiness by embodying dharmas and of a firm discipline aggregate.
Flavored fundamental concentration; purified fundamental concentration. Flavored concentration is concealed, defiled, and indeterminate; purified concentration is precisely the opposite and opens into the six wondrous gates, sixteen superior practices, and universal illumination. “Flavor” is not sensory taste but a judgment of obscure realization and attachment.
Contemplating, refining, perfuming, cultivating. Contemplating encompasses the nine corpse contemplations, liberations, superior bases, and universal bases. Refining is the nine sequential concentrations; perfuming is the lion’s-sport samādhi; cultivating is transcending samādhi. Each has its own operational distinction of entering, emerging, and abiding.
Wisdom of the four kinds of four truths. Arising-and-ceasing, non-arising, immeasurable, and non-constructed are both a vertical sequence and a horizontal illumination of self-practice and transformation of others. The non-constructed is revealed through the simile of the jewel within the body and the difference between delusion and awakening. “Suffering and arising are path and cessation” must not be read as eliminating every difference on the level of experience.
The twenty-five samādhis. In sequence from hell through neither perception nor nonperception, the twenty-five modes of existence correspond to stainless, nonretrogression, mind-joy, gladness, sunlight, moonlight, blazing heat, illusion-like, immovable, difficult-to-subdue, pleasing, blue, yellow, red, white, manifold, paired, thunder-sound, pouring-rain, space-like, mirror-illumination, unobstructed, permanence, happiness, and self samādhis. Every passage includes both breaking one’s own mode of existence and compassionately responding to others; this is not merely a chart of names.
Brahmā, heavenly, infant, and illness practices. The purity of brahmā practice lies in leaving craving and views at both extremes and using objectless compassion to remove suffering and give happiness. The “heaven” of heavenly practice is ultimate-meaning heaven. Infant practice compassionately shares small goods; illness practice compassionately shares the illnesses of sentient beings. These are skillful responsive transformations, not a bodhisattva’s loss of realization or actual commission of evil karma.
The one-five practice. The five practices are complete in one mind. One does not produce five and five do not produce one; they are neither merged nor separate. This neither ranks the five as permanently disconnected passages nor flattens their five names into one undifferentiated concept.
Supporting discipline, concentration, and wisdom. The final question and answer teaches support for discipline, concentration, and wisdom for latter-age practitioners who grasp the real and revile skillful means. Its intent is to prevent concrete practice and principle from injuring one another, not to say that an earlier scripture abolished the three trainings and a later scripture established them anew.
Later summary names in common use—including the Five Periods and Eight Teachings, modes of transformation, Dharmas of transformation, the fourfold formula Tripiṭaka-Shared-Distinct-Perfect, the ten subtleties of the Trace Gate, the ten subtleties of the Origin Gate, and three thousand in one thought-moment—do not occur verbatim in this unit. If used in later guidance, they must be expressly identified as summary terms and must not enter verbatim citation in place of the treatise’s own Four Teachings, ten subtleties within the Trace, ten subtleties of the Origin, and contemplation-of-mind syntax.
7. Similes · Cross-Reading · Carrying Forward
Wisdom as the eye, practice as the foot, and the cool pool form the chapter’s first general image. The eye keeps the feet from going astray; the feet make what the eye sees into an arrival. After the pool is reached, wisdom reveals principle, and when principle is exhausted the activity of wisdom comes to rest. The sharp needle and long thread, driver and ox of practice, refine the relation further: thread can sew but requires the needle’s guidance; an ox can draw but requires the driver’s direction. None of these similes demeans practice. They say only that many practices without right wisdom cannot securely enter the object.
Images in noble practice in concentration extend from the cold pool through the painter to the four elements producing the five aggregates. Contemplating, refining, perfuming, and cultivating are like five colors blended into immeasurable hues. The nine corpse contemplations treat the six desires like a floating corpse in the sea upon which one can rely to cross. Noble practice in wisdom then uses the jewel within the body and one who sees only the wound rather than the jewel or mirror to show suffering and arising in delusion and path and cessation in awakening. The twenty-five samādhis summarize the sovereign function of the ground of fearlessness with Sumeru entering a mustard seed and the ocean entering a pore.
The yellow willow leaf, wooden ox, and drawing near through skillful means in infant practice, together with manifesting the same illness in illness practice, turn compassion from an abstract virtue into stooping to share the capacity before one. The perfect five practices then take the Tathāgata’s room, robe, and seat and correlate kindness and compassion, gentleness and forbearance, and the emptiness of all dharmas with the five practices. The asura’s lute, which sounds in accord with conditions though no one plays it, reveals a perfect response to capacities without sequential or separate contrivance.
Read together with the Lotus Sūtra (T262), the chapter gathers the verse on practicing paths in the “Introduction” chapter, the Practices of Ease, the opening of the provisional through many similes, and the Tathāgata’s room, robe, and seat into the subtlety of practice. Read with the Mohe Zhiguan (T1911), the flotation bladder of discipline and gates of dhyāna contemplation show the mutual illumination of teaching and contemplation in the Three Great Works. Read with the Words and Phrases of the Lotus Sūtra (T1718), the present treatise’s 「本從無數佛,具足行諸道。」 tr. “Originally following innumerable buddhas, they fully practiced all paths.” 〔T33 0715b21〕 appears in the line-by-line commentary as 「本從無數佛具足行諸道」 tr. “originally following innumerable buddhas, they fully practiced all paths.” It is judged a verse on two buddhas that explains and concludes their praise 〔T34 0044b14–b19〕. The latter two works are sister witnesses among the Three Great Works. This does not make them the textual source of every quotation, nor imply that the Xuanyi quotes the Words and Phrases.
The subtlety of practice carries forward the preceding subtleties of objects and wisdom: the object is what is reached, wisdom is what guides, and practice makes what is understood into actual advance. It in turn carries forward into the subtleties of stages and of the Three Dharmas. When practice unfolds, there are stages; when object, wisdom, and practice are perfectly complete, the three virtues can illuminate one another. Relational judgment is not the endpoint. Once the coarse is opened, no practice remains excluded from the wondrous, and only then does the third subtlety advance toward the subtleties that follow.
8. Placement of the Editions
One. The base text of this unit is T1716, with the main text spanning 0715b16–0726b10. Its visible stream measures 18,926 characters, of which 15,195 are Han graphs. The end title of Fascicle Three, Part Two; the opening and closing titles of Fascicle Four, Part One; the title of Fascicle Four, Part Two; and the two attributions to Zhiyi all belong to the transmitted title surface. The Vernacular preserves every one of them without counting them as doctrinal sections.
Two. There are two Taishō critical nodes in this range, both at 0719b28. At the first, the current graph is 「趺」 tr. “the graph fu, ‘to sit cross-legged’” 〔T33 0719b28〕 and the original Taishō reading is 跌. At the second, the current graph is the rare foot-radical form 「𨄔」 tr. “the rare foot-radical graph” 〔T33 0719b28〕 and the original Taishō reading is 「𬧅」 tr. “the original variant graph.” Both forms are recorded side by side without adjudication and are not swallowed by substitution with a common graph.
Three. The treatise’s scriptural citations frequently combine, excerpt, reorder, and change graphs. In particular, three periods of seven days in the “Contemplation Scripture” has a title line and a near-verbatim line; attaining the path within dhyāna in the Large Prajñāpāramitā has the treatise’s attribution, a near line in a treatise, and an explicit quotation in a sister work; and “all samādhis enter within it” in the Great Sutra belongs to a later-commentary line. None of the three may be reduced to one line alone.
Four. Every page anchor uses the nearest line marker in the same edition preceding the first graph of the quotation. The yellow and red samādhis both begin at 0723c06 and cannot be assigned artificially separate locations merely to produce one line per name. Passages crossing pages or fascicles and repeated occurrences of the same line are located at their actual appearances in this unit.
Five. The only explicitly evidenced appended words of Guanding are 0721c26–0722a06. From “now explain the names of the twenty-five samādhis” at 0722a06, Zhiyi’s own explanation resumes. Transmitted title surfaces, Zhanran’s outline, and Zhiquan’s textual comments each retain their own layer and are not projected backward into the treatise.